==================== Theragāthā (Thag) ==================== |
==================== Verses of the Senior Monks (Thag) ==================== |
Verses of the Senior Monks |
Verses of the Senior Monks |
--- Main Table of Contents --- |
--- Main Table of Contents --- |
♦ Nipāta 1 |
♦ The Book of Ones |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
♦ Vagga 3 |
♦ Chapter 3 |
♦ Vagga 4 |
♦ Chapter 4 |
♦ Vagga 5 |
♦ Chapter 5 |
♦ Vagga 6 |
♦ Chapter 6 |
♦ Vagga 7 |
♦ Chapter 7 |
♦ Vagga 8 |
♦ Chapter 8 |
♦ Vagga 9 |
♦ Chapter 9 |
♦ Vagga 10 |
♦ Chapter 10 |
♦ Vagga 11 |
♦ Chapter 11 |
♦ Vagga 12 |
♦ Chapter 12 |
♦ Nipāta 2 |
♦ The Book of Twos |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
♦ Vagga 3 |
♦ Chapter 3 |
♦ Vagga 4 |
♦ Chapter 4 |
♦ Vagga 5 |
♦ Chapter 5 |
♦ Nipāta 3 |
♦ The Book of Threes |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
♦ Nipāta 4 |
♦ The Book of Fours |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
♦ Nipāta 5 |
♦ The Book of Fives |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
♦ Nipāta 6 |
♦ The Book of Sixes |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
♦ Nipāta 7 |
♦ The Book of Sevens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 8 |
♦ The Book of Eights |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 9 |
♦ The Book of Nines |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 10 |
♦ The Book of Tens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 11 |
♦ The Book of Elevens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 12 |
♦ The Book of Twelves |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 13 |
♦ The Book of Thirteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 14 |
♦ The Book of Fourteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 15 |
♦ The Book of Fifteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 16 |
♦ The Book of Sixteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 17 |
♦ The Book of Seventeens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 18 |
♦ The Book of Eighteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 19 |
♦ The Book of Ninteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 20 |
♦ The Book of Twenties |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
♦ Nipāta 21 |
♦ The Book of Thirties |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
================================================== |
================================================== |
♦ Nipāta 1 |
♦ The Book of Ones |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag1.1 Subhūtittheragāthā |
Thag1.1 The Verses of the Elder Subhūti |
Thag1.2 Mahākoṭṭhikattheragāthā |
Thag1.2 The Verses of the Elder Mahākoṭṭhika |
Thag1.3 Kaṅkhārevatattheragāthā |
Thag1.3 The Verses of the Elder Kaṅkhārevata |
Thag1.4 Puṇṇattheragāthā |
Thag1.4 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa |
Thag1.5 Dabbattheragāthā |
Thag1.5 The Verses of the Elder Dabba |
Thag1.6 Sītavaniyattheragāthā |
Thag1.6 The Verses of the Elder Sītavaniya |
Thag1.7 Bhalliyattheragāthā |
Thag1.7 The Verses of the Elder Bhalliya |
Thag1.8 Vīrattheragāthā |
Thag1.8 The Verses of the Elder Vīra |
Thag1.9 Pilindavacchattheragāthā |
Thag1.9 The Verses of the Elder Pilindavaccha |
Thag1.10 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā |
Thag1.10 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.1 Subhūtittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.1 The Verses of the Elder Subhūti --- |
Nidānagāthā |
Introductory Verses |
Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa. |
Homage to the Blessed One, the Arahant, the Perfectly Enlightened One. |
Sīhānaṁva nadantānaṁ, |
Of those who roar like lions, |
dāṭhīnaṁ girigabbhare; |
the fanged beasts in the mountain clefts; |
Suṇātha bhāvitattānaṁ, |
Listen to the verses, bringing benefit, |
gāthā atthūpanāyikā. |
of those with developed minds. |
Yathānāmā yathāgottā, |
According to their names and clans, |
yathādhammavihārino; |
according to their abiding in the Dhamma; |
Yathādhimuttā sappaññā, |
According to their resolutions and wisdom, |
vihariṁsu atanditā. |
they lived ardently. |
Tattha tattha vipassitvā, |
Having gained insight here and there, |
phusitvā accutaṁ padaṁ; |
having touched the unshakable state; |
Katantaṁ paccavekkhantā, |
Reviewing what they had accomplished, |
imamatthamabhāsisuṁ. |
they spoke in this manner. |
Subhūtittheragāthā |
The Verses of the Elder Subhūti |
“Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā, |
“My little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; |
Vassa deva yathāsukhaṁ; |
So rain, sky-god, as you please. |
Cittaṁ me susamāhitaṁ vimuttaṁ, |
My mind is well-composed and liberated. |
Ātāpī viharāmi vassa devā”ti. |
I am dwelling ardently, so rain, O sky-god.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā subhūtitthero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Subhūti spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.2 Mahākoṭṭhikattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.2 The Verses of the Elder Mahākoṭṭhika --- |
“Upasanto uparato, |
“Peaceful and restrained, |
mantabhāṇī anuddhato; |
speaking wisely, not arrogant; |
Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, |
He shakes off evil states, |
dumapattaṁva māluto”ti. |
as the wind shakes a leaf from a tree.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Mahākoṭṭhika spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.3 Kaṅkhārevatattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.3 The Verses of the Elder Kaṅkhārevata --- |
“Paññaṁ imaṁ passa tathāgatānaṁ, |
“Behold this wisdom of the Tathāgatas, |
Aggi yathā pajjalito nisīthe; |
like a fire blazing in the night; |
Ālokadā cakkhudadā bhavanti, |
They are givers of light, givers of vision, |
Ye āgatānaṁ vinayanti kaṅkhan”ti. |
who dispel the doubts of those who come to them.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā kaṅkhārevato thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Kaṅkhārevata spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.4 Puṇṇattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.4 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa --- |
“Sabbhireva samāsetha, |
“One should associate only with the good, |
paṇḍitehatthadassibhi; |
with the wise who see the meaning. |
Atthaṁ mahantaṁ gambhīraṁ, |
A great, deep, hard to see, |
duddasaṁ nipuṇaṁ aṇuṁ; |
subtle and minute meaning; |
Dhīrā samadhigacchanti, |
The steadfast, diligent, and discerning |
appamattā vicakkhaṇā”ti. |
attain it.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Puṇṇa, son of Mantāṇī, spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.5 Dabbattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.5 The Verses of the Elder Dabba --- |
“Yo duddamiyo damena danto, |
“He who was hard to tame is tamed by taming, |
Dabbo santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho; |
Dabba, contented, with doubt overcome; |
Vijitāvī apetabheravo hi, |
Victorious, with fear and dread abandoned, |
Dabbo so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. |
Dabba is he, fully quenched, with a steadfast mind.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā dabbo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Dabba spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.6 Sītavaniyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.6 The Verses of the Elder Sītavaniya --- |
“Yo sītavanaṁ upagā bhikkhu, |
“The bhikkhu who has gone to the Cool Wood, |
Eko santusito samāhitatto; |
alone, content, with a concentrated mind; |
Vijitāvī apetalomahaṁso, |
Victorious, with hair-raising dread abandoned, |
Rakkhaṁ kāyagatāsatiṁ dhitimā”ti. |
Guarding mindfulness directed to the body, resolute.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā sītavaniyo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Sītavaniya spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.7 Bhalliyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.7 The Verses of the Elder Bhalliya --- |
“Yopānudī maccurājassa senaṁ, |
“He who has driven away the army of the King of Death, |
Naḷasetuṁva sudubbalaṁ mahogho; |
as a great flood sweeps away a very weak reed bridge; |
Vijitāvī apetabheravo hi, |
Victorious, with fear and dread abandoned, |
Danto so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. |
Tamed is he, fully quenched, with a steadfast mind.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā bhalliyo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Bhalliya spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.8 Vīrattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.8 The Verses of the Elder Vīra --- |
“Yo duddamiyo damena danto, |
“He who was hard to tame is tamed by taming, |
Vīro santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho; |
Vīra, contented, with doubt overcome; |
Vijitāvī apetalomahaṁso, |
Victorious, with hair-raising dread abandoned, |
Vīro so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. |
Vīra is he, fully quenched, with a steadfast mind.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā vīro thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Vīra spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.9 Pilindavacchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.9 The Verses of the Elder Pilindavaccha --- |
“Svāgataṁ na durāgataṁ, |
“Welcome, not unwelcome, it was; |
Nayidaṁ dumantitaṁ mama; |
this was not ill-advised for me. |
Saṁvibhattesu dhammesu, |
Among the well-analyzed Dhammas, |
Yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamin”ti. |
I have attained to that which is the best.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā pilindavaccho thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Pilindavaccha spoke the verse. |
--- Thag1.10 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.10 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa --- |
“Vihari apekkhaṁ idha vā huraṁ vā, |
“He would live without longing for this world or the next, |
Yo vedagū samito yatatto; |
one who is a master of knowledge, serene, self-controlled; |
Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto, |
unattached to all things, |
Lokassa jaññā udayabbayañcā”ti. |
he would know the rise and fall of the world.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇamāso thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Puṇṇamāsa spoke the verse. |
vaggo paṭhamo. |
Chapter the First. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Subhūti koṭṭhiko thero, |
The Elder Subhūti, Koṭṭhika, |
kaṅkhārevatasammato; |
the renowned Kaṅkhārevata; |
Mantāṇiputto dabbo ca, |
Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī, and Dabba, |
sītavaniyo ca bhalliyo; |
Sītavaniya and Bhalliya; |
Vīro pilindavaccho ca, |
Vīra, Pilindavaccha, |
puṇṇamāso tamonudoti. |
and Puṇṇamāsa who dispelled the darkness. |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
Thag1.11 Cūḷavacchattheragāthā |
Thag1.11 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷavaccha |
Thag1.12 Mahāvacchattheragāthā |
Thag1.12 The Verses of the Elder Mahāvaccha |
Thag1.13 Vanavacchattheragāthā |
Thag1.13 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha |
Thag1.14 Sivakasāmaṇeragāthā |
Thag1.14 The Verses of the Novice Sivaka |
Thag1.15 Kuṇḍadhānattheragāthā |
Thag1.15 The Verses of the Elder Kuṇḍadhāna |
Thag1.16 Belaṭṭhasīsattheragāthā |
Thag1.16 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhasīsa |
Thag1.17 Dāsakattheragāthā |
Thag1.17 The Verses of the Elder Dāsaka |
Thag1.18 Siṅgālapituttheragāthā |
Thag1.18 The Verses of the Elder Siṅgālapitā |
Thag1.19 Theragāthā 1.19 |
Thag1.19 The Verses of the Elder Kula |
Thag1.20 Ajitattheragāthā |
Thag1.20 The Verses of the Elder Ajita |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.11 Cūḷavacchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.11 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷavaccha --- |
“Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, |
“A bhikkhu full of joy |
dhamme buddhappavedite; |
in the Dhamma taught by the Buddha, |
Adhigacche padaṁ santaṁ, |
would attain the state of peace, |
saṅkhārūpasamaṁ sukhan”ti. |
the stilling of formations, the happiness.” |
… Cūḷavaccho thero …. |
… The Elder Cūḷavaccha …. |
--- Thag1.12 Mahāvacchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.12 The Verses of the Elder Mahāvaccha --- |
“Paññābalī sīlavatūpapanno, |
“Strong in wisdom, endowed with virtue, |
Samāhito jhānarato satīmā; |
concentrated, delighting in jhāna, mindful; |
Yadatthiyaṁ bhojanaṁ bhuñjamāno, |
Eating the food that is his due, |
Kaṅkhetha kālaṁ idha vītarāgo”ti. |
one free from lust should await his time here.” |
… Mahāvaccho thero …. |
… The Elder Mahāvaccha …. |
--- Thag1.13 Vanavacchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.13 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha --- |
“Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā, |
“Of the color of a blue-black cloud, resplendent, |
sītavārī sucindharā; |
with cool water and clear streams; |
Indagopakasañchannā, |
Covered with Indagopaka insects, |
te selā ramayanti man”ti. |
those rocky crags delight me.” |
… Vanavaccho thero …. |
… The Elder Vanavaccha …. |
--- Thag1.14 Sivakasāmaṇeragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.14 The Verses of the Novice Sivaka --- |
“Upajjhāyo maṁ avaca, |
“My preceptor told me, |
ito gacchāma sīvaka; |
‘Let us go from here, Sivaka.’ |
Gāme me vasati kāyo, |
My body dwells in the village, |
araññaṁ me gato mano; |
my mind has gone to the forest. |
Semānakopi gacchāmi, |
Though I lie down, I shall depart, |
natthi saṅgo vijānatan”ti. |
for there is no attachment for those who know.” |
… Vanavacchassa therassa (siviko) sāmaṇero …. |
… The novice (Sivaka) of the Elder Vanavaccha …. |
--- Thag1.15 Kuṇḍadhānattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.15 The Verses of the Elder Kuṇḍadhāna --- |
“Pañca chinde pañca jahe, |
“He should cut off five, he should abandon five, |
pañca cuttari bhāvaye; |
and he should especially cultivate five; |
Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, |
The bhikkhu who has gone beyond the five attachments |
oghatiṇṇoti vuccatī”ti. |
is called one who has crossed the flood.” |
… Kuṇḍadhāno thero …. |
… The Elder Kuṇḍadhāna …. |
--- Thag1.16 Belaṭṭhasīsattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.16 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhasīsa --- |
“Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, |
“Just as a fine thoroughbred, |
naṅgalāvattanī sikhī; |
a crested horse that turns at the post, |
Gacchati appakasirena, |
travels with little effort, |
evaṁ rattindivā mama; |
so my days and nights |
Gacchanti appakasirena, |
pass with little effort, |
sukhe laddhe nirāmise”ti. |
having obtained non-sensual happiness.” |
… Belaṭṭhasīso thero …. |
… The Elder Belaṭṭhasīsa …. |
--- Thag1.17 Dāsakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.17 The Verses of the Elder Dāsaka --- |
“Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, |
“When he is torpid and a glutton, |
Niddāyitā samparivattasāyī; |
a sleepy-head who rolls about in bed; |
Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, |
Like a great hog fattened on slops, |
Punappunaṁ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. |
the fool enters the womb again and again.” |
… Dāsako thero …. |
… The Elder Dāsaka …. |
--- Thag1.18 Siṅgālapituttheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.18 The Verses of the Elder Siṅgālapitā --- |
“Ahu buddhassa dāyādo, |
“There was an heir of the Buddha, |
bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane; |
a bhikkhu in the Bhesakaḷā forest; |
Kevalaṁ aṭṭhisaññāya, |
With the perception of bones alone |
apharī pathaviṁ imaṁ; |
he suffused this earth. |
Maññehaṁ kāmarāgaṁ so, |
I think he will quickly |
khippameva pahissatī”ti. |
abandon sensual lust.” |
… Siṅgālapitā thero …. |
… The Elder Siṅgālapitā …. |
--- Thag1.19 Theragāthā 1.19 --- |
--- Thag1.19 The Verses of the Elder Kula --- |
“Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, |
“Irrigators guide the water, |
Usukārā namayanti tejanaṁ; |
fletchers straighten the arrow-shaft; |
Dāruṁ namayanti tacchakā, |
Carpenters shape the wood, |
Attānaṁ damayanti subbatā”ti. |
the virtuous tame themselves.” |
… Kulo thero …. |
… The Elder Kula …. |
--- Thag1.20 Ajitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.20 The Verses of the Elder Ajita --- |
“Maraṇe me bhayaṁ natthi, |
“I have no fear of death, |
nikanti natthi jīvite; |
I have no craving for life. |
Sandehaṁ nikkhipissāmi, |
I shall lay down this body, |
sampajāno paṭissato”ti. |
fully aware and mindful.” |
… Ajito thero … |
… The Elder Ajita … |
vaggo dutiyo. |
Chapter the Second. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Cūḷavaccho mahāvaccho, |
Cūḷavaccha, Mahāvaccha, |
vanavaccho ca sīvako; |
Vanavaccha and Sivaka; |
Kuṇḍadhāno ca belaṭṭhi, |
Kuṇḍadhāna and Belaṭṭhi, |
dāsako ca tatopari; |
and Dāsaka after them; |
Siṅgālapitiko thero, |
The Elder Siṅgālapitā, |
kulo ca ajito dasāti. |
Kula, and Ajita make ten. |
♦ Vagga 3 |
♦ Chapter 3 |
Thag1.21 Nigrodhattheragāthā |
Thag1.21 The Verses of the Elder Nigrodha |
Thag1.22 Cittakattheragāthā |
Thag1.22 The Verses of the Elder Cittaka |
Thag1.23 Gosālattheragāthā |
Thag1.23 The Verses of the Elder Gosāla |
Thag1.24 Sugandhattheragāthā |
Thag1.24 The Verses of the Elder Sugandha |
Thag1.25 Nandiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.25 The Verses of the Elder Nandiya |
Thag1.26 Abhayattheragāthā |
Thag1.26 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya |
Thag1.27 Lomasakaṅgiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.27 The Verses of the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya |
Thag1.28 Jambugāmikaputtattheragāthā |
Thag1.28 The Verses of the Elder Jambugāmikaputta |
Thag1.29 Hāritattheragāthā |
Thag1.29 The Verses of the Elder Hārita |
Thag1.30 Uttiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.30 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.21 Nigrodhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.21 The Verses of the Elder Nigrodha --- |
“Nāhaṁ bhayassa bhāyāmi, |
“I do not fear fear, |
Satthā no amatassa kovido; |
for our Teacher is skilled in the deathless. |
Yattha bhayaṁ nāvatiṭṭhati, |
Where fear does not remain, |
Tena maggena vajanti bhikkhavo”ti. |
by that path the bhikkhus travel.” |
… Nigrodho thero …. |
… The Elder Nigrodha …. |
--- Thag1.22 Cittakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.22 The Verses of the Elder Cittaka --- |
“Nīlā sugīvā sikhino, |
“The blue-throated, crested peacocks |
Morā kārambhiyaṁ abhinadanti; |
cry out in Karamvi; |
Te sītavātakīḷitā, |
Stirred by the cool wind, |
Suttaṁ jhāyaṁ nibodhentī”ti. |
they awaken the sleeper to practice jhāna.” |
… Cittako thero …. |
… The Elder Cittaka …. |
--- Thag1.23 Gosālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.23 The Verses of the Elder Gosāla --- |
“Ahaṁ kho veḷugumbasmiṁ, |
“I, having eaten honey-rice |
bhutvāna madhupāyasaṁ; |
in a bamboo grove; |
Padakkhiṇaṁ sammasanto, |
while contemplating rightly |
khandhānaṁ udayabbayaṁ; |
the rise and fall of the aggregates; |
Sānuṁ paṭigamissāmi, |
will return to the hillside, |
vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. |
cultivating seclusion.” |
… Gosālo thero …. |
… The Elder Gosāla …. |
--- Thag1.24 Sugandhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.24 The Verses of the Elder Sugandha --- |
“Anuvassiko pabbajito, |
“Having gone forth at a ripe age, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Sugandho thero …. |
… The Elder Sugandha …. |
--- Thag1.25 Nandiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.25 The Verses of the Elder Nandiya --- |
“Obhāsajātaṁ phalagaṁ, |
“He whose mind has frequently |
cittaṁ yassa abhiṇhaso; |
become radiant and fruitful; |
Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, |
Having encountered such a bhikkhu, |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasī”ti. |
O Black One, you will come to suffering.” |
… Nandiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Nandiya …. |
--- Thag1.26 Abhayattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.26 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya --- |
“Sutvā subhāsitaṁ vācaṁ, |
“Having heard the well-spoken words |
buddhassādiccabandhuno; |
of the Buddha, kinsman of the sun; |
Paccabyadhiṁ hi nipuṇaṁ, |
I penetrated the subtle truth, |
vālaggaṁ usunā yathā”ti. |
as one pierces a hair-tip with an arrow.” |
… Abhayo thero …. |
… The Elder Abhaya …. |
--- Thag1.27 Lomasakaṅgiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.27 The Verses of the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya --- |
“Dabbaṁ kusaṁ poṭakilaṁ, |
“Dabba grass, kusa grass, pōtakila rushes, |
usīraṁ muñjapabbajaṁ; |
usīra roots and muñja grass; |
Urasā panudissāmi, |
I shall push them aside with my chest, |
vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. |
cultivating seclusion.” |
… Lomasakaṅgiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Lomasakaṅgiya …. |
--- Thag1.28 Jambugāmikaputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.28 The Verses of the Elder Jambugāmikaputta --- |
“Kacci no vatthapasuto, |
“Are you devoted to clothes? |
Kacci no bhūsanārato; |
Are you fond of ornaments? |
Kacci sīlamayaṁ gandhaṁ, |
Does the fragrance of your virtue |
Kiṁ tvaṁ vāyasi netarā pajā”ti. |
waft, or not, to other people?” |
… Jambugāmikaputto thero …. |
… The Elder Jambugāmikaputta …. |
--- Thag1.29 Hāritattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.29 The Verses of the Elder Hārita --- |
“Samunnamayamattānaṁ, |
“Holding yourself up straight, |
usukārova tejanaṁ; |
like a fletcher straightening an arrow; |
Cittaṁ ujuṁ karitvāna, |
Having made your mind straight, |
avijjaṁ bhinda hāritā”ti. |
shatter ignorance, Hārita!” |
… Hārito thero …. |
… The Elder Hārita …. |
--- Thag1.30 Uttiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.30 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya --- |
“Ābādhe me samuppanne, |
“When sickness arose in me, |
sati me udapajjatha; |
mindfulness arose in me. |
Ābādho me samuppanno, |
Sickness has arisen in me, |
kālo me nappamajjitun”ti. |
this is no time for me to be heedless.” |
… Uttiyo thero … |
… The Elder Uttiya … |
vaggo tatiyo. |
Chapter the Third. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Nigrodho cittako thero, |
The Elder Nigrodha, Cittaka, |
gosālathero sugandho; |
the Elder Gosāla, Sugandha; |
Nandiyo abhayo thero, |
Nandiya, the Elder Abhaya, |
thero lomasakaṅgiyo; |
the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya; |
Jambugāmikaputto ca, |
The son of Jambugāmika, |
hārito uttiyo isīti. |
Hārita, and the sage Uttiya. |
♦ Vagga 4 |
♦ Chapter 4 |
Thag1.31 Gahvaratīriyattheragāthā |
Thag1.31 The Verses of the Elder Gahvaratīriya |
Thag1.32 Suppiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.32 The Verses of the Elder Suppiya |
Thag1.33 Sopākattheragāthā |
Thag1.33 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka |
Thag1.34 Posiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.34 The Verses of the Elder Posīya |
Thag1.35 Sāmaññakānittheragāthā |
Thag1.35 The Verses of the Elder Sāmaññakāni |
Thag1.36 Kumāputtattheragāthā |
Thag1.36 The Verses of the Elder Kumāputta |
Thag1.37 Kumāputtasahāyakattheragāthā |
Thag1.37 The Verses of the Companion of Kumāputta |
Thag1.38 Gavampatittheragāthā |
Thag1.38 The Verses of the Elder Gavampati |
Thag1.39 Tissattheragāthā |
Thag1.39 The Verses of the Elder Tissa |
Thag1.40 Vaḍḍhamānattheragāthā |
Thag1.40 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍhamāna |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.31 Gahvaratīriyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.31 The Verses of the Elder Gahvaratīriya --- |
“Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, |
“Bitten by horseflies and mosquitoes |
araññasmiṁ brahāvane; |
in the forest, in the great woods; |
Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, |
Like an elephant at the head of a battle, |
sato tatrādhivāsaye”ti. |
mindful, one should endure there.” |
… Gahvaratīriyo thero …. |
… The Elder Gahvaratīriya …. |
--- Thag1.32 Suppiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.32 The Verses of the Elder Suppiya --- |
“Ajaraṁ jīramānena, |
“For what is aging, there is the unaging; |
tappamānena nibbutiṁ; |
for what is burning, there is quenching; |
Nimiyaṁ paramaṁ santiṁ, |
I have attained the supreme peace, |
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaran”ti. |
the unsurpassed security from bondage.” |
… Suppiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Suppiya …. |
--- Thag1.33 Sopākattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.33 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka --- |
“Yathāpi ekaputtasmiṁ, |
“Just as one would be skillful |
piyasmiṁ kusalī siyā; |
towards a beloved only son; |
Evaṁ sabbesu pāṇesu, |
So, towards all beings, |
sabbattha kusalo siyā”ti. |
everywhere one should be skillful.” |
… Sopāko thero …. |
… The Elder Sopāka …. |
--- Thag1.34 Posiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.34 The Verses of the Elder Posīya --- |
“Anāsannavarā etā, |
“These women are not to be approached, |
niccameva vijānatā; |
as a wise man knows well. |
Gāmā araññamāgamma, |
Having come from the village to the forest, |
tato gehaṁ upāvisi; |
from there I went to a house; |
Tato uṭṭhāya pakkāmi, |
Then, rising up, I departed, |
anāmantetvā posiyo”ti. |
without taking leave of Posīya.” |
… Posiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Posīya …. |
--- Thag1.35 Sāmaññakānittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.35 The Verses of the Elder Sāmaññakāni --- |
“Sukhaṁ sukhattho labhate tadācaraṁ, |
“One who seeks happiness obtains happiness by practicing it, |
Kittiñca pappoti yasassa vaḍḍhati; |
he obtains fame and his renown increases; |
Yo ariyamaṭṭhaṅgikamañjasaṁ ujuṁ, |
He who cultivates the Noble Eightfold Path, |
Bhāveti maggaṁ amatassa pattiyā”ti. |
straight and direct, for the attainment of the deathless.” |
… Sāmaññakānitthero …. |
… The Elder Sāmaññakāni …. |
--- Thag1.36 Kumāputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.36 The Verses of the Elder Kumāputta --- |
“Sādhu sutaṁ sādhu caritakaṁ, |
“Good is learning, good is practice, |
Sādhu sadā aniketavihāro; |
good is always living without a home; |
Atthapucchanaṁ padakkhiṇakammaṁ, |
Asking about the meaning, a respectful act, |
Etaṁ sāmaññamakiñcanassā”ti. |
this is the ascetic life for one with nothing.” |
… Kumāputto thero …. |
… The Elder Kumāputta …. |
--- Thag1.37 Kumāputtasahāyakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.37 The Verses of the Companion of Kumāputta --- |
“Nānājanapadaṁ yanti, |
“They go to various countries, |
Vicarantā asaññatā; |
wandering unrestrained; |
Samādhiñca virādhenti, |
They lose their concentration, |
Kiṁsu raṭṭhacariyā karissati; |
what will their wandering in the country accomplish? |
Tasmā vineyya sārambhaṁ, |
Therefore one should subdue contentiousness, |
Jhāyeyya apurakkhato”ti. |
and practice jhāna without being forward.” |
… Kumāputtattherassa sahāyako thero …. |
… The companion of the Elder Kumāputta …. |
--- Thag1.38 Gavampatittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.38 The Verses of the Elder Gavampati --- |
“Yo iddhiyā sarabhuṁ aṭṭhapesi, |
“He who by psychic power stopped the Sarabhū river, |
So gavampati asito anejo; |
that Gavampati, untainted, desireless; |
Taṁ sabbasaṅgātigataṁ mahāmuniṁ, |
Him who has gone beyond all attachments, the great sage, |
Devā namassanti bhavassa pāragun”ti. |
the gods salute, who has crossed over existence.” |
… Gavampatitthero …. |
… The Elder Gavampati …. |
--- Thag1.39 Tissattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.39 The Verses of the Elder Tissa --- |
“Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, |
“As if struck by a sword, |
ḍayhamānova matthake; |
or as if his head were on fire; |
Kāmarāgappahānāya, |
A bhikkhu should wander mindfully |
sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. |
for the abandoning of sensual lust.” |
… Tisso thero …. |
… The Elder Tissa …. |
--- Thag1.40 Vaḍḍhamānattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.40 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍhamāna --- |
“Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, |
“As if struck by a sword, |
ḍayhamānova matthake; |
or as if his head were on fire; |
Bhavarāgappahānāya, |
A bhikkhu should wander mindfully |
sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. |
for the abandoning of the lust for existence.” |
… Vaḍḍhamāno thero … |
… The Elder Vaḍḍhamāna … |
vaggo catuttho. |
Chapter the Fourth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Gahvaratīriyo suppiyo, |
Gahvaratīriya, Suppiya, |
sopāko ceva posiyo; |
Sopāka and Posīya; |
Sāmaññakāni kumāputto, |
Sāmaññakāni, Kumāputta, |
kumāputtasahāyako; |
the companion of Kumāputta; |
Gavampati tissatthero, |
Gavampati, the Elder Tissa, |
vaḍḍhamāno mahāyasoti. |
and Vaḍḍhamāna of great renown. |
♦ Vagga 5 |
♦ Chapter 5 |
Thag1.41 Sirivaḍḍhattheragāthā |
Thag1.41 The Verses of the Elder Sirivaḍḍha |
Thag1.42 Khadiravaniyattheragāthā |
Thag1.42 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya |
Thag1.43 Sumaṅgalattheragāthā |
Thag1.43 The Verses of the Elder Sumaṅgala |
Thag1.44 Theragāthā 1.44 |
Thag1.44 The Verses of the Elder Sānu |
Thag1.45 Ramaṇīyavihārittheragāthā |
Thag1.45 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyavihāri |
Thag1.46 Samiddhittheragāthā |
Thag1.46 The Verses of the Elder Samiddhi |
Thag1.47 Ujjayattheragāthā |
Thag1.47 The Verses of the Elder Ujjaya |
Thag1.48 Sañjayattheragāthā |
Thag1.48 The Verses of the Elder Sañjaya |
Thag1.49 Rāmaṇeyyakattheragāthā |
Thag1.49 The Verses of the Elder Rāmaṇeyyaka |
Thag1.50 Vimalattheragāthā |
Thag1.50 The Verses of the Elder Vimala |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.41 Sirivaḍḍhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.41 The Verses of the Elder Sirivaḍḍha --- |
“Vivaramanupatanti vijjutā, |
“Lightning flashes fall upon |
Vebhārassa ca paṇḍavassa ca; |
Vebhāra and Paṇḍava mountains; |
Nagavivaragato ca jhāyati, |
But gone to the cleft of the mountains, he meditates, |
Putto appaṭimassa tādino”ti. |
the son of the one who is peerless, the Such.” |
… Sirivaḍḍho thero …. |
… The Elder Sirivaḍḍha …. |
--- Thag1.42 Khadiravaniyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.42 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya --- |
“Cāle upacāle sīsūpacāle (…), |
“Cāla, Upacāla, Sīsūpacāla (…), |
Patissatā nu kho viharatha; |
are you dwelling with mindfulness established? |
Āgato vo vālaṁ viya vedhī”ti. |
He has come to you who pierces like a hair.” |
… Khadiravaniyo thero …. |
… The Elder Khadiravaniya …. |
--- Thag1.43 Sumaṅgalattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.43 The Verses of the Elder Sumaṅgala --- |
“Sumuttiko sumuttiko, |
“Well-freed, well-freed, |
Sāhu sumuttikomhi tīhi khujjakehi; |
truly well-freed I am from three crooked things! |
Asitāsu mayā naṅgalāsu mayā, |
From my sickles, from my ploughs, |
Khuddakuddālāsu mayā. |
from my little hoes. |
Yadipi idhameva idhameva, |
Even if they were here, right here, |
Atha vāpi alameva alameva; |
it would be enough, it would be enough. |
Jhāya sumaṅgala jhāya sumaṅgala, |
Practice jhāna, Sumaṅgala, practice jhāna, Sumaṅgala! |
Appamatto vihara sumaṅgalā”ti. |
Dwell heedfully, Sumaṅgala!” |
… Sumaṅgalo thero …. |
… The Elder Sumaṅgala …. |
--- Thag1.44 Theragāthā 1.44 --- |
--- Thag1.44 The Verses of the Elder Sānu --- |
“Mataṁ vā amma rodanti, |
“Mother, they weep for the dead, |
Yo vā jīvaṁ na dissati; |
or for one who lives but is not seen. |
Jīvantaṁ maṁ amma passantī, |
Seeing me alive, mother, |
Kasmā maṁ amma rodasī”ti. |
why, mother, do you weep for me?” |
… Sānutthero …. |
… The Elder Sānu …. |
--- Thag1.45 Ramaṇīyavihārittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.45 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyavihāri --- |
“Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, |
“Just as a fine thoroughbred, |
khalitvā patitiṭṭhati; |
having stumbled, stands firm again; |
Evaṁ dassanasampannaṁ, |
So too the one accomplished in vision, |
sammāsambuddhasāvakan”ti. |
the disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One.” |
… Ramaṇīyavihāritthero …. |
… The Elder Ramaṇīyavihāri …. |
--- Thag1.46 Samiddhittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.46 The Verses of the Elder Samiddhi --- |
“Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, |
“I have gone forth out of faith |
Agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from the home life into homelessness. |
Sati paññā ca me vuḍḍhā, |
My mindfulness and wisdom have grown, |
Cittañca susamāhitaṁ; |
and my mind is well-concentrated. |
Kāmaṁ karassu rūpāni, |
Create what forms you will, |
Neva maṁ byādhayissasī”ti. |
you shall never disturb me.” |
… Samiddhitthero …. |
… The Elder Samiddhi …. |
--- Thag1.47 Ujjayattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.47 The Verses of the Elder Ujjaya --- |
“Namo te buddha vīratthu, |
“Homage to you, O Buddha, O Hero, |
vippamuttosi sabbadhi; |
you are completely liberated in every way. |
Tuyhāpadāne viharaṁ, |
Dwelling in your dispensation, |
viharāmi anāsavo”ti. |
I dwell without taints.” |
… Ujjayo thero …. |
… The Elder Ujjaya …. |
--- Thag1.48 Sañjayattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.48 The Verses of the Elder Sañjaya --- |
“Yato ahaṁ pabbajito, |
“Since I went forth |
Agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from the home life into homelessness, |
Nābhijānāmi saṅkappaṁ, |
I am not aware of any thought |
Anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitan”ti. |
that is ignoble and connected with hate.” |
… Sañjayo thero …. |
… The Elder Sañjaya …. |
--- Thag1.49 Rāmaṇeyyakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.49 The Verses of the Elder Rāmaṇeyyaka --- |
“Cihacihābhinadite, |
“By the chirping and warbling |
sippikābhirutehi ca; |
and the calls of the tailorbird, |
Na me taṁ phandati cittaṁ, |
my mind is not distracted, |
ekattanirataṁ hi me”ti. |
for it is devoted to solitude.” |
… Rāmaṇeyyako thero …. |
… The Elder Rāmaṇeyyaka …. |
--- Thag1.50 Vimalattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.50 The Verses of the Elder Vimala --- |
“Dharaṇī ca siñcati vāti, |
“The earth is sprinkled and the wind |
Māluto vijjutā carati nabhe; |
blows, lightning flashes in the sky; |
Upasamanti vitakkā, |
My thoughts are stilled, |
Cittaṁ susamāhitaṁ mamā”ti. |
my mind is well-concentrated.” |
… Vimalo thero … |
… The Elder Vimala … |
vaggo pañcamo. |
Chapter the Fifth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Sirīvaḍḍho revato thero, |
Sirīvaḍḍha, the Elder Revata, |
sumaṅgalo sānusavhayo; |
Sumaṅgala, the one named Sānu; |
Ramaṇīyavihārī ca, |
Ramaṇīyavihārī, |
samiddhiujjayasañjayā; |
and Samiddhi, Ujjaya, Sañjaya; |
Rāmaṇeyyo ca so thero, |
And that Elder Rāmaṇeyyo, |
vimalo ca raṇañjahoti. |
and Vimala who abandoned battle. |
♦ Vagga 6 |
♦ Chapter 6 |
Thag1.51 Godhikattheragāthā |
Thag1.51 The Verses of the Elder Godhika |
Thag1.52 Subāhuttheragāthā |
Thag1.52 The Verses of the Elder Subāhu |
Thag1.53 Valliyattheragāthā |
Thag1.53 The Verses of the Elder Valliya |
Thag1.54 Uttiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.54 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya |
Thag1.55 Añjanavaniyattheragāthā |
Thag1.55 The Verses of the Elder Añjanavaniya |
Thag1.56 Kuṭivihārittheragāthā |
Thag1.56 The Verses of the Elder Kuṭivihāri |
Thag1.57 Dutiyakuṭivihārittheragāthā |
Thag1.57 The Verses of the Second Kuṭivihāri |
Thag1.58 Ramaṇīyakuṭikattheragāthā |
Thag1.58 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyakuṭika |
Thag1.59 Kosalavihārittheragāthā |
Thag1.59 The Verses of the Elder Kosalavihāri |
Thag1.60 Sīvalittheragāthā |
Thag1.60 The Verses of the Elder Sīvali |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.51 Godhikattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.51 The Verses of the Elder Godhika --- |
“Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, |
“The sky-god rains as if singing a song, |
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; |
my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; |
Cittaṁ susamāhitañca mayhaṁ, |
And my mind is well-concentrated. |
Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” |
… Godhiko thero …. |
… The Elder Godhika …. |
--- Thag1.52 Subāhuttheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.52 The Verses of the Elder Subāhu --- |
“Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, |
“The sky-god rains as if singing a song, |
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; |
my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; |
Cittaṁ susamāhitañca kāye, |
My mind is well-concentrated on the body. |
Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” |
… Subāhutthero …. |
… The Elder Subāhu …. |
--- Thag1.53 Valliyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.53 The Verses of the Elder Valliya --- |
“Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, |
“The sky-god rains as if singing a song, |
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; |
my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; |
Tassaṁ viharāmi appamatto, |
In it I dwell, diligent. |
Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” |
… Valliyo thero …. |
… The Elder Valliya …. |
--- Thag1.54 Uttiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.54 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya --- |
“Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, |
“The sky-god rains as if singing a song, |
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; |
my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind; |
Tassaṁ viharāmi adutiyo, |
In it I dwell, without a companion. |
Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” |
… Uttiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Uttiya …. |
--- Thag1.55 Añjanavaniyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.55 The Verses of the Elder Añjanavaniya --- |
“Āsandiṁ kuṭikaṁ katvā, |
“Having made a hut with a couch, |
ogayha añjanaṁ vanaṁ; |
having plunged into the Añjana wood; |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Añjanavaniyo thero …. |
… The Elder Añjanavaniya …. |
--- Thag1.56 Kuṭivihārittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.56 The Verses of the Elder Kuṭivihāri --- |
“Ko kuṭikāyaṁ bhikkhu kuṭikāyaṁ, |
“Who is in this little hut? A bhikkhu is in this little hut, |
Vītarāgo susamāhitacitto; |
free from lust, with well-concentrated mind. |
Evaṁ jānāhi āvuso, |
Know this, friend: |
Amoghā te kuṭikā katā”ti. |
your little hut was not made in vain.” |
… Kuṭivihāritthero …. |
… The Elder Kuṭivihāri …. |
--- Thag1.57 Dutiyakuṭivihārittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.57 The Verses of the Second Kuṭivihāri --- |
“Ayamāhu purāṇiyā kuṭi, |
“This is an old hut you speak of, |
Aññaṁ patthayase navaṁ kuṭiṁ; |
you desire another, a new hut. |
Āsaṁ kuṭiyā virājaya, |
Abandon the hope for a hut, |
Dukkhā bhikkhu puna navā kuṭī”ti. |
a new hut is suffering, O bhikkhu.” |
… Dutiyakuṭivihāritthero …. |
… The Second Elder Kuṭivihāri …. |
--- Thag1.58 Ramaṇīyakuṭikattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.58 The Verses of the Elder Ramaṇīyakuṭika --- |
“Ramaṇīyā me kuṭikā, |
“My little hut is delightful, |
Saddhādeyyā manoramā; |
a gift of faith, pleasing to the mind. |
Na me attho kumārīhi, |
I have no need for girls, |
Yesaṁ attho tahiṁ gacchatha nāriyo”ti. |
you women, go where there is need for you.” |
… Ramaṇīyakuṭiko thero …. |
… The Elder Ramaṇīyakuṭika …. |
--- Thag1.59 Kosalavihārittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.59 The Verses of the Elder Kosalavihāri --- |
“Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, |
“I went forth out of faith, |
araññe me kuṭikā katā; |
my little hut is made in the forest. |
Appamatto ca ātāpī, |
Heedful and ardent, |
sampajāno patissato”ti. |
fully aware and mindful.” |
… Kosalavihāritthero …. |
… The Elder Kosalavihāri …. |
--- Thag1.60 Sīvalittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.60 The Verses of the Elder Sīvali --- |
“Te me ijjhiṁsu saṅkappā, |
“Those intentions of mine have succeeded, |
yadattho pāvisiṁ kuṭiṁ; |
for the sake of which I entered the hut. |
Vijjāvimuttiṁ paccesaṁ, |
I will attain knowledge and liberation, |
mānānusayamujjahan”ti. |
and abandon the underlying tendency to conceit.” |
… Sīvalitthero … |
… The Elder Sīvali … |
vaggo chaṭṭho. |
Chapter the Sixth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Godhiko ca subāhu ca, |
Godhika and Subāhu, |
valliyo uttiyo isi; |
Valliya and the sage Uttiya; |
Añjanavaniyo thero, |
The Elder Añjanavaniya, |
duve kuṭivihārino; |
the two Hut-Dwellers; |
Ramaṇīyakuṭiko ca, |
Ramaṇīyakuṭika, |
kosalavhayasīvalīti. |
the one called Kosala, and Sīvali. |
♦ Vagga 7 |
♦ Chapter 7 |
Thag1.61 Vappattheragāthā |
Thag1.61 The Verses of the Elder Vappa |
Thag1.62 Vajjiputtattheragāthā |
Thag1.62 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta |
Thag1.63 Pakkhattheragāthā |
Thag1.63 The Verses of the Elder Pakkha |
Thag1.64 Vimalakoṇḍaññattheragāthā |
Thag1.64 The Verses of the Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña |
Thag1.65 Ukkhepakatavacchattheragāthā |
Thag1.65 The Verses of the Elder Ukkhepakatavaccha |
Thag1.66 Meghiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.66 The Verses of the Elder Meghiya |
Thag1.67 Ekadhammasavanīyattheragāthā |
Thag1.67 The Verses of the Elder Ekadhammasavanīya |
Thag1.68 Ekudāniyattheragāthā |
Thag1.68 The Verses of the Elder Ekudāniya |
Thag1.69 Channattheragāthā |
Thag1.69 The Verses of the Elder Channa |
Thag1.70 Puṇṇattheragāthā |
Thag1.70 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.61 Vappattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.61 The Verses of the Elder Vappa --- |
“Passati passo passantaṁ, |
“One who sees, sees one who sees, |
apassantañca passati; |
and sees one who does not see. |
Apassanto apassantaṁ, |
One who does not see, does not see |
passantañca na passatī”ti. |
one who sees and one who does not see.” |
… Vappo thero …. |
… The Elder Vappa …. |
--- Thag1.62 Vajjiputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.62 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta --- |
“Ekakā mayaṁ araññe viharāma, |
“We dwell alone in the forest, |
Apaviddhaṁva vanasmiṁ dārukaṁ; |
like a log of wood cast away in the woods. |
Tassa me bahukā pihayanti, |
Many envy me for that, |
Nerayikā viya saggagāminan”ti. |
as those in hell envy those bound for heaven.” |
… Vajjiputto thero …. |
… The Elder Vajjiputta …. |
--- Thag1.63 Pakkhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.63 The Verses of the Elder Pakkha --- |
“Cutā patanti patitā, |
“Fallen, they fall, and having fallen, |
giddhā ca punarāgatā; |
they are seized and have returned again. |
Kataṁ kiccaṁ rataṁ rammaṁ, |
The task is done, the delight is enjoyed, |
sukhenanvāgataṁ sukhan”ti. |
happiness has been followed by happiness.” |
… Pakkho thero …. |
… The Elder Pakkha …. |
--- Thag1.64 Vimalakoṇḍaññattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.64 The Verses of the Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña --- |
“Dumavhayāya uppanno, |
“Born of what is called a tree, |
jāto paṇḍaraketunā; |
born with a white banner; |
Ketuhā ketunāyeva, |
With the banner of the destroyer, he has |
mahāketuṁ padhaṁsayī”ti. |
destroyed the great banner.” |
… Vimalakoṇḍañño thero …. |
… The Elder Vimalakoṇḍañña …. |
--- Thag1.65 Ukkhepakatavacchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.65 The Verses of the Elder Ukkhepakatavaccha --- |
“Ukkhepakatavacchassa, |
“What was calculated by Vaccha of the cast-off portion |
Saṅkalitaṁ bahūhi vassehi; |
over many years; |
Taṁ bhāsati gahaṭṭhānaṁ, |
That he speaks to the householders, |
Sunisinno uḷārapāmojjo”ti. |
sitting comfortably with great joy.” |
… Ukkhepakatavaccho thero …. |
… The Elder Ukkhepakatavaccha …. |
--- Thag1.66 Meghiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.66 The Verses of the Elder Meghiya --- |
“Anusāsi mahāvīro, |
“The great hero has instructed me, |
sabbadhammāna pāragū; |
the one who has gone to the far shore of all things. |
Tassāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvāna, |
Having heard his Dhamma, |
vihāsiṁ santike sato; |
I dwelt near him, mindful. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Meghiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Meghiya …. |
--- Thag1.67 Ekadhammasavanīyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.67 The Verses of the Elder Ekadhammasavanīya --- |
“Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṁ, |
“My defilements are burnt up, |
bhavā sabbe samūhatā; |
all existences are rooted out. |
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, |
The round of births is destroyed, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Ekadhammasavanīyo thero …. |
… The Elder Ekadhammasavanīya …. |
--- Thag1.68 Ekudāniyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.68 The Verses of the Elder Ekudāniya --- |
“Adhicetaso appamajjato, |
“For the sage of exalted mind who is diligent, |
Munino monapathesu sikkhato; |
training in the path of sageship; |
Sokā na bhavanti tādino, |
For such a one, there are no sorrows, |
Upasantassa sadā satīmato”ti. |
for one who is peaceful and ever mindful.” |
… Ekudāniyo thero …. |
… The Elder Ekudāniya …. |
--- Thag1.69 Channattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.69 The Verses of the Elder Channa --- |
“Sutvāna dhammaṁ mahato mahārasaṁ, |
“Having heard the Dhamma, great and full of flavor, |
Sabbaññutaññāṇavarena desitaṁ; |
taught by the one with the best of all-knowing knowledge; |
Maggaṁ papajjiṁ amatassa pattiyā, |
I have embarked on the path for the attainment of the deathless. |
So yogakkhemassa pathassa kovido”ti. |
He is the expert on the path of security from bondage.” |
… Channo thero …. |
… The Elder Channa …. |
--- Thag1.70 Puṇṇattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.70 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇa --- |
“Sīlameva idha aggaṁ, |
“Virtue is supreme here, |
paññavā pana uttamo; |
but one with wisdom is the best. |
Manussesu ca devesu, |
Among humans and gods, |
sīlapaññāṇato jayan”ti. |
one conquers through virtue and wisdom.” |
… Puṇṇo thero … |
… The Elder Puṇṇa … |
vaggo sattamo. |
Chapter the Seventh. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Vappo ca vajjiputto ca, |
Vappa and Vajjiputta, |
pakkho vimalakoṇḍañño; |
Pakkha, Vimalakoṇḍañña; |
Ukkhepakatavaccho ca, |
Ukkhepakatavaccha, |
meghiyo ekadhammiko; |
Meghiya, Ekadhammika; |
Ekudāniyachannā ca, |
Ekudāniya, Channa, |
puṇṇatthero mahabbaloti. |
and the Elder Puṇṇa of great strength. |
♦ Vagga 8 |
♦ Chapter 8 |
Thag1.71 Vacchapālattheragāthā |
Thag1.71 The Verses of the Elder Vacchapāla |
Thag1.72 Ātumattheragāthā |
Thag1.72 The Verses of the Elder Ātuma |
Thag1.73 Māṇavattheragāthā |
Thag1.73 The Verses of the Elder Māṇava |
Thag1.74 Suyāmanattheragāthā |
Thag1.74 The Verses of the Elder Suyāmana |
Thag1.75 Susāradattheragāthā |
Thag1.75 The Verses of the Elder Susārada |
Thag1.76 Piyañjahattheragāthā |
Thag1.76 The Verses of the Elder Piyañjaha |
Thag1.77 Hatthārohaputtattheragāthā |
Thag1.77 The Verses of the Elder Hatthārohaputta |
Thag1.78 Meṇḍasirattheragāthā |
Thag1.78 The Verses of the Elder Meṇḍasira |
Thag1.79 Rakkhitattheragāthā |
Thag1.79 The Verses of the Elder Rakkhita |
Thag1.80 Theragāthā 1.80 |
Thag1.80 The Verses of the Elder Ugga |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.71 Vacchapālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.71 The Verses of the Elder Vacchapāla --- |
“Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā, |
“By one who sees the very subtle and fine meaning, |
Matikusalena nivātavuttinā; |
skilled in thought, of humble conduct; |
Saṁsevitavuddhasīlinā, |
Who has associated with the virtuous and elderly, |
Nibbānaṁ na hi tena dullabhan”ti. |
Nibbāna is not difficult for him to attain.” |
… Vacchapālo thero …. |
… The Elder Vacchapāla …. |
--- Thag1.72 Ātumattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.72 The Verses of the Elder Ātuma --- |
“Yathā kaḷīro susu vaḍḍhitaggo, |
“Just as a bamboo shoot, when its tip is well-grown, |
Dunnikkhamo hoti pasākhajāto; |
is hard to extract, having grown its side-branches; |
Evaṁ ahaṁ bhariyāyānitāya, |
So I, brought by my wife, |
Anumaññaṁ maṁ pabbajitomhi dānī”ti. |
now have your permission and have gone forth.” |
… Ātumo thero …. |
… The Elder Ātuma …. |
--- Thag1.73 Māṇavattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.73 The Verses of the Elder Māṇava --- |
“Jiṇṇañca disvā dukhitañca byādhitaṁ, |
“Having seen an old man, and a sick man afflicted with suffering, |
Matañca disvā gatamāyusaṅkhayaṁ; |
and having seen a dead man, his life-span at an end; |
Tato ahaṁ nikkhamitūna pabbajiṁ, |
Then I went forth from home, |
Pahāya kāmāni manoramānī”ti. |
having abandoned delightful sensual pleasures.” |
… Māṇavo thero …. |
… The Elder Māṇava …. |
--- Thag1.74 Suyāmanattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.74 The Verses of the Elder Suyāmana --- |
“Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, |
“Sensual desire and ill will, |
Thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; |
and dullness and drowsiness for a bhikkhu; |
Uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā ca, |
Restlessness and doubt, |
Sabbasova na vijjatī”ti. |
are completely non-existent.” |
… Suyāmano thero …. |
… The Elder Suyāmana …. |
--- Thag1.75 Susāradattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.75 The Verses of the Elder Susārada --- |
“Sādhu suvihitāna dassanaṁ, |
“Good is the sight of the well-behaved, |
Kaṅkhā chijjati buddhi vaḍḍhati; |
doubt is cut off, wisdom increases. |
Bālampi karonti paṇḍitaṁ, |
They make even a fool wise, |
Tasmā sādhu sataṁ samāgamo”ti. |
therefore association with the good is good.” |
… Susārado thero …. |
… The Elder Susārada …. |
--- Thag1.76 Piyañjahattheragāthā --- |
--- Thg1.76 The Verses of the Elder Piyañjaha --- |
“Uppatantesu nipate, |
“Among those rising up, I would fall down; |
nipatantesu uppate; |
among those falling down, I would rise up. |
Vase avasamānesu, |
I would dwell among those not dwelling, |
ramamānesu no rame”ti. |
among those delighting, I would not delight.” |
… Piyañjaho thero …. |
… The Elder Piyañjaha …. |
--- Thag1.77 Hatthārohaputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.77 The Verses of the Elder Hatthārohaputta --- |
“Idaṁ pure cittamacāri cārikaṁ, |
“Formerly this mind wandered on its journeys, |
Yenicchakaṁ yatthakāmaṁ yathāsukhaṁ; |
where it wished, where it liked, as it pleased. |
Tadajjahaṁ niggahessāmi yoniso, |
Today I shall control it thoroughly, |
Hatthippabhinnaṁ viya aṅkusaggaho”ti. |
like a mahout an elephant in must.” |
… Hatthārohaputto thero …. |
… The Elder Hatthārohaputta …. |
--- Thag1.78 Meṇḍasirattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.78 The Verses of the Elder Meṇḍasira --- |
“Anekajātisaṁsāraṁ, |
“Through a round of many births |
sandhāvissaṁ anibbisaṁ; |
I have wandered without finding a solution. |
Tassa me dukkhajātassa, |
For me, born to suffering, |
dukkhakkhandho aparaddho”ti. |
the mass of suffering is overcome.” |
… Meṇḍasiro thero …. |
… The Elder Meṇḍasira …. |
--- Thag1.79 Rakkhitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.79 The Verses of the Elder Rakkhita --- |
“Sabbo rāgo pahīno me, |
“All my lust is abandoned, |
sabbo doso samūhato; |
all my hatred is rooted out. |
Sabbo me vigato moho, |
All my delusion is gone, |
sītibhūtosmi nibbuto”ti. |
I am become cool, quenched.” |
… Rakkhito thero …. |
… The Elder Rakkhita …. |
--- Thag1.80 Theragāthā 1.80 --- |
--- Thag1.80 The Verses of the Elder Ugga --- |
“Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ kammaṁ, |
“Whatever kamma was done by me, |
appaṁ vā yadi vā bahuṁ; |
little or much; |
Sabbametaṁ parikkhīṇaṁ, |
All that is exhausted, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Uggo thero … |
… The Elder Ugga … |
vaggo aṭṭhamo. |
Chapter the Eighth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Vacchapālo ca yo thero, |
The Elder who was Vacchapāla, |
ātumo māṇavo isi; |
the sage Ātuma, Māṇava; |
Suyāmano susārado, |
Suyāmana, Susārada, |
thero yo ca piyañjaho; |
the Elder who was Piyañjaha; |
Ārohaputto meṇḍasiro, |
Hatthārohaputta, Meṇḍasira, |
rakkhito uggasavhayoti. |
Rakkhita, and the one called Ugga. |
♦ Vagga 9 |
♦ Chapter 9 |
Thag1.81 Samitiguttattheragāthā |
Thag1.81 The Verses of the Elder Samitigutta |
Thag1.82 Kassapattheragāthā |
Thag1.82 The Verses of the Elder Kassapa |
Thag1.83 Theragāthā 1.83 |
Thag1.83 The Verses of the Elder Sīha |
Thag1.84 Theragāthā 1.84 |
Thag1.84 The Verses of the Elder Nīta |
Thag1.85 Sunāgattheragāthā |
Thag1.85 The Verses of the Elder Sunāga |
Thag1.86 Nāgitattheragāthā |
Thag1.86 The Verses of the Elder Nāgita |
Thag1.87 Paviṭṭhattheragāthā |
Thag1.87 The Verses of the Elder Paviṭṭha |
Thag1.88 Ajjunattheragāthā |
Thag1.88 The Verses of the Elder Ajjuna |
Thag1.89 (Paṭhama) Devasabhattheragāthā |
Thag1.89 The Verses of the (First) Elder Devasabha |
Thag1.90 Sāmidattattheragāthā |
Thag1.90 The Verses of the Elder Sāmidatta |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.81 Samitiguttattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.81 The Verses of the Elder Samitigutta --- |
“Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ pāpaṁ, |
“Whatever evil I have done |
pubbe aññāsu jātisu; |
in former other births, |
Idheva taṁ vedanīyaṁ, |
is to be experienced right here, |
vatthu aññaṁ na vijjatī”ti. |
no other ground exists for it.” |
… Samitigutto thero …. |
… The Elder Samitigutta …. |
--- Thag1.82 Kassapattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.82 The Verses of the Elder Kassapa --- |
“Yena yena subhikkhāni, |
“Wherever there is abundance, |
sivāni abhayāni ca; |
security, and freedom from fear; |
Tena puttaka gacchassu, |
Go there, my son, |
mā sokāpahato bhavā”ti. |
do not be overcome by grief.” |
… Kassapo thero …. |
… The Elder Kassapa …. |
--- Thag1.83 Theragāthā 1.83 --- |
--- Thag1.83 The Verses of the Elder Sīha --- |
“Sīhappamatto vihara, |
“Dwell heedful as a lion, |
rattindivamatandito; |
day and night, untiringly. |
Bhāvehi kusalaṁ dhammaṁ, |
Cultivate wholesome states, |
jaha sīghaṁ samussayan”ti. |
quickly abandon your body.” |
… Sīho thero …. |
… The Elder Sīha …. |
--- Thag1.84 Theragāthā 1.84 --- |
--- Thag1.84 The Verses of the Elder Nīta --- |
“Sabbarattiṁ supitvāna, |
“Having slept the whole night, |
divā saṅgaṇike rato; |
delighting in company by day; |
Kudāssu nāma dummedho, |
When will the foolish person |
dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti. |
make an end of suffering?” |
… Nīto thero …. |
… The Elder Nīta …. |
--- Thag1.85 Sunāgattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.85 The Verses of the Elder Sunāga --- |
“Cittanimittassa kovido, |
“Being skilled in the signs of the mind, |
Pavivekarasaṁ vijāniya; |
knowing the taste of seclusion; |
Jhāyaṁ nipako patissato, |
One who practices jhāna, skilled and mindful, |
Adhigaccheyya sukhaṁ nirāmisan”ti. |
would attain non-sensual happiness.” |
… Sunāgo thero …. |
… The Elder Sunāga …. |
--- Thag1.86 Nāgitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.86 The Verses of the Elder Nāgita --- |
“Ito bahiddhā puthu aññavādinaṁ, |
“Outside of this, the path of the many other teachers |
Maggo na nibbānagamo yathā ayaṁ; |
does not lead to Nibbāna as this one does. |
Itissu saṅghaṁ bhagavānusāsati, |
Thus the Blessed One instructs the Sangha, |
Satthā sayaṁ pāṇitaleva dassayan”ti. |
the Teacher himself showing it as on the palm of his hand.” |
… Nāgito thero …. |
… The Elder Nāgita …. |
--- Thag1.87 Paviṭṭhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.87 The Verses of the Elder Paviṭṭha --- |
“Khandhā diṭṭhā yathābhūtaṁ, |
“The aggregates have been seen as they really are, |
bhavā sabbe padālitā; |
all existences have been shattered. |
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, |
The round of births is destroyed, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Paviṭṭho thero …. |
… The Elder Paviṭṭha …. |
--- Thag1.88 Ajjunattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.88 The Verses of the Elder Ajjuna --- |
“Asakkhiṁ vata attānaṁ, |
“Indeed I was able to lift myself |
uddhātuṁ udakā thalaṁ; |
from the water to the dry land; |
Vuyhamāno mahogheva, |
Being swept away by the great flood, |
saccāni paṭivijjhahan”ti. |
while penetrating the truths.” |
… Ajjuno thero …. |
… The Elder Ajjuna …. |
--- Thag1.89 (Paṭhama) Devasabhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.89 The Verses of the (First) Elder Devasabha --- |
“Uttiṇṇā paṅkapalipā, |
“The muddy swamps have been crossed, |
pātālā parivajjitā; |
the abysses avoided; |
Mutto oghā ca ganthā ca, |
Freed from the flood and the fetters, |
sabbe mānā visaṁhatā”ti. |
all conceits are destroyed.” |
… Devasabho thero …. |
… The Elder Devasabha …. |
--- Thag1.90 Sāmidattattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.90 The Verses of the Elder Sāmidatta --- |
“Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, |
“The five aggregates are fully understood, |
tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; |
they stand with their root cut off. |
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, |
The destruction of suffering is attained, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
the destruction of my taints is attained.” |
… Sāmidatto thero … |
… The Elder Sāmidatta … |
vaggo navamo. |
Chapter the Ninth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Thero samitigutto ca, |
The Elder Samitigutta, |
kassapo sīhasavhayo; |
Kassapa, and the one named Sīha; |
Nīto sunāgo nāgito, |
Nīta, Sunāga, Nāgita, |
paviṭṭho ajjuno isi; |
the sage Paviṭṭha, Ajjuna; |
Devasabho ca yo thero, |
The Elder who was Devasabha, |
sāmidatto mahabbaloti. |
and Sāmidatta of great strength. |
♦ Vagga 10 |
♦ Chapter 10 |
Thag1.91 Paripuṇṇakattheragāthā |
Thag1.91 The Verses of the Elder Paripuṇṇaka |
Thag1.92 Vijayattheragāthā |
Thag1.92 The Verses of the Elder Vijaya |
Thag1.93 Erakattheragāthā |
Thag1.93 The Verses of the Elder Eraka |
Thag1.94 Mettajittheragāthā |
Thag1.94 The Verses of the Elder Mettaji |
Thag1.95 Cakkhupālattheragāthā |
Thag1.95 The Verses of the Elder Cakkhupāla |
Thag1.96 Khaṇḍasumanattheragāthā |
Thag1.96 The Verses of the Elder Khaṇḍasumana |
Thag1.97 Tissattheragāthā |
Thag1.97 The Verses of the Elder Tissa |
Thag1.98 Abhayattheragāthā |
Thag1.98 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya |
Thag1.99 Uttiyattheragāthā |
Thag1.99 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya |
Thag1.100 (Dutiya) Devasabhattheragāthā |
Thag1.100 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Devasabha |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.91 Paripuṇṇakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.91 The Verses of the Elder Paripuṇṇaka --- |
“Na tathā mataṁ satarasaṁ, |
“Not so the hundred-flavored, |
Sudhannaṁ yaṁ mayajja paribhuttaṁ; |
well-cooked food which I have eaten today; |
Aparimitadassinā gotamena, |
as the Dhamma taught by the Buddha, |
Buddhena desito dhammo”ti. |
Gotama of limitless vision.” |
… Paripuṇṇako thero …. |
… The Elder Paripuṇṇaka …. |
--- Thag1.92 Vijayattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.92 The Verses of the Elder Vijaya --- |
“Yassāsavā parikkhīṇā, |
“He whose taints are destroyed, |
āhāre ca anissito; |
who is not dependent on food; |
Suññato animitto ca, |
Whose resort is the liberation |
vimokkho yassa gocaro; |
that is empty and signless; |
Ākāseva sakuntānaṁ, |
Like birds in the sky, |
padaṁ tassa durannayan”ti. |
his track is hard to find.” |
… Vijayo thero …. |
… The Elder Vijaya …. |
--- Thag1.93 Erakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.93 The Verses of the Elder Eraka --- |
“Dukkhā kāmā eraka, |
“Sensual pleasures are suffering, Eraka, |
Na sukhā kāmā eraka; |
sensual pleasures are not happiness, Eraka. |
Yo kāme kāmayati, |
He who desires sensual pleasures, |
Dukkhaṁ so kāmayati eraka; |
desires suffering, Eraka. |
Yo kāme na kāmayati, |
He who does not desire sensual pleasures, |
Dukkhaṁ so na kāmayati erakā”ti. |
does not desire suffering, Eraka.” |
… Erako thero …. |
… The Elder Eraka …. |
--- Thag1.94 Mettajittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.94 The Verses of the Elder Mettaji --- |
“Namo hi tassa bhagavato, |
“Homage indeed to that Blessed One, |
sakyaputtassa sirīmato; |
the glorious son of the Sakyans. |
Tenāyaṁ aggappattena, |
By him, who has attained the supreme, |
aggadhammo sudesito”ti. |
this supreme Dhamma has been well taught.” |
… Mettaji thero …. |
… The Elder Mettaji …. |
--- Thag1.95 Cakkhupālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.95 The Verses of the Elder Cakkhupāla --- |
“Andhohaṁ hatanettosmi, |
“I am blind, my eyes are destroyed, |
kantāraddhānapakkhando; |
I have stumbled on a wilderness path. |
Sayamānopi gacchissaṁ, |
Even if I have to crawl I will go on, |
na sahāyena pāpenā”ti. |
but not with an evil companion.” |
… Cakkhupālo thero …. |
… The Elder Cakkhupāla …. |
--- Thag1.96 Khaṇḍasumanattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.96 The Verses of the Elder Khaṇḍasumana --- |
“Ekapupphaṁ cajitvāna, |
“Having offered a single flower, |
asīti vassakoṭiyo; |
for eighty crores of years |
Saggesu paricāretvā, |
I enjoyed myself in the heavens, |
sesakenamhi nibbuto”ti. |
and with the remainder I am quenched.” |
… Khaṇḍasumano thero …. |
… The Elder Khaṇḍasumana …. |
--- Thag1.97 Tissattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.97 The Verses of the Elder Tissa --- |
“Hitvā satapalaṁ kaṁsaṁ, |
“Having given up a bronze bowl worth a hundred pala, |
Sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ; |
and a hundred golden coins, |
Aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, |
I took up an earthenware bowl. |
Idaṁ dutiyābhisecanan”ti. |
This was my second consecration.” |
… Tisso thero …. |
… The Elder Tissa …. |
--- Thag1.98 Abhayattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.98 The Verses of the Elder Abhaya --- |
“Rūpaṁ disvā sati muṭṭhā, |
“Seeing a form, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati; |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā, |
For him the taints increase, |
Bhavamūlopagāmino”ti. |
leading to the root of existence.” |
… Abhayo thero …. |
… The Elder Abhaya …. |
--- Thag1.99 Uttiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.99 The Verses of the Elder Uttiya --- |
“Saddaṁ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, |
“Hearing a sound, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati; |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā, |
For him the taints increase, |
Saṁsāraṁ upagāmino”ti. |
leading to the round of rebirths.” |
… Uttiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Uttiya …. |
--- Thag1.100 (Dutiya) Devasabhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.100 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Devasabha --- |
“Sammappadhānasampanno, |
“Endowed with the right strivings, |
Satipaṭṭhānagocaro; |
with the foundations of mindfulness as his resort; |
Vimuttikusumasañchanno, |
Covered with the flowers of liberation, |
Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. |
he will be fully quenched without taints.” |
… Devasabho thero …. |
… The Elder Devasabha …. |
vaggo dasamo. |
Chapter the Tenth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Paripuṇṇako ca vijayo, |
Paripuṇṇaka and Vijaya, |
erako mettajī muni; |
the sage Eraka, Mettaji; |
Cakkhupālo khaṇḍasumano, |
Cakkhupāla, Khaṇḍasumana, |
tisso ca abhayo tathā; |
Tissa and Abhaya likewise; |
Uttiyo ca mahāpañño, |
And Uttiya of great wisdom, |
thero devasabhopi cāti. |
and the Elder Devasabha too. |
♦ Vagga 11 |
♦ Chapter 11 |
Thag1.101 Belaṭṭhānikattheragāthā |
Thag1.101 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhānika |
Thag1.102 Setucchattheragāthā |
Thag1.102 The Verses of the Elder Setuccha |
Thag1.103 Bandhurattheragāthā |
Thag1.103 The Verses of the Elder Bandhura |
Thag1.104 Khitakattheragāthā |
Thag1.104 The Verses of the Elder Khitaka |
Thag1.105 Malitavambhattheragāthā |
Thag1.105 The Verses of the Elder Malitavambha |
Thag1.106 Suhemantattheragāthā |
Thag1.106 The Verses of the Elder Suhemanta |
Thag1.107 Dhammasavattheragāthā |
Thag1.107 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasava |
Thag1.108 Dhammasavapituttheragāthā |
Thag1.108 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasavapitu |
Thag1.109 Saṅgharakkhitattheragāthā |
Thag1.109 The Verses of the Elder Saṅgharakkhita |
Thag1.110 Usabhattheragāthā |
Thag1.110 The Verses of the Elder Usabha |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.101 Belaṭṭhānikattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.101 The Verses of the Elder Belaṭṭhānika --- |
“Hitvā gihittaṁ anavositatto, |
“Having abandoned the household life, with mind unresolved, |
Mukhanaṅgalī odariko kusīto; |
a mouth-ploughman, gluttonous, lazy; |
Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, |
Like a great hog fattened on slops, |
Punappunaṁ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. |
the fool enters the womb again and again.” |
… Belaṭṭhāniko thero …. |
… The Elder Belaṭṭhānika …. |
--- Thag1.102 Setucchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.102 The Verses of the Elder Setuccha --- |
“Mānena vañcitāse, |
“Those who are deceived by conceit, |
Saṅkhāresu saṅkilissamānāse; |
being defiled in the formations; |
Lābhālābhena mathitā, |
Crushed by gain and loss, |
Samādhiṁ nādhigacchantī”ti. |
do not attain concentration.” |
… Setuccho thero …. |
… The Elder Setuccha …. |
--- Thag1.103 Bandhurattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.103 The Verses of the Elder Bandhura --- |
“Nāhaṁ etena atthiko, |
“I have no need for this, |
Sukhito dhammarasena tappito; |
I am happy, satisfied with the taste of Dhamma. |
Pitvā rasaggamuttamaṁ, |
Having drunk the supreme, best of tastes, |
Na ca kāhāmi visena santhavan”ti. |
I will have no association with poison.” |
… Bandhuro thero …. |
… The Elder Bandhura …. |
--- Thag1.104 Khitakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.104 The Verses of the Elder Khitaka --- |
“Lahuko vata me kāyo, |
“My body is indeed light, |
Phuṭṭho ca pītisukhena vipulena; |
touched by abundant joy and happiness. |
Tūlamiva eritaṁ mālutena, |
Like cotton floss blown by the wind, |
Pilavatīva me kāyo”ti. |
my body seems to float.” |
… Khitako thero …. |
… The Elder Khitaka …. |
--- Thag1.105 Malitavambhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.105 The Verses of the Elder Malitavambha --- |
“Ukkaṇṭhitopi na vase, |
“Even if anxious, one should not stay, |
ramamānopi pakkame; |
even if delighting, one should depart. |
Na tvevānatthasaṁhitaṁ, |
A discerning person should not live a life |
vase vāsaṁ vicakkhaṇo”ti. |
connected with what is not beneficial.” |
… Malitavambho thero …. |
… The Elder Malitavambha …. |
--- Thag1.106 Suhemantattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.106 The Verses of the Elder Suhemanta --- |
“Sataliṅgassa atthassa, |
“Of the meaning with a hundred signs, |
satalakkhaṇadhārino; |
bearing a hundred characteristics; |
Ekaṅgadassī dummedho, |
The fool sees only one aspect, |
satadassī ca paṇḍito”ti. |
but the wise man sees a hundred.” |
… Suhemanto thero …. |
… The Elder Suhemanta …. |
--- Thag1.107 Dhammasavattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.107 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasava --- |
“Pabbajiṁ tulayitvāna, |
“Having weighed it up, I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from the home life into homelessness. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Dhammasavo thero …. |
… The Elder Dhammasava …. |
--- Thag1.108 Dhammasavapituttheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.108 The Verses of the Elder Dhammasavapitu --- |
“Sa vīsavassasatiko, |
“At one hundred and twenty years old, |
pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ; |
I went forth into homelessness. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Dhammasavapitu thero …. |
… The father of Elder Dhammasava …. |
--- Thag1.109 Saṅgharakkhitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.109 The Verses of the Elder Saṅgharakkhita --- |
“Na nūnāyaṁ paramahitānukampino, |
“Surely this one, gone into solitude, does not reflect |
Rahogato anuvigaṇeti sāsanaṁ; |
upon the teaching of the one compassionate for the welfare of others. |
Tathāhayaṁ viharati pākatindriyo, |
Thus he lives with faculties exposed, |
Migī yathā taruṇajātikā vane”ti. |
like a young deer in the forest.” |
… Saṅgharakkhito thero …. |
… The Elder Saṅgharakkhita …. |
--- Thag1.110 Usabhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.110 The Verses of the Elder Usabha --- |
“Nagā nagaggesu susaṁvirūḷhā, |
“The mountains well-overgrown on the mountain tops, |
Udaggameghena navena sittā; |
watered by the new rain of the cloud above; |
Vivekakāmassa araññasaññino, |
For one desiring seclusion, with perception of the forest, |
Janeti bhiyyo usabhassa kalyatan”ti. |
it produces even more beauty for Usabha.” |
… Usabho thero … |
… The Elder Usabha … |
vaggo ekādasamo. |
Chapter the Eleventh. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Belaṭṭhāniko setuccho, |
Belaṭṭhānika, Setuccha, |
Bandhuro khitako isi; |
the sage Bandhura, Khitaka; |
Malitavambho suhemanto, |
Malitavambha, Suhemanta, |
Dhammasavo dhammasavapitā; |
Dhammasava, Dhammasava’s father; |
Saṅgharakkhitatthero ca, |
The Elder Saṅgharakkhita, |
Usabho ca mahāmunīti. |
and Usabha, the great sage. |
♦ Vagga 12 |
♦ Chapter 12 |
Thag1.111 Theragāthā 1.111 |
Thag1.111 The Verses of the Elder Jenta |
Thag1.112 Vacchagottattheragāthā |
Thag1.112 The Verses of the Elder Vacchagotta |
Thag1.113 Vanavacchattheragāthā |
Thag1.113 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha |
Thag1.114 Adhimuttattheragāthā |
Thag1.114 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta |
Thag1.115 Mahānāmattheragāthā |
Thag1.115 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāma |
Thag1.116 Pārāpariyattheragāthā |
Thag1.116 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya |
Thag1.117 Theragāthā 1.117 |
Thag1.117 The Verses of the Elder Yasa |
Thag1.118 Kimilattheragāthā |
Thag1.118 The Verses of the Elder Kimila |
Thag1.119 Vajjiputtattheragāthā |
Thag1.119 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta |
Thag1.120 Isidattattheragāthā |
Thag1.120 The Verses of the Elder Isidatta |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag1.111 Theragāthā 1.111 --- |
--- Thag1.111 The Verses of the Elder Jenta --- |
“Duppabbajjaṁ ve duradhivāsā gehā, |
“Going forth is difficult, and homes are difficult to live in, |
Dhammo gambhīro duradhigamā bhogā; |
the Dhamma is profound, possessions are difficult to obtain. |
Kicchā vutti no itarītareneva, |
Our livelihood is hard, with one thing or another, |
Yuttaṁ cintetuṁ satatamaniccatan”ti. |
it is right to constantly reflect on impermanence.” |
… Jento thero …. |
… The Elder Jenta …. |
--- Thag1.112 Vacchagottattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.112 The Verses of the Elder Vacchagotta --- |
“Tevijjohaṁ mahājhāyī, |
“I am a possessor of the three true knowledges, a great practitioner of jhāna, |
cetosamathakovido; |
skilled in the serenity of mind. |
Sadattho me anuppatto, |
My true goal has been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Vacchagotto thero …. |
… The Elder Vacchagotta …. |
--- Thag1.113 Vanavacchattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.113 The Verses of the Elder Vanavaccha --- |
“Acchodikā puthusilā, |
“With clear water and broad rocks, |
gonaṅgulamigāyutā; |
frequented by monkeys and deer; |
Ambusevālasañchannā, |
Covered with moss and water weeds, |
te selā ramayanti man”ti. |
those rocky crags delight me.” |
… Vanavaccho thero …. |
… The Elder Vanavaccha …. |
--- Thag1.114 Adhimuttattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.114 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta --- |
“Kāyaduṭṭhullagaruno, |
“For one burdened by the grossness of the body, |
hiyyamānamhi jīvite; |
while life is wasting away; |
Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, |
For one greedy for bodily comfort, |
kuto samaṇasādhutā”ti. |
whence the goodness of an ascetic?” |
… Adhimutto thero …. |
… The Elder Adhimutta …. |
--- Thag1.115 Mahānāmattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.115 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāma --- |
“Esāvahiyyase pabbatena, |
“You are being carried away by this mountain, |
Bahukuṭajasallakikena; |
with its many kuṭaja and sallaki trees; |
Nesādakena girinā, |
by this mountain named Nesādaka, |
Yasassinā paricchadenā”ti. |
with its glorious surroundings.” |
… Mahānāmo thero …. |
… The Elder Mahānāma …. |
--- Thag1.116 Pārāpariyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.116 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya --- |
“Chaphassāyatane hitvā, |
“Having abandoned the six sense spheres, |
guttadvāro susaṁvuto; |
with guarded doors, well restrained; |
Aghamūlaṁ vamitvāna, |
Having vomited up the root of evil, |
patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. |
I have attained the destruction of the taints.” |
… Pārāpariyo thero …. |
… The Elder Pārāpariya …. |
--- Thag1.117 Theragāthā 1.117 --- |
--- Thag1.117 The Verses of the Elder Yasa --- |
“Suvilitto suvasano, |
“Well-anointed, well-clothed, |
sabbābharaṇabhūsito; |
adorned with all ornaments; |
Tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṁ, |
I have attained the three true knowledges, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Yaso thero …. |
… The Elder Yasa …. |
--- Thag1.118 Kimilattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.118 The Verses of the Elder Kimila --- |
“Abhisattova nipatati, |
“Like one accursed, it falls, |
Vayo rūpaṁ aññamiva tatheva santaṁ; |
old age, form, another thing, just as it is. |
Tasseva sato avippavasato, |
For this very same one who does not go away, |
Aññasseva sarāmi attānan”ti. |
I remember myself as another.” |
… Kimilo thero …. |
… The Elder Kimila …. |
--- Thag1.119 Vajjiputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.119 The Verses of the Elder Vajjiputta --- |
“Rukkhamūlagahanaṁ pasakkiya, |
“Having approached the thicket at the root of a tree, |
Nibbānaṁ hadayasmiṁ opiya; |
placing Nibbāna in the heart; |
Jhāya gotama mā ca pamādo, |
Practice jhāna, Gotama, and be not heedless. |
Kiṁ te biḷibiḷikā karissatī”ti. |
What will this chattering do for you?” |
… Vajjiputto thero …. |
… The Elder Vajjiputta …. |
--- Thag1.120 Isidattattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag1.120 The Verses of the Elder Isidatta --- |
“Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, |
“The five aggregates are fully understood, |
tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; |
they stand with their root cut off. |
Dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, |
The destruction of suffering is attained, |
patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. |
the destruction of my taints is attained.” |
… Isidatto thero … |
… The Elder Isidatta … |
vaggo dvādasamo. |
Chapter the Twelfth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Jento ca vacchagotto ca, |
Jenta and Vacchagotta, |
vaccho ca vanasavhayo; |
and Vaccha with the name of the woods; |
Adhimutto mahānāmo, |
Adhimutta, Mahānāma, |
pārāpariyo yasopi ca; |
Pārāpariya and Yasa as well; |
Kimilo vajjiputto ca, |
Kimila, Vajjiputta, |
isidatto mahāyasoti. |
and Isidatta of great renown. |
Ekakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Ones is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Vīsuttarasataṁ therā, |
One hundred and twenty elders, |
katakiccā anāsavā; |
who have done their duty, without taints; |
Ekakeva nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Ones alone, |
susaṅgītā mahesibhīti. |
are well compiled by the great sages. |
♦ Nipāta 2 |
♦ The Book of Twos |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag2.1 Uttarattheragāthā |
Thag2.1 The Verses of the Elder Uttara |
Thag2.2 Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheragāthā |
Thag2.2 The Verses of the Elder Piṇḍolabhāradvāja |
Thag2.3 Valliyattheragāthā |
Thag2.3 The Verses of the Elder Valliya |
Thag2.4 Gaṅgātīriyattheragāthā |
Thag2.4 The Verses of the Elder Gaṅgātīriya |
Thag2.5 Ajinattheragāthā |
Thag2.5 The Verses of the Elder Ajina |
Thag2.6 Meḷajinattheragāthā |
Thag2.6 The Verses of the Elder Meḷajina |
Thag2.7 Rādhattheragāthā |
Thag2.7 The Verses of the Elder Rādha |
Thag2.8 Surādhattheragāthā |
Thag2.8 The Verses of the Elder Surādha |
Thag2.9 Gotamattheragāthā |
Thag2.9 The Verses of the Elder Gotama |
Thag2.10 Vasabhattheragāthā |
Thag2.10 The Verses of the Elder Vasabha |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag2.1 Uttarattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.1 The Verses of the Elder Uttara --- |
“Natthi koci bhavo nicco, |
“No existence is eternal, |
saṅkhārā vāpi sassatā; |
nor are formations everlasting. |
Uppajjanti ca te khandhā, |
Those aggregates arise |
cavanti aparāparaṁ. |
and cease, again and again. |
Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, |
Knowing this danger, |
bhavenamhi anatthiko; |
I have no need for existence. |
Nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, |
Released from all sensual pleasures, |
patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. |
I have attained the destruction of the taints.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā uttaro thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Uttara recited the verses. |
--- Thag2.2 Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.2 The Verses of the Elder Piṇḍolabhāradvāja --- |
“Nayidaṁ anayena jīvitaṁ, |
“This is not a life lived improperly, |
Nāhāro hadayassa santiko; |
nor is food for the heart’s delight. |
Āhāraṭṭhitiko samussayo, |
The body is sustained by food; |
Iti disvāna carāmi esanaṁ. |
seeing this, I go on my alms round. |
Paṅkoti hi naṁ pavedayuṁ, |
‘A swamp,’ they have declared it, |
Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; |
this veneration and worship in families. |
Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, |
A subtle, hard-to-extract dart, |
Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho”ti. |
honor is hard for a vile man to relinquish.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Piṇḍolabhāradvāja recited the verses. |
--- Thag2.3 Valliyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.3 The Verses of the Elder Valliya --- |
“Makkaṭo pañcadvārāyaṁ, |
“The monkey, approaching the five-doored |
kuṭikāyaṁ pasakkiya; |
hut, |
Dvārena anupariyeti, |
goes around by each door, |
ghaṭṭayanto muhuṁ muhuṁ. |
knocking again and again. |
Tiṭṭha makkaṭa mā dhāvi, |
Stand still, monkey, do not run! |
na hi te taṁ yathā pure; |
It is not for you as it was before. |
Niggahītosi paññāya, |
You are restrained by wisdom; |
neva dūraṁ gamissatī”ti. |
you will not go far.” |
… Valliyo thero …. |
… The Elder Valliya …. |
--- Thag2.4 Gaṅgātīriyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.4 The Verses of the Elder Gaṅgātīriya --- |
“Tiṇṇaṁ me tālapattānaṁ, |
“My hut of three palm-leaves is made |
gaṅgātīre kuṭī katā; |
on the bank of the Ganges. |
Chavasittova me patto, |
My bowl is like one that held a corpse, |
paṁsukūlañca cīvaraṁ. |
and my robe is from a dust-heap. |
Dvinnaṁ antaravassānaṁ, |
In two rainy seasons, |
ekā vācā me bhāsitā; |
only one word was spoken by me. |
Tatiye antaravassamhi, |
In the third rainy season, |
tamokhandho padālito”ti. |
the mass of darkness was shattered.” |
… Gaṅgātīriyo thero …. |
… The Elder Gaṅgātīriya …. |
--- Thag2.5 Ajinattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.5 The Verses of the Elder Ajina --- |
“Api ce hoti tevijjo, |
“Even if one has the three true knowledges, |
maccuhāyī anāsavo; |
has escaped death, and is without taints, |
Appaññātoti naṁ bālā, |
fools despise him as ‘unknown,’ |
avajānanti ajānatā. |
not knowing him. |
Yo ca kho annapānassa, |
But whatever person here is a receiver |
lābhī hotidha puggalo; |
of food and drink, |
Pāpadhammopi ce hoti, |
even if he has evil qualities, |
so nesaṁ hoti sakkato”ti. |
he is honored by them.” |
… Ajino thero …. |
… The Elder Ajina …. |
--- Thag2.6 Meḷajinattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.6 The Verses of the Elder Meḷajina --- |
“Yadāhaṁ dhammamassosiṁ, |
“When I heard the Dhamma |
bhāsamānassa satthuno; |
spoken by the Teacher, |
Na kaṅkhamabhijānāmi, |
I did not recognize any doubt |
sabbaññūaparājite. |
in the All-Knowing, the Unconquered. |
Satthavāhe mahāvīre, |
In the caravan-leader, the great hero, |
sārathīnaṁ varuttame; |
the supreme among charioteers, |
Magge paṭipadāyaṁ vā, |
in the path or the practice, |
kaṅkhā mayhaṁ na vijjatī”ti. |
there is no doubt for me.” |
… Meḷajino thero …. |
… The Elder Meḷajina …. |
--- Thag2.7 Rādhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.7 The Verses of the Elder Rādha --- |
“Yathā agāraṁ ducchannaṁ, |
“Just as rain penetrates |
vuṭṭhī samativijjhati; |
a badly-roofed house, |
Evaṁ abhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, |
so lust penetrates |
rāgo samativijjhati. |
an undeveloped mind. |
Yathā agāraṁ succhannaṁ, |
Just as rain does not penetrate |
Vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati; |
a well-roofed house, |
Evaṁ subhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, |
so lust does not penetrate |
Rāgo na samativijjhatī”ti. |
a well-developed mind.” |
… Rādho thero …. |
… The Elder Rādha …. |
--- Thag2.8 Surādhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.8 The Verses of the Elder Surādha --- |
“Khīṇā hi mayhaṁ jāti, |
“My birth is ended, |
vusitaṁ jinasāsanaṁ; |
the Jina’s teaching has been lived. |
Pahīno jālasaṅkhāto, |
The net of craving is destroyed, |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
Yassatthāya pabbajito, |
The purpose for which I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
So me attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by me: |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. |
the destruction of all fetters.” |
… Surādho thero …. |
… The Elder Surādha …. |
--- Thag2.9 Gotamattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.9 The Verses of the Elder Gotama --- |
“Sukhaṁ supanti munayo, |
“Sages sleep soundly |
ye itthīsu na bajjhare; |
who are not bound to women, |
Sadā ve rakkhitabbāsu, |
who must always be guarded, |
yāsu saccaṁ sudullabhaṁ. |
in whom truth is very hard to find. |
Vadhaṁ carimha te kāma, |
We have paid our debt to you, O sensual pleasure, |
anaṇā dāni te mayaṁ; |
we are now free from debt to you. |
Gacchāma dāni nibbānaṁ, |
We are now going to Nibbāna, |
yattha gantvā na socatī”ti. |
where, having gone, one does not grieve.” |
… Gotamo thero …. |
… The Elder Gotama …. |
--- Thag2.10 Vasabhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.10 The Verses of the Elder Vasabha --- |
“Pubbe hanati attānaṁ, |
“First he strikes himself, |
pacchā hanati so pare; |
afterwards he strikes others. |
Suhataṁ hanti attānaṁ, |
He strikes himself a hard blow, |
vītaṁseneva pakkhimā. |
like a bird caught in a trap. |
Na brāhmaṇo bahivaṇṇo, |
A brahmin is not of an external complexion, |
anto vaṇṇo hi brāhmaṇo; |
a brahmin is of an internal complexion. |
Yasmiṁ pāpāni kammāni, |
In whom there are evil deeds, |
sa ve kaṇho sujampatī”ti. |
he indeed is black, O lord of creatures.” |
… Vasabho thero … |
… The Elder Vasabha … |
vaggo paṭhamo. |
Chapter the First. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Uttaro ceva piṇḍolo, |
Uttara and Piṇḍola, |
valliyo tīriyo isi; |
the sage Valliya, Tīriya; |
Ajino ca meḷajino, |
Ajina and Meḷajina, |
rādho surādho gotamo; |
Rādha, Surādha, Gotama; |
Vasabhena ime honti, |
With Vasabha, these become |
dasa therā mahiddhikāti. |
ten elders of great psychic power. |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
Thag2.11 Mahācundattheragāthā |
Thag2.11 The Verses of the Elder Mahācunda |
Thag2.12 Jotidāsattheragāthā |
Thag2.12 The Verses of the Elder Jotidāsa |
Thag2.13 Heraññakānittheragāthā |
Thag2.13 The Verses of the Elder Heraññakāni |
Thag2.14 Somamittattheragāthā |
Thag2.14 The Verses of the Elder Somamitta |
Thag2.15 Sabbamittattheragāthā |
Thag2.15 The Verses of the Elder Sabbamitta |
Thag2.16 Mahākāḷattheragāthā |
Thag2.16 The Verses of the Elder Mahākāḷa |
Thag2.17 Tissattheragāthā |
Thag2.17 The Verses of the Elder Tissa |
Thag2.18 Kimilattheragāthā |
Thag2.18 The Verses of the Elder Kimila |
Thag2.19 Nandattheragāthā |
Thag2.19 The Verses of the Elder Nanda |
Thag2.20 Sirimattheragāthā |
Thag2.20 The Verses of the Elder Sirimata |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag2.11 Mahācundattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.11 The Verses of the Elder Mahācunda --- |
“Sussūsā sutavaddhanī, |
“Listening increases learning, |
sutaṁ paññāya vaddhanaṁ; |
learning is the growth of wisdom. |
Paññāya atthaṁ jānāti, |
Through wisdom one knows the meaning, |
ñāto attho sukhāvaho. |
the known meaning brings happiness. |
Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, |
One should frequent remote lodgings, |
Careyya saṁyojanavippamokkhaṁ; |
one should practice for release from the fetters. |
Sace ratiṁ nādhigaccheyya tattha, |
If one does not find delight there, |
Saṅghe vase rakkhitatto satimā”ti. |
one should dwell in the Sangha, with a protected mind, mindful.” |
… Mahācundo thero …. |
… The Elder Mahācunda …. |
--- Thag2.12 Jotidāsattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.12 The Verses of the Elder Jotidāsa --- |
“Ye kho te veṭhamissena, |
“Those who with deceitfulness |
nānattena ca kammunā; |
and with various deeds |
Manusse uparundhanti, |
oppress people, |
pharusūpakkamā janā; |
people of harsh undertakings; |
Tepi tattheva kīranti, |
they are brought to ruin right there, |
na hi kammaṁ panassati. |
for kamma is not lost. |
Yaṁ karoti naro kammaṁ, |
Whatever kamma a person does, |
Kalyāṇaṁ yadi pāpakaṁ; |
whether good or bad, |
Tassa tasseva dāyādo, |
of that very same thing he is the heir, |
Yaṁ yaṁ kammaṁ pakubbatī”ti. |
whatever kamma he performs.” |
… Jotidāso thero …. |
… The Elder Jotidāsa …. |
--- Thag2.13 Heraññakānittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.13 The Verses of the Elder Heraññakāni --- |
“Accayanti ahorattā, |
“Days and nights pass by, |
jīvitaṁ uparujjhati; |
life is obstructed. |
Āyu khīyati maccānaṁ, |
The life of mortals dwindles, |
kunnadīnaṁva odakaṁ. |
like the water of small streams. |
Atha pāpāni kammāni, |
But the fool, doing evil deeds, |
karaṁ bālo na bujjhati; |
does not understand. |
Pacchāssa kaṭukaṁ hoti, |
Afterwards it becomes bitter for him, |
vipāko hissa pāpako”ti. |
for his result is indeed evil.” |
… Heraññakānitthero …. |
… The Elder Heraññakāni …. |
--- Thag2.14 Somamittattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.14 The Verses of the Elder Somamitta --- |
“Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, |
“As someone on a small plank of wood |
yathā sīde mahaṇṇave; |
would sink in the great ocean, |
Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, |
so even one who lives well sinks |
sādhujīvīpi sīdati; |
when they rely on a lazy person. |
Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, |
So you should avoid that one— |
kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. |
the lazy and lacking in energy. |
Pavivittehi ariyehi, |
With the secluded, with the noble ones, |
pahitattehi jhāyibhi; |
the resolute, the practitioners of jhāna, |
Niccaṁ āraddhavīriyehi, |
always with their energy roused, |
paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. |
one should live together with the wise.” |
… Somamitto thero …. |
… The Elder Somamitta …. |
--- Thag2.15 Sabbamittattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.15 The Verses of the Elder Sabbamitta --- |
“Jano janamhi sambaddho, |
“A person is bound up with people, |
janamevassito jano; |
a person relies on people. |
Jano janena heṭhīyati, |
A person is hurt by people, |
heṭheti ca jano janaṁ. |
and a person hurts people. |
Ko hi tassa janenattho, |
For what use is that person to him, |
janena janitena vā; |
or the people begotten by a person? |
Janaṁ ohāya gacchaṁ taṁ, |
Having left people behind, go, |
heṭhayitvā bahuṁ janan”ti. |
you who have hurt many people.” |
… Sabbamitto thero …. |
… The Elder Sabbamitta …. |
--- Thag2.16 Mahākāḷattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.16 The Verses of the Elder Mahākāḷa --- |
“Kāḷī itthī brahatī dhaṅkarūpā, |
“A black woman, huge, the color of a crow, |
Satthiñca bhetvā aparañca satthiṁ; |
having broken one thigh and then the other thigh, |
Bāhañca bhetvā aparañca bāhaṁ, |
having broken one arm and then the other arm, |
Sīsañca bhetvā dadhithālakaṁva; |
and having broken her head like a bowl of curds, |
Esā nisinnā abhisandahitvā. |
she sits there, having pieced herself together. |
Yo ve avidvā upadhiṁ karoti, |
Whoever, being ignorant, creates attachments, |
Punappunaṁ dukkhamupeti mando; |
the fool comes to suffering again and again. |
Tasmā pajānaṁ upadhiṁ na kayirā, |
Therefore, understanding this, one should not create attachments, |
Māhaṁ puna bhinnasiro sayissan”ti. |
so that I may not lie down again with my head broken.” |
… Mahākāḷo thero …. |
… The Elder Mahākāḷa …. |
--- Thag2.17 Tissattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.17 The Verses of the Elder Tissa --- |
“Bahū sapatte labhati, |
“One gets many enemies, |
muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; |
shaven-headed, wearing the patchwork robe, |
Lābhī annassa pānassa, |
when one receives food, drink, |
vatthassa sayanassa ca. |
clothing, and lodging. |
Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, |
Knowing this danger, |
sakkāresu mahabbhayaṁ; |
this great fear in honor, |
Appalābho anavassuto, |
a bhikkhu should wander mindfully, |
sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. |
with little gain and not acquisitive.” |
… Tisso thero …. |
… The Elder Tissa …. |
--- Thag2.18 Kimilattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.18 The Verses of the Elder Kimila --- |
“Pācīnavaṁsadāyamhi, |
“In the land of the Eastern Bamboo, |
sakyaputtā sahāyakā; |
Sākyan sons, companions, |
Pahāyānappake bhoge, |
having given up no small fortune, |
uñchāpattāgate ratā. |
delight in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl. |
Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, |
With energy roused and minds resolute, |
Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkamā; |
always firm in their striving, |
Ramanti dhammaratiyā, |
they delight in the joy of the Dhamma, |
Hitvāna lokiyaṁ ratin”ti. |
having given up worldly joy.” |
… Kimilo thero …. |
… The Elder Kimila …. |
--- Thag2.19 Nandattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.19 The Verses of the Elder Nanda --- |
“Ayoniso manasikārā, |
“Through improper attention |
maṇḍanaṁ anuyuñjisaṁ; |
I was devoted to adornment. |
Uddhato capalo cāsiṁ, |
I was arrogant and fickle, |
kāmarāgena aṭṭito. |
afflicted with sensual lust. |
Upāyakusalenāhaṁ, |
Through the skillful means |
buddhenādiccabandhunā; |
of the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, |
Yoniso paṭipajjitvā, |
practicing properly, |
bhave cittaṁ udabbahin”ti. |
I pulled my mind out of existence.” |
… Nando thero …. |
… The Elder Nanda …. |
--- Thag2.20 Sirimattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.20 The Verses of the Elder Sirimata --- |
“Pare ca naṁ pasaṁsanti, |
“If others praise him, |
attā ce asamāhito; |
but he himself is unconcentrated, |
Moghaṁ pare pasaṁsanti, |
in vain do others praise him, |
attā hi asamāhito. |
for he himself is unconcentrated. |
Pare ca naṁ garahanti, |
If others censure him, |
attā ce susamāhito; |
but he himself is well-concentrated, |
Moghaṁ pare garahanti, |
in vain do others censure him, |
attā hi susamāhito”ti. |
for he himself is well-concentrated.” |
… Sirimā thero …. |
… The Elder Sirimā …. |
vaggo dutiyo. |
Chapter the Second. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Cundo ca jotidāso ca, |
Cunda and Jotidāsa, |
thero heraññakāni ca; |
and the Elder Heraññakāni, |
Somamitto sabbamitto, |
Somamitta, Sabbamitta, |
kāḷo tisso ca kimilo; |
Kāḷa, Tissa, and Kimila, |
Nando ca sirimā ceva, |
Nanda and Sirimā, |
dasa therā mahiddhikāti. |
ten elders of great psychic power. |
♦ Vagga 3 |
♦ Chapter 3 |
Thag2.21 Uttarattheragāthā |
Thag2.21 The Verses of the Elder Uttara |
Thag2.22 Bhaddajittheragāthā |
Thag2.22 The Verses of the Elder Bhaddaji |
Thag2.23 Sobhitattheragāthā |
Thag2.23 The Verses of the Elder Sobhita |
Thag2.24 Valliyattheragāthā |
Thag2.24 The Verses of the Elder Valliya |
Thag2.25 Vītasokattheragāthā |
Thag2.25 The Verses of the Elder Vītasoka |
Thag2.26 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā |
Thag2.26 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa |
Thag2.27 Nandakattheragāthā |
Thag2.27 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka |
Thag2.28 Bharatattheragāthā |
Thag2.28 The Verses of the Elder Bharata |
Thag2.29 Bhāradvājattheragāthā |
Thag2.29 The Verses of the Elder Bhāradvāja |
Thag2.30 Kaṇhadinnattheragāthā |
Thag2.30 The Verses of the Elder Kaṇhadinna |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag2.21 Uttarattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.21 The Verses of the Elder Uttara --- |
“Khandhā mayā pariññātā, |
“I have fully understood the aggregates, |
taṇhā me susamūhatā; |
my craving is well uprooted, |
Bhāvitā mama bojjhaṅgā, |
my factors of enlightenment are developed, |
patto me āsavakkhayo. |
I have attained the destruction of the taints. |
Sohaṁ khandhe pariññāya, |
I, having fully understood the aggregates, |
abbahitvāna jāliniṁ; |
having pulled out the net of craving, |
Bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge, |
having developed the factors of enlightenment, |
nibbāyissaṁ anāsavo”ti. |
will be extinguished without taints.” |
… Uttaro thero …. |
… The Elder Uttara …. |
--- Thag2.22 Bhaddajittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.22 The Verses of the Elder Bhaddaji --- |
“Panādo nāma so rājā, |
“Panāda was the name of that king, |
yassa yūpo suvaṇṇayo; |
whose sacrificial post was of gold. |
Tiriyaṁ soḷasubbedho, |
It was sixteen spans across, |
ubbhamāhu sahassadhā. |
and a thousand high, they say. |
Sahassakaṇḍo satageṇḍu, |
It had a thousand rings, a hundred garlands, |
dhajālu haritāmayo; |
was adorned with flags, made of green beryl. |
Anaccuṁ tattha gandhabbā, |
There the gandhabbas danced, |
chasahassāni sattadhā”ti. |
six thousand in seven groups.” |
… Bhaddajitthero …. |
… The Elder Bhaddaji …. |
--- Thag2.23 Sobhitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.23 The Verses of the Elder Sobhita --- |
“Satimā paññavā bhikkhu, |
“A mindful and wise bhikkhu, |
āraddhabalavīriyo; |
with aroused strength and energy, |
Pañca kappasatānāhaṁ, |
I remembered five hundred eons |
ekarattiṁ anussariṁ. |
in a single night. |
Cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, |
Cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, |
satta aṭṭha ca bhāvayaṁ; |
the seven, and the eight, |
Pañca kappasatānāhaṁ, |
I remembered five hundred eons |
ekarattiṁ anussarin”ti. |
in a single night.” |
… Sobhito thero …. |
… The Elder Sobhita …. |
--- Thag2.24 Valliyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.24 The Verses of the Elder Valliya --- |
“Yaṁ kiccaṁ daḷhavīriyena, |
“What is to be done with firm energy, |
yaṁ kiccaṁ boddhumicchatā; |
what is to be done by one wishing to awaken, |
Karissaṁ nāvarajjhissaṁ, |
I will do it, I will not fail, |
passa vīriyaṁ parakkamaṁ. |
see my energy and striving. |
Tvañca me maggamakkhāhi, |
You should point out the path to me, |
añjasaṁ amatogadhaṁ; |
the direct path leading to the deathless. |
Ahaṁ monena monissaṁ, |
I, through sagehood, will reach the goal of the sage, |
gaṅgāsotova sāgaran”ti. |
like the river Ganges to the ocean.” |
… Valliyo thero …. |
… The Elder Valliya …. |
--- Thag2.25 Vītasokattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.25 The Verses of the Elder Vītasoka --- |
“Kese me olikhissanti, |
“The barber approached |
kappako upasaṅkami; |
to cut my hair. |
Tato ādāsamādāya, |
Then, taking a mirror, |
sarīraṁ paccavekkhisaṁ. |
I reflected on my body. |
Tuccho kāyo adissittha, |
The body appeared empty, |
andhakāro tamo byagā; |
the darkness of ignorance was gone. |
Sabbe coḷā samucchinnā, |
All my bonds are cut, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Vītasoko thero …. |
… The Elder Vītasoka …. |
--- Thag2.26 Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.26 The Verses of the Elder Puṇṇamāsa --- |
“Pañca nīvaraṇe hitvā, |
“Having abandoned the five hindrances |
yogakkhemassa pattiyā; |
for the attainment of security from bondage, |
Dhammādāsaṁ gahetvāna, |
and taking the mirror of the Dhamma |
ñāṇadassanamattano. |
for knowledge and vision of myself, |
Paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, |
I reflected on this entire body, |
sabbaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; |
inside and out. |
Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, |
Within and without, |
tuccho kāyo adissathā”ti. |
the body appeared empty.” |
… Puṇṇamāso thero …. |
… The Elder Puṇṇamāsa …. |
--- Thag2.27 Nandakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.27 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka --- |
“Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, |
“Just as a fine thoroughbred, |
khalitvā patitiṭṭhati; |
having stumbled, stands firm again, |
Bhiyyo laddhāna saṁvegaṁ, |
and gaining urgency, pulls the load |
adīno vahate dhuraṁ. |
undiscouraged, |
Evaṁ dassanasampannaṁ, |
so you should regard me as one |
sammāsambuddhasāvakaṁ; |
accomplished in vision, a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Ājānīyaṁ maṁ dhāretha, |
a thoroughbred, an heir, |
puttaṁ buddhassa orasan”ti. |
a true-born son of the Buddha.” |
… Nandako thero …. |
… The Elder Nandaka …. |
--- Thag2.28 Bharatattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.28 The Verses of the Elder Bharata --- |
“Ehi nandaka gacchāma, |
“Come, Nandaka, let us go |
upajjhāyassa santikaṁ; |
to our preceptor’s presence. |
Sīhanādaṁ nadissāma, |
We will roar a lion’s roar |
buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. |
before the supreme Buddha. |
Yāya no anukampāya, |
That purpose for which the Sage, with compassion, |
amhe pabbājayī muni; |
had us go forth, |
So no attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by us: |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. |
the destruction of all fetters.” |
… Bharato thero …. |
… The Elder Bharata …. |
--- Thag2.29 Bhāradvājattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.29 The Verses of the Elder Bhāradvāja --- |
“Nadanti evaṁ sappaññā, |
“Thus do the wise roar, |
sīhāva girigabbhare; |
like lions in a mountain cave, |
Vīrā vijitasaṅgāmā, |
the heroes who have won the battle, |
jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ. |
having conquered Māra and his army. |
Satthā ca pariciṇṇo me, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
dhammo saṅgho ca pūjito; |
the Dhamma and Sangha honored. |
Ahañca vitto sumano, |
And I am glad and joyful, |
puttaṁ disvā anāsavan”ti. |
seeing my son free of taints.” |
… Bhāradvājo thero …. |
… The Elder Bhāradvāja …. |
--- Thag2.30 Kaṇhadinnattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.30 The Verses of the Elder Kaṇhadinna --- |
“Upāsitā sappurisā, |
“I have attended on the good, |
sutā dhammā abhiṇhaso; |
I have heard the Dhamma often. |
Sutvāna paṭipajjissaṁ, |
Having heard it, I will practice |
añjasaṁ amatogadhaṁ. |
the direct path leading to the deathless. |
Bhavarāgahatassa me sato, |
Though I was smitten by the lust for existence, |
Bhavarāgo puna me na vijjati; |
the lust for existence is no longer found in me. |
Na cāhu na ca me bhavissati, |
It was not, nor will it be for me, |
Na ca me etarahi vijjatī”ti. |
nor is it present for me now.” |
… Kaṇhadinno thero … |
… The Elder Kaṇhadinna … |
vaggo tatiyo. |
Chapter the Third. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Uttaro bhaddajitthero, |
Uttara, the Elder Bhaddaji, |
sobhito valliyo isi; |
the sage Sobhita, Valliya, |
Vītasoko ca yo thero, |
the Elder who was Vītasoka, |
puṇṇamāso ca nandako; |
Puṇṇamāsa and Nandaka, |
Bharato bhāradvājo ca, |
Bharata and Bhāradvāja, |
kaṇhadinno mahāmunīti. |
and Kaṇhadinna, the great sage. |
♦ Vagga 4 |
♦ Chapter 4 |
Thag2.31 Migasirattheragāthā |
Thag2.31 The Verses of the Elder Migasira |
Thag2.32 Sivakattheragāthā |
Thag2.32 The Verses of the Elder Sivaka |
Thag2.33 Upavāṇattheragāthā |
Thag2.33 The Verses of the Elder Upavāṇa |
Thag2.34 Isidinnattheragāthā |
Thag2.34 The Verses of the Elder Isidinna |
Thag2.35 Sambulakaccānattheragāthā |
Thag2.35 The Verses of the Elder Sambulakaccāna |
Thag2.36 Nitakattheragāthā |
Thag2.36 The Verses of the Elder Nitaka |
Thag2.37 Soṇapoṭiriyattheragāthā |
Thag2.37 The Verses of the Elder Soṇapoṭiriya |
Thag2.38 Nisabhattheragāthā |
Thag2.38 The Verses of the Elder Nisabha |
Thag2.39 Usabhattheragāthā |
Thag2.39 The Verses of the Elder Usabha |
Thag2.40 Kappaṭakurattheragāthā |
Thag2.40 The Verses of the Elder Kappaṭakura |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag2.31 Migasirattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.31 The Verses of the Elder Migasira --- |
“Yato ahaṁ pabbajito, |
“Since I went forth |
sammāsambuddhasāsane; |
in the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Vimuccamāno uggacchiṁ, |
as I was being liberated I ascended, |
kāmadhātuṁ upaccagaṁ. |
and passed beyond the sensual realm. |
Brahmuno pekkhamānassa, |
While Brahmā was watching, |
tato cittaṁ vimucci me; |
from that my mind was liberated. |
Akuppā me vimuttīti, |
My liberation is unshakable, |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayā”ti. |
due to the destruction of all fetters.” |
… Migasiro thero …. |
… The Elder Migasira …. |
--- Thag2.32 Sivakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.32 The Verses of the Elder Sivaka --- |
“Aniccāni gahakāni, |
“Impermanent are the houses of the body, |
tattha tattha punappunaṁ; |
here and there, again and again. |
Gahakāraṁ gavesanto, |
Seeking the house-builder, |
dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ. |
birth is suffering again and again. |
Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, |
House-builder, you are seen! |
puna gehaṁ na kāhasi; |
You will not build a house again. |
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, |
All your rafters are broken, |
thūṇikā ca vidālitā; |
and the ridge-pole is shattered. |
Vimariyādikataṁ cittaṁ, |
The mind has reached the unconditioned; |
idheva vidhamissatī”ti. |
it will be extinguished right here.” |
… Sivako thero …. |
… The Elder Sivaka …. |
--- Thag2.33 Upavāṇattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.33 The Verses of the Elder Upavāṇa --- |
“Arahaṁ sugato loke, |
“The Arahant, the Well-Gone-One in the world, |
vātehābādhiko muni; |
the sage is afflicted with a wind-disease. |
Sace uṇhodakaṁ atthi, |
If there is hot water, Brahmin, |
munino dehi brāhmaṇa. |
give it to the sage. |
Pūjito pūjaneyyānaṁ, |
He is worshipped by the worthy of worship, |
sakkareyyāna sakkato; |
honored by the worthy of honor, |
Apacitopaceyyānaṁ, |
revered by the worthy of reverence; |
tassa icchāmi hātave”ti. |
for him I wish to bring it.” |
… Upavāṇo thero …. |
… The Elder Upavāṇa …. |
--- Thag2.34 Isidinnattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.34 The Verses of the Elder Isidinna --- |
“Diṭṭhā mayā dhammadharā upāsakā, |
“I have seen lay followers who are upholders of the Dhamma, |
Kāmā aniccā iti bhāsamānā; |
saying, ‘Sensual pleasures are impermanent.’ |
Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, |
They are passionately attached to jeweled earrings, |
Puttesu dāresu ca te apekkhā. |
and they have longing for their sons and wives. |
Addhā na jānanti yatodha dhammaṁ, |
Indeed, they do not know the Dhamma from here, |
Kāmā aniccā iti cāpi āhu; |
though they say, ‘Sensual pleasures are impermanent.’ |
Rāgañca tesaṁ na balatthi chettuṁ, |
And they do not have the strength to cut off their lust, |
Tasmā sitā puttadāraṁ dhanañcā”ti. |
therefore they are attached to son, wife, and wealth.” |
… Isidinno thero …. |
… The Elder Isidinna …. |
--- Thag2.35 Sambulakaccānattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.35 The Verses of the Elder Sambulakaccāna --- |
“Devo ca vassati, devo ca gaḷagaḷāyati, |
“The sky-god is raining, the sky-god is thundering, |
Ekako cāhaṁ bherave bile viharāmi; |
and I am dwelling alone in a fearsome cave. |
Tassa mayhaṁ ekakassa bherave bile viharato, |
For me, dwelling alone in a fearsome cave, |
Natthi bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā. |
there is no fear or trembling or hair-raising. |
Dhammatā mamesā yassa me, |
This is my nature, for me, |
Ekakassa bherave bile; |
dwelling alone in a fearsome cave, |
Viharato natthi bhayaṁ vā, |
there is no fear, |
Chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā”ti. |
or trembling or hair-raising.” |
… Sambulakaccāno thero …. |
… The Elder Sambulakaccāna …. |
--- Thag2.36 Nitakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.36 The Verses of the Elder Nitaka --- |
“Kassa selūpamaṁ cittaṁ, |
“Whose mind is like a rock, |
ṭhitaṁ nānupakampati; |
firm, unshakable, |
Virattaṁ rajanīyesu, |
dispassionate towards what is alluring, |
kuppanīye na kuppati; |
not agitated by what is agitating; |
Yassevaṁ bhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, |
whose mind is thus developed, |
kuto taṁ dukkhamessati. |
from where will suffering come to him? |
Mama selūpamaṁ cittaṁ, |
My mind is like a rock, |
ṭhitaṁ nānupakampati; |
firm, unshakable, |
Virattaṁ rajanīyesu, |
dispassionate towards what is alluring, |
kuppanīye na kuppati; |
not agitated by what is agitating; |
Mamevaṁ bhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, |
my mind is thus developed, |
kuto maṁ dukkhamessatī”ti. |
from where will suffering come to me?” |
… Nitako thero …. |
… The Elder Nitaka …. |
--- Thag2.37 Soṇapoṭiriyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.37 The Verses of the Elder Soṇapoṭiriya --- |
“Na tāva supituṁ hoti, |
“This is not the time to sleep, |
ratti nakkhattamālinī; |
the night is garlanded with stars. |
Paṭijaggitumevesā, |
This night is indeed for staying awake |
ratti hoti vijānatā”. |
for one who is wise.” |
“Hatthikkhandhāvapatitaṁ, |
“Fallen from an elephant’s back, |
kuñjaro ce anukkame; |
if an elephant should trample me, |
Saṅgāme me mataṁ seyyo, |
it is better for me to die in battle, |
yañce jīve parājito”ti. |
than to live defeated.” |
… Soṇo poṭiriyo thero …. |
… Soṇa Poṭiriya the Elder …. |
--- Thag2.38 Nisabhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.38 The Verses of the Elder Nisabha --- |
“Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, |
“Having abandoned the five strands of sensual pleasure, |
Piyarūpe manorame; |
pleasing forms, delightful to the mind, |
Saddhāya gharā nikkhamma, |
having gone forth from home out of faith, |
Dukkhassantakaro bhave. |
one should become an ender of suffering. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; |
I do not delight in life. |
Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, |
I await my time, |
sampajāno patissato”ti. |
fully aware and mindful.” |
… Nisabho thero …. |
… The Elder Nisabha …. |
--- Thag2.39 Usabhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.39 The Verses of the Elder Usabha --- |
“Ambapallavasaṅkāsaṁ, |
“Having placed my robe on my shoulder, |
aṁse katvāna cīvaraṁ; |
like a mango sprout, |
Nisinno hatthigīvāyaṁ, |
seated on an elephant’s neck, |
gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. |
I entered the village for alms. |
Hatthikkhandhato oruyha, |
Descending from the elephant’s back, |
saṁvegaṁ alabhiṁ tadā; |
I felt a sense of urgency then. |
Sohaṁ ditto tadā santo, |
I, being ardent then, being serene, |
patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. |
have attained the destruction of my taints.” |
… Usabho thero …. |
… The Elder Usabha …. |
--- Thag2.40 Kappaṭakurattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.40 The Verses of the Elder Kappaṭakura --- |
“Ayamiti kappaṭo kappaṭakuro, |
“This is Kappaṭa, Kappaṭakura, |
Acchāya atibharitāya; |
with his very heavy rags. |
Amataghaṭikāyaṁ dhammakaṭamatto, |
In the tiny cup of the deathless, a mere spoonful of Dhamma, |
Katapadaṁ jhānāni ocetuṁ. |
he has set his foot to check the jhānas. |
Mā kho tvaṁ kappaṭa pacālesi, |
Don’t you nod off, Kappaṭa, |
Mā tvaṁ upakaṇṇamhi tāḷessaṁ; |
lest I clip you on the ear. |
Na hi tvaṁ kappaṭa mattamaññāsi, |
Kappaṭa, you did not know the measure, |
Saṅghamajjhamhi pacalāyamāno”ti. |
nodding off in the middle of the Sangha.” |
… Kappaṭakuro thero … |
… The Elder Kappaṭakura … |
vaggo catuttho. |
Chapter the Fourth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Migasiro sivako ca, |
Migasira and Sivaka, |
upavāṇo ca paṇḍito; |
and the wise Upavāṇa, |
Isidinno ca kaccāno, |
Isidinna and Kaccāna, |
nitako ca mahāvasī; |
and Nitaka of great self-control, |
Poṭiriyaputto nisabho, |
the son of Poṭiri, Nisabha, |
usabho kappaṭakuroti. |
Usabha, and Kappaṭakura. |
♦ Vagga 5 |
♦ Chapter 5 |
Thag2.41 Kumārakassapattheragāthā |
Thag2.41 The Verses of the Elder Kumārakassapa |
Thag2.42 Dhammapālattheragāthā |
Thag2.42 The Verses of the Elder Dhammapāla |
Thag2.43 Brahmālittheragāthā |
Thag2.43 The Verses of the Elder Brahmāli |
Thag2.44 Mogharājattheragāthā |
Thag2.44 The Verses of the Elder Mogharāja |
Thag2.45 Visākhapañcālaputtattheragāthā |
Thag2.45 The Verses of the Elder Visākhapañcālaputta |
Thag2.46 Cūḷakattheragāthā |
Thag2.46 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷaka |
Thag2.47 Anūpamattheragāthā |
Thag2.47 The Verses of the Elder Anūpama |
Thag2.48 Vajjitattheragāthā |
Thag2.48 The Verses of the Elder Vajjita |
Thag2.49 Sandhitattheragāthā |
Thag2.49 The Verses of the Elder Sandhita |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag2.41 Kumārakassapattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.41 The Verses of the Elder Kumārakassapa --- |
“Aho buddhā aho dhammā, |
“Oh, the Buddhas! Oh, the Dhammas! |
aho no satthu sampadā; |
Oh, the good fortune of our Teacher! |
Yattha etādisaṁ dhammaṁ, |
Where a disciple will realize |
sāvako sacchikāhiti. |
such a Dhamma as this. |
Asaṅkheyyesu kappesu, |
For innumerable eons, |
sakkāyādhigatā ahū; |
identities have been acquired. |
Tesamayaṁ pacchimako, |
This is the last of them, |
carimoyaṁ samussayo; |
this is the final body. |
Jātimaraṇasaṁsāro, |
The round of birth and death is at an end, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Kumārakassapo thero …. |
… The Elder Kumārakassapa …. |
--- Thag2.42 Dhammapālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.42 The Verses of the Elder Dhammapāla --- |
“Yo have daharo bhikkhu, |
“Whatever young bhikkhu |
yuñjati buddhasāsane; |
devotes himself to the Buddha’s teaching, |
Jāgaro sa hi suttesu, |
he is awake among the sleeping; |
amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. |
his life is not in vain. |
Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, |
Therefore, faith and virtue, |
pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; |
confidence and vision of the Dhamma, |
Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, |
a wise person should pursue, |
saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. |
remembering the teaching of the Buddhas.” |
… Dhammapālo thero …. |
… The Elder Dhammapāla …. |
--- Thag2.43 Brahmālittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.43 The Verses of the Elder Brahmāli --- |
“Kassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, |
“Whose faculties are calmed, |
Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; |
like horses well-tamed by a charioteer? |
Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, |
Whose conceit is destroyed, who is free from taints? |
Devāpi kassa pihayanti tādinoti. |
Even the gods yearn for such a one. |
Mayhindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, |
My faculties are calmed, |
Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; |
like horses well-tamed by a charioteer. |
Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, |
My conceit is destroyed, I am free from taints. |
Devāpi mayhaṁ pihayanti tādino”ti. |
Even the gods yearn for me, such a one.” |
… Brahmāli thero …. |
… The Elder Brahmāli …. |
--- Thag2.44 Mogharājattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.44 The Verses of the Elder Mogharāja --- |
“Chavipāpaka cittabhaddaka, |
“With ugly skin, but fair of mind, |
Mogharāja satataṁ samāhito; |
Mogharāja is ever concentrated. |
Hemantikasītakālarattiyo, |
In the cold winter nights, |
Bhikkhu tvaṁsi kathaṁ karissasi”. |
Bhikkhu, what will you do?” |
“Sampannasassā magadhā, |
“The Magadhan lands have a full harvest, |
kevalā iti me sutaṁ; |
all of them, so I have heard. |
Palālacchannako seyyaṁ, |
I shall lie down on a bed of straw, |
yathaññe sukhajīvino”ti. |
like other happy livers.” |
… Mogharājā thero …. |
… The Elder Mogharāja …. |
--- Thag2.45 Visākhapañcālaputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.45 The Verses of the Elder Visākhapañcālaputta --- |
“Na ukkhipe no ca parikkhipe pare, |
“One should not praise oneself, nor disparage others. |
Na okkhipe pāragataṁ na eraye; |
One should not find fault with one who has gone to the far shore, nor praise them. |
Na cattavaṇṇaṁ parisāsu byāhare, |
One should not speak of one's own virtue in assemblies. |
Anuddhato sammitabhāṇi subbato. |
One who is not arrogant, speaks with measure, and is well-behaved. |
Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā, |
By one who sees the very subtle and fine meaning, |
Matikusalena nivātavuttinā; |
skilled in thought, of humble conduct, |
Saṁsevitavuddhasīlinā, |
who has associated with the virtuous and elderly, |
Nibbānaṁ na hi tena dullabhan”ti. |
Nibbāna is not difficult for him to attain.” |
… Visākho pañcālaputto thero …. |
… Visākha Pañcālaputta the Elder …. |
--- Thag2.46 Cūḷakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.46 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷaka --- |
“Nadanti morā susikhā supekhuṇā, |
“The peacocks cry out, with beautiful crests and beautiful plumes, |
Sunīlagīvā sumukhā sugajjino; |
with beautiful blue necks, beautiful faces, beautiful calls. |
Susaddalā cāpi mahāmahī ayaṁ, |
This great earth too is full of beautiful sound, |
Subyāpitambu suvalāhakaṁ nabhaṁ. |
the sky has beautiful water and beautiful clouds. |
Sukallarūpo sumanassa jhāyataṁ, |
The form is beautiful for one of pleasant mind who is meditating. |
Sunikkamo sādhu subuddhasāsane; |
The going forth is good, excellent in the good teaching of the Buddha. |
Susukkasukkaṁ nipuṇaṁ sududdasaṁ, |
Touch that which is purely white, subtle, very hard to see, |
Phusāhi taṁ uttamamaccutaṁ padan”ti. |
the supreme, unshakable state.” |
… Cūḷako thero …. |
… The Elder Cūḷaka …. |
--- Thag2.47 Anūpamattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.47 The Verses of the Elder Anūpama --- |
“Nandamānāgataṁ cittaṁ, |
“The mind came with joy, |
sūlamāropamānakaṁ; |
as if impaling itself on a stake. |
Tena teneva vajasi, |
You go by that very path |
yena sūlaṁ kaliṅgaraṁ. |
by which the stake is a stake of suffering. |
Tāhaṁ cittakaliṁ brūmi, |
I call you a stake of a mind, |
taṁ brūmi cittadubbhakaṁ; |
I call you a rogue of a mind. |
Satthā te dullabho laddho, |
Your Teacher, hard to obtain, has been found, |
mānatthe maṁ niyojayī”ti. |
don’t you apply me to things of conceit.” |
… Anūpamo thero …. |
… The Elder Anūpama …. |
--- Thag2.48 Vajjitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.48 The Verses of the Elder Vajjita --- |
“Saṁsaraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, |
“Wandering for a long time, |
gatīsu parivattisaṁ; |
I have revolved through the states of existence, |
Apassaṁ ariyasaccāni, |
not seeing the noble truths, |
andhabhūto puthujjano. |
an blind ordinary person. |
Tassa me appamattassa, |
For me, being heedful, |
saṁsārā vinaḷīkatā; |
the rounds of existence have been unraveled. |
Sabbā gatī samucchinnā, |
All states of existence are cut off, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Vajjito thero …. |
… The Elder Vajjita …. |
--- Thag2.49 Sandhitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag2.49 The Verses of the Elder Sandhita --- |
“Assatthe haritobhāse, |
“At a Bo tree, with green sheen, |
saṁvirūḷhamhi pādape; |
a well-grown tree, |
Ekaṁ buddhagataṁ saññaṁ, |
I obtained a single perception directed towards the Buddha, |
alabhitthaṁ patissato. |
being mindful. |
Ekatiṁse ito kappe, |
In the thirty-first eon from now, |
yaṁ saññamalabhiṁ tadā; |
when I obtained that perception, |
Tassā saññāya vāhasā, |
by the power of that perception, |
patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. |
I have attained the destruction of my taints.” |
… Sandhito thero … |
… The Elder Sandhita … |
vaggo pañcamo. |
Chapter the Fifth. |
Tassuddānaṁ |
The summary: |
Kumārakassapo thero, |
The Elder Kumārakassapa, |
dhammapālo ca brahmāli; |
Dhammapāla and Brahmāli, |
Mogharājā visākho ca, |
Mogharāja and Visākha, |
cūḷako ca anūpamo; |
Cūḷaka and Anūpama, |
Vajjito sandhito thero, |
The Elder Vajjita, Sandhita, |
kilesarajavāhanoti. |
who have washed away the dust of defilements. |
Dukanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Twos is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Gāthādukanipātamhi, |
In the Book of Two Verses, |
navuti ceva aṭṭha ca; |
there are ninety-eight verses. |
Therā ekūnapaññāsaṁ, |
Forty-nine elders, |
bhāsitā nayakovidāti. |
skilled in the way, have spoken them. |
♦ Nipāta 3 |
♦ The Book of Threes |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag3.1 Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājattheragāthā |
Thag3.1 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja |
Thag3.2 Paccayattheragāthā |
Thag3.2 The Verses of the Elder Paccaya |
Thag3.3 Bākulattheragāthā |
Thag3.3 The Verses of the Elder Bākula |
Thag3.4 Dhaniyattheragāthā |
Thag3.4 The Verses of the Elder Dhaniya |
Thag3.5 Mātaṅgaputtattheragāthā |
Thag3.5 The Verses of the Elder Mātaṅgaputta |
Thag3.6 Khujjasobhitattheragāthā |
Thag3.6 The Verses of the Elder Khujjasobhita |
Thag3.7 Vāraṇattheragāthā |
Thag3.7 The Verses of the Elder Vāraṇa |
Thag3.8 Vassikattheragāthā |
Thag3.8 The Verses of the Elder Vassika |
Thag3.9 Yasojattheragāthā |
Thag3.9 The Verses of the Elder Yasoja |
Thag3.10 Sāṭimattiyattheragāthā |
Thag3.10 The Verses of the Elder Sāṭimattiya |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag3.1 Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.1 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja --- |
“Ayoni suddhimanvesaṁ, |
“Seeking purification in the wrong way, |
aggiṁ paricariṁ vane; |
I tended the fire in the forest. |
Suddhimaggaṁ ajānanto, |
Not knowing the path to purity, |
akāsiṁ amaraṁ tapaṁ. |
I practiced severe austerities. |
Taṁ sukhena sukhaṁ laddhaṁ, |
That happiness has been obtained by happiness, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Brahmabandhu pure āsiṁ, |
Formerly I was a kinsman of Brahmā, |
idāni khomhi brāhmaṇo; |
but now I am indeed a brahmin. |
Tevijjo nhātako camhi, |
I have the three true knowledges, am a master of the bath, |
sottiyo camhi vedagū”ti. |
and I am a scholar, a master of the Veda.” |
… Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājo thero …. |
… The Elder Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja …. |
--- Thag3.2 Paccayattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.2 The Verses of the Elder Paccaya --- |
“Pañcāhāhaṁ pabbajito, |
“Five days after I went forth, |
sekho appattamānaso; |
a trainee with an unattained mind, |
Vihāraṁ me paviṭṭhassa, |
a resolution arose in my mind |
cetaso paṇidhī ahu. |
as I entered my dwelling. |
Nāsissaṁ na pivissāmi, |
‘I will not eat, I will not drink, |
vihārato na nikkhame; |
I will not leave my dwelling, |
Napi passaṁ nipātessaṁ, |
nor will I lie down on my side, |
taṇhāsalle anūhate. |
until the dart of craving is removed.’ |
Tassa mevaṁ viharato, |
For me, dwelling thus, |
passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; |
see my energy and striving! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Paccayo thero …. |
… The Elder Paccaya …. |
--- Thag3.3 Bākulattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.3 The Verses of the Elder Bākula --- |
“Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, |
“He who wishes to do afterwards |
pacchā so kātumicchati; |
what should be done before, |
Sukhā so dhaṁsate ṭhānā, |
he falls from the state of happiness, |
pacchā ca manutappati. |
and afterwards he repents. |
Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, |
One should say what one would do, |
yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; |
one should not say what one would not do. |
Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, |
The wise recognize one who does not do |
parijānanti paṇḍitā. |
what he says. |
Susukhaṁ vata nibbānaṁ, |
Very happy indeed is Nibbāna, |
sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; |
taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ, |
sorrowless, dustless, secure, |
yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti. |
where suffering ceases.” |
… Bākulo thero …. |
… The Elder Bākula …. |
--- Thag3.4 Dhaniyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.4 The Verses of the Elder Dhaniya --- |
“Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, |
“If one wishes to live happily, |
sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; |
having expectations in the ascetic life, |
Saṅghikaṁ nātimaññeyya, |
one should not despise the Sangha’s |
cīvaraṁ pānabhojanaṁ. |
robe, drink, and food. |
Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, |
If one wishes to live happily, |
sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; |
having expectations in the ascetic life, |
Ahi mūsikasobbhaṁva, |
one should frequent a lodging |
sevetha sayanāsanaṁ. |
like a snake in a mouse-hole. |
Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, |
If one wishes to live happily, |
sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; |
having expectations in the ascetic life, |
Itarītarena tusseyya, |
one should be content with this or that, |
ekadhammañca bhāvaye”ti. |
and cultivate a single state.” |
… Dhaniyo thero …. |
… The Elder Dhaniya …. |
--- Thag3.5 Mātaṅgaputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.5 The Verses of the Elder Mātaṅgaputta --- |
“Atisītaṁ atiuṇhaṁ, |
“‘It is too cold, it is too hot, |
atisāyamidaṁ ahu; |
it is too late in the evening,’ |
Iti vissaṭṭhakammante, |
thus, for young men who have abandoned their work, |
khaṇā accenti māṇave. |
the moments pass by. |
Yo ca sītañca uṇhañca, |
But he who regards cold and heat |
tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati; |
as no more than grass, |
Karaṁ purisakiccāni, |
doing a man’s duties, |
so sukhā na vihāyati. |
he does not fall away from happiness. |
Dabbaṁ kusaṁ poṭakilaṁ, |
Dabba grass, kusa grass, pōtakila rushes, |
usīraṁ muñjapabbajaṁ; |
usīra roots and muñja grass, |
Urasā panudissāmi, |
I shall push aside with my chest, |
vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. |
cultivating seclusion.” |
… Mātaṅgaputto thero …. |
… The Elder Mātaṅgaputta …. |
--- Thag3.6 Khujjasobhitattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.6 The Verses of the Elder Khujjasobhita --- |
“Ye cittakathī bahussutā, |
“Those eloquent speakers, the very learned, |
Samaṇā pāṭaliputtavāsino; |
the ascetics who live in Pāṭaliputta, |
Tesaññataroyamāyuvā, |
this young man is one of them, |
Dvāre tiṭṭhati khujjasobhito”. |
Hunchback Sobhita, who stands at the gate.” |
“Ye cittakathī bahussutā, |
“Those eloquent speakers, the very learned, |
Samaṇā pāṭaliputtavāsino; |
the ascetics who live in Pāṭaliputta, |
Tesaññataroyamāyuvā, |
this young man is one of them, |
Dvāre tiṭṭhati māluterito”. |
who stands at the gate, stirred by the wind.” |
“Suyuddhena suyiṭṭhena, |
“Through a good battle, a good sacrifice, |
saṅgāmavijayena ca; |
and victory in battle, |
Brahmacariyānuciṇṇena, |
and through the practice of the holy life, |
evāyaṁ sukhamedhatī”ti. |
thus he prospers in happiness.” |
… Khujjasobhito thero …. |
… The Elder Khujjasobhita …. |
--- Thag3.7 Vāraṇattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.7 The Verses of the Elder Vāraṇa --- |
“Yodha koci manussesu, |
“Whoever among men |
parapāṇāni hiṁsati; |
harms other living beings, |
Asmā lokā paramhā ca, |
from this world and the next, |
ubhayā dhaṁsate naro. |
that man falls away from both. |
Yo ca mettena cittena, |
But he who, with a mind of loving-kindness, |
sabbapāṇānukampati; |
has compassion for all living beings, |
Bahuñhi so pasavati, |
such a man generates |
puññaṁ tādisako naro. |
much merit. |
Subhāsitassa sikkhetha, |
One should train in well-spoken words, |
samaṇūpāsanassa ca; |
and in attending on ascetics, |
Ekāsanassa ca raho, |
and in solitude in a single seat, |
cittavūpasamassa cā”ti. |
and in the calming of the mind.” |
… Vāraṇo thero …. |
… The Elder Vāraṇa …. |
--- Thag3.8 Vassikattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.8 The Verses of the Elder Vassika --- |
“Ekopi saddho medhāvī, |
“Even one faithful and wise person |
assaddhānīdha ñātinaṁ; |
among faithless kinsmen here, |
Dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno, |
established in the Dhamma, endowed with virtue, |
hoti atthāya bandhunaṁ. |
is for the welfare of his relatives. |
Niggayha anukampāya, |
Having been admonished with compassion |
coditā ñātayo mayā; |
and rebuked by me, my kinsmen, |
Ñātibandhavapemena, |
out of love for their kinsmen and relatives, |
kāraṁ katvāna bhikkhusu. |
did their duty to the bhikkhus. |
Te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā, |
They have passed away, departed, |
pattā te tidivaṁ sukhaṁ; |
they have attained the happiness of heaven. |
Bhātaro mayhaṁ mātā ca, |
My brothers and my mother |
modanti kāmakāmino”ti. |
rejoice, possessing what they desire.” |
… Vassiko thero …. |
… The Elder Vassika …. |
--- Thag3.9 Yasojattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.9 The Verses of the Elder Yasoja --- |
“Kālapabbaṅgasaṅkāso, |
“Like the limb of a kāla tree, |
kiso dhamanisanthato; |
lean, with veins standing out, |
Mattaññū annapānamhi, |
a man moderate in food and drink, |
adīnamānaso naro”. |
with an undaunted mind.” |
“Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, |
“Bitten by horseflies and mosquitoes |
araññasmiṁ brahāvane; |
in the forest, in the great woods, |
Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, |
like an elephant at the head of a battle, |
sato tatrādhivāsaye. |
mindful, one should endure there. |
Yathā brahmā tathā eko, |
As is Brahmā, so is one; |
yathā devo tathā duve; |
as are the gods, so are two; |
Yathā gāmo tathā tayo, |
as is a village, so are three; |
kolāhalaṁ tatuttarin”ti. |
and more than that is a clamor.” |
… Yasojo thero …. |
… The Elder Yasoja …. |
--- Thag3.10 Sāṭimattiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.10 The Verses of the Elder Sāṭimattiya --- |
“Ahu tuyhaṁ pure saddhā, |
“Formerly you had faith, |
sā te ajja na vijjati; |
today you have none. |
Yaṁ tuyhaṁ tuyhamevetaṁ, |
What is yours is yours alone, |
natthi duccaritaṁ mama. |
I have no wrong-doing. |
Aniccā hi calā saddhā, |
Faith is impermanent and fickle, |
evaṁ diṭṭhā hi sā mayā; |
thus it has been seen by me. |
Rajjantipi virajjanti, |
They become passionate and dispassionate; |
tattha kiṁ jiyyate muni. |
how can a sage be troubled by that? |
Paccati munino bhattaṁ, |
The sage’s food is cooking, |
Thokaṁ thokaṁ kule kule; |
a little at a time, in house after house. |
Piṇḍikāya carissāmi, |
I will go on my alms round, |
Atthi jaṅghabalaṁ mamā”ti. |
I have the strength of my shanks.” |
… Sāṭimattiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Sāṭimattiya …. |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
Thag3.11 Upālittheragāthā |
Thag3.11 The Verses of the Elder Upāli |
Thag3.12 Uttarapālattheragāthā |
Thag3.12 The Verses of the Elder Uttarapāla |
Thag3.13 Abhibhūtattheragāthā |
Thag3.13 The Verses of the Elder Abhibhūta |
Thag3.14 Gotamattheragāthā |
Thag3.14 The Verses of the Elder Gotama |
Thag3.15 Hāritattheragāthā |
Thag3.15 The Verses of the Elder Hārita |
Thag3.16 Vimalattheragāthā |
Thag3.16 The Verses of the Elder Vimala |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag3.11 Upālittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.11 The Verses of the Elder Upāli --- |
“Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, |
“Having gone forth out of faith, |
navapabbajito navo; |
a new one, newly gone forth, |
Mitte bhajeyya kalyāṇe, |
one should associate with good friends, |
suddhājīve atandite. |
of pure livelihood, untiring. |
Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, |
Having gone forth out of faith, |
navapabbajito navo; |
a new one, newly gone forth, |
Saṅghasmiṁ viharaṁ bhikkhu, |
a bhikkhu dwelling in the Sangha, |
sikkhetha vinayaṁ budho. |
a wise one should train in the Vinaya. |
Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, |
Having gone forth out of faith, |
navapabbajito navo; |
a new one, newly gone forth, |
Kappākappesu kusalo, |
skilled in what is proper and improper, |
careyya apurakkhato”ti. |
one should wander without being forward.” |
… Upālitthero …. |
… The Elder Upāli …. |
--- Thag3.12 Uttarapālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.12 The Verses of the Elder Uttarapāla --- |
“Paṇḍitaṁ vata maṁ santaṁ, |
“I who was wise, indeed, |
alamatthavicintakaṁ; |
able to think of my own good, |
Pañca kāmaguṇā loke, |
the five strands of sensual pleasure in the world |
sammohā pātayiṁsu maṁ. |
have deludedly cast me down. |
Pakkhando māravisaye, |
Having plunged into the realm of Māra, |
daḷhasallasamappito; |
pierced by a strong arrow, |
Asakkhiṁ maccurājassa, |
I was unable to free myself |
ahaṁ pāsā pamuccituṁ. |
from the snare of the king of death. |
Sabbe kāmā pahīnā me, |
All my sensual pleasures are abandoned, |
bhavā sabbe padālitā; |
all existences are shattered. |
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, |
The round of births is destroyed, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Uttarapālo thero …. |
… The Elder Uttarapāla …. |
--- Thag3.13 Abhibhūtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.13 The Verses of the Elder Abhibhūta --- |
“Suṇātha ñātayo sabbe, |
“Listen, all you kinsmen, |
yāvantettha samāgatā; |
as many as are gathered here. |
Dhammaṁ vo desayissāmi, |
I will teach you the Dhamma: |
dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ. |
birth is suffering, again and again. |
Ārambhatha nikkamatha, |
Strive, go forth, |
Yuñjatha buddhasāsane; |
devote yourselves to the Buddha’s teaching. |
Dhunātha maccuno senaṁ, |
Shake off the army of death, |
Naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro. |
as an elephant a reed hut. |
Yo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, |
Whoever in this Dhamma and Vinaya |
appamatto vihassati; |
will dwell heedfully, |
Pahāya jātisaṁsāraṁ, |
abandoning the round of births, |
dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti. |
will make an end of suffering.” |
… Abhibhūto thero …. |
… The Elder Abhibhūta …. |
--- Thag3.14 Gotamattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.14 The Verses of the Elder Gotama --- |
“Saṁsaraṁ hi nirayaṁ agacchissaṁ, |
“Wandering, I would go to hell, |
Petalokamagamaṁ punappunaṁ; |
I went to the world of ghosts again and again. |
Dukkhamamhipi tiracchānayoniyaṁ, |
And I have long dwelt in misery |
Nekadhā hi vusitaṁ ciraṁ mayā. |
in the animal realm, many times. |
Mānusopi ca bhavobhirādhito, |
And the human state has been obtained by me, |
Saggakāyamagamaṁ sakiṁ sakiṁ; |
and from time to time I went to a heavenly body. |
Rūpadhātusu arūpadhātusu, |
In the form realms and formless realms, |
Nevasaññisu asaññisuṭṭhitaṁ. |
I have stood in the neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient and the non-percipient. |
Sambhavā suviditā asārakā, |
Existences are well-understood to be worthless, |
Saṅkhatā pacalitā saderitā; |
conditioned, fluctuating, subject to agitation. |
Taṁ viditvā mahamattasambhavaṁ, |
Having understood that my own existence is so, |
Santimeva satimā samajjhagan”ti. |
mindful, I have attained to peace itself.” |
… Gotamo thero …. |
… The Elder Gotama …. |
--- Thag3.15 Hāritattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.15 The Verses of the Elder Hārita --- |
“Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, |
“He who wishes to do afterwards |
pacchā so kātumicchati; |
what should be done before, |
Sukhā so dhaṁsate ṭhānā, |
he falls from the state of happiness, |
pacchā ca manutappati. |
and afterwards he repents. |
Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, |
One should say what one would do, |
yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; |
one should not say what one would not do. |
Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, |
The wise recognize one who does not do |
parijānanti paṇḍitā. |
what he says. |
Susukhaṁ vata nibbānaṁ, |
Very happy indeed is Nibbāna, |
sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; |
taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ, |
sorrowless, dustless, secure, |
yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti. |
where suffering ceases.” |
… Hārito thero …. |
… The Elder Hārita …. |
--- Thag3.16 Vimalattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag3.16 The Verses of the Elder Vimala --- |
“Pāpamitte vivajjetvā, |
“Having avoided evil friends, |
bhajeyyuttamapuggalaṁ; |
one should associate with the supreme person. |
Ovāde cassa tiṭṭheyya, |
One should stand in his instruction, |
patthento acalaṁ sukhaṁ. |
striving for unshakable happiness. |
Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, |
As someone on a small plank of wood |
yathā sīde mahaṇṇave; |
would sink in the great ocean, |
Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, |
so even one who lives well sinks |
sādhujīvīpi sīdati; |
when they rely on a lazy person. |
Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, |
So you should avoid that one— |
kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. |
the lazy and lacking in energy. |
Pavivittehi ariyehi, |
With the secluded, with the noble ones, |
pahitattehi jhāyibhi; |
the resolute, the practitioners of jhāna, |
Niccaṁ āraddhavīriyehi, |
always with their energy roused, |
paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. |
one should live together with the wise.” |
… Vimalo thero … |
… The Elder Vimala … |
Tikanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Threes is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Aṅgaṇiko bhāradvājo, |
Aṅgaṇika Bhāradvāja, |
paccayo bākulo isi; |
the sage Paccaya, Bākula, |
Dhaniyo mātaṅgaputto, |
Dhaniya, Mātaṅgaputta, |
sobhito vāraṇo isi. |
the sage Sobhita, Vāraṇa, |
Vassiko ca yasojo ca, |
Vassika and Yasoja, |
sāṭimattiyupāli ca; |
Sāṭimattiya and Upāli, |
Uttarapālo abhibhūto, |
Uttarapāla, Abhibhūta, |
gotamo hāritopi ca. |
Gotama and Hārita too. |
Thero tikanipātamhi, |
The elder in the Book of Threes, |
nibbāne vimalo kato; |
Vimala has been made pure in Nibbāna. |
Aṭṭhatālīsa gāthāyo, |
There are forty-eight verses, |
therā soḷasa kittitāti. |
and sixteen elders are celebrated. |
♦ Nipāta 4 |
♦ The Book of Fours |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag4.1 Nāgasamālattheragāthā |
Thag4.1 The Verses of the Elder Nāgasamāla |
Thag4.2 Bhaguttheragāthā |
Thag4.2 The Verses of the Elder Bhagu |
Thag4.3 Sabhiyattheragāthā |
Thag4.3 The Verses of the Elder Sabhiya |
Thag4.4 Nandakattheragāthā |
Thag4.4 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka |
Thag4.5 Jambukattheragāthā |
Thag4.5 The Verses of the Elder Jambuka |
Thag4.6 Senakattheragāthā |
Thag4.6 The Verses of the Elder Senaka |
Thag4.7 Sambhūtattheragāthā |
Thag4.7 The Verses of the Elder Sambhūta |
Thag4.8 Rāhulattheragāthā |
Thag4.8 The Verses of the Elder Rāhula |
Thag4.9 Candanattheragāthā |
Thag4.9 The Verses of the Elder Candana |
Thag4.10 Dhammikattheragāthā |
Thag4.10 The Verses of the Elder Dhammika |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag4.1 Nāgasamālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.1 The Verses of the Elder Nāgasamāla --- |
“Alaṅkatā suvasanā, |
“Adorned, well-dressed, |
mālinī candanussadā; |
wearing garlands, anointed with sandalwood, |
Majjhe mahāpathe nārī, |
in the middle of the high street a woman, |
tūriye naccati naṭṭakī. |
a dancer, dances to the music. |
Piṇḍikāya paviṭṭhohaṁ, |
I, having entered for alms, |
gacchanto naṁ udikkhisaṁ; |
saw her as I was going along, |
Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, |
adorned, well-dressed, |
maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. |
like a snare of death set up. |
Tato me manasīkāro, |
Then my attention |
yoniso udapajjatha; |
arose according to the principle. |
Ādīnavo pāturahu, |
The danger became clear, |
nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. |
disenchantment was established. |
Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, |
Then my mind was liberated, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Nāgasamālo thero …. |
… The Elder Nāgasamāla …. |
--- Thag4.2 Bhaguttheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.2 The Verses of the Elder Bhagu --- |
“Ahaṁ middhena pakato, |
“I, overcome by drowsiness, |
vihārā upanikkhamiṁ; |
went out from my dwelling. |
Caṅkamaṁ abhiruhanto, |
Ascending the meditation walk, |
tattheva papatiṁ chamā. |
I fell right there on the ground. |
Gattāni parimajjitvā, |
Having rubbed my limbs, |
punapāruyha caṅkamaṁ; |
and having again mounted the meditation walk, |
Caṅkame caṅkamiṁ sohaṁ, |
I walked on the meditation walk, |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhito. |
well-composed within myself. |
Tato me manasīkāro, |
Then my attention |
yoniso udapajjatha; |
arose according to the principle. |
Ādīnavo pāturahu, |
The danger became clear, |
nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. |
disenchantment was established. |
Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, |
Then my mind was liberated, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Bhagutthero …. |
… The Elder Bhagu …. |
--- Thag4.3 Sabhiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.3 The Verses of the Elder Sabhiya --- |
“Pare ca na vijānanti, |
“Others do not understand |
mayamettha yamāmase; |
that we must restrain ourselves here. |
Ye ca tattha vijānanti, |
But those who do understand it, |
tato sammanti medhagā. |
their quarrels are therefore calmed. |
Yadā ca avijānantā, |
But when those who do not understand |
iriyantyamarā viya; |
act as if they were immortal, |
Vijānanti ca ye dhammaṁ, |
those who know the Dhamma |
āturesu anāturā. |
are unagitated among the agitated. |
Yaṁ kiñci sithilaṁ kammaṁ, |
Whatever slack deed, |
saṅkiliṭṭhañca yaṁ vataṁ; |
and whatever defiled vow, |
Saṅkassaraṁ brahmacariyaṁ, |
a holy life of doubt, |
na taṁ hoti mahapphalaṁ. |
that is not of great fruit. |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo nūpalabbhati; |
is not found, |
Ārakā hoti saddhammā, |
is as far from the true Dhamma |
nabhaṁ puthaviyā yathā”ti. |
as the sky is from the earth.” |
… Sabhiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Sabhiya …. |
--- Thag4.4 Nandakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.4 The Verses of the Elder Nandaka --- |
“Dhiratthu pūre duggandhe, |
“Fie on this foul, stinking body, |
mārapakkhe avassute; |
the leaky ally of Māra. |
Navasotāni te kāye, |
Nine streams are in your body, |
yāni sandanti sabbadā. |
which flow always. |
Mā purāṇaṁ amaññittho, |
Do not despise the ancient ones, |
māsādesi tathāgate; |
do not look down upon the Tathāgatas. |
Saggepi te na rajjanti, |
They do not delight even in heaven, |
kimaṅgaṁ pana mānuse. |
how much less so in the human world. |
Ye ca kho bālā dummedhā, |
But those who are foolish, of little wisdom, |
dummantī mohapārutā; |
ill-advised, cloaked in delusion, |
Tādisā tattha rajjanti, |
such ones delight there, |
mārakhittamhi bandhane. |
in the snare set by Māra. |
Yesaṁ rāgo ca doso ca, |
Those for whom lust and hatred |
avijjā ca virājitā; |
and ignorance have been made to fade, |
Tādī tattha na rajjanti, |
such ones do not delight there, |
chinnasuttā abandhanā”ti. |
their strings cut, unbound.” |
… Nandako thero …. |
… The Elder Nandaka …. |
--- Thag4.5 Jambukattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.5 The Verses of the Elder Jambuka --- |
“Pañcapaññāsavassāni, |
“For fifty-five years, |
rajojallamadhārayiṁ; |
I have worn dust and dirt. |
Bhuñjanto māsikaṁ bhattaṁ, |
Eating a meal once a month, |
kesamassuṁ alocayiṁ. |
I have plucked out my hair and beard. |
Ekapādena aṭṭhāsiṁ, |
I stood on one foot, |
āsanaṁ parivajjayiṁ; |
I avoided sitting. |
Sukkhagūthāni ca khādiṁ, |
I ate dried excrement, |
uddesañca na sādiyiṁ. |
and did not accept what was dedicated. |
Etādisaṁ karitvāna, |
Having done such things, |
bahuṁ duggatigāminaṁ; |
many of which lead to a bad destination, |
Vuyhamāno mahoghena, |
being swept along by the great flood, |
buddhaṁ saraṇamāgamaṁ. |
I came to the Buddha for refuge. |
Saraṇagamanaṁ passa, |
See the going for refuge! |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
See the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Jambuko thero …. |
… The Elder Jambuka …. |
--- Thag4.6 Senakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.6 The Verses of the Elder Senaka --- |
“Svāgataṁ vata me āsi, |
“Welcome indeed it was for me |
gayāyaṁ gayaphagguyā; |
at Gayā, on the Phaggunā river at Gayā, |
Yaṁ addasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, |
that I saw the Enlightened One |
desentaṁ dhammamuttamaṁ. |
teaching the supreme Dhamma. |
Mahappabhaṁ gaṇācariyaṁ, |
Of great radiance, the teacher of the group, |
aggapattaṁ vināyakaṁ; |
who has attained the highest, the guide, |
Sadevakassa lokassa, |
of the world with its gods, |
jinaṁ atuladassanaṁ. |
the Jina of unequaled vision. |
Mahānāgaṁ mahāvīraṁ, |
The great naga, the great hero, |
mahājutimanāsavaṁ; |
of great splendor, without taints, |
Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇaṁ, |
with all taints completely destroyed, |
satthāramakutobhayaṁ. |
the Teacher who is fearless. |
Cirasaṅkiliṭṭhaṁ vata maṁ, |
Me who had been long defiled, |
diṭṭhisandānabandhitaṁ; |
bound by the chains of views, |
Vimocayi so bhagavā, |
that Blessed One liberated, |
sabbaganthehi senakan”ti. |
Senaka, from all bonds.” |
… Senako thero …. |
… The Elder Senaka …. |
--- Thag4.7 Sambhūtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.7 The Verses of the Elder Sambhūta --- |
“Yo dandhakāle tarati, |
“He who is slow when it is time to hurry, |
taraṇīye ca dandhaye; |
and hurries when it is time to be slow, |
Ayoni saṁvidhānena, |
the fool, through unwise planning, |
bālo dukkhaṁ nigacchati. |
goes to suffering. |
Tassatthā parihāyanti, |
His goals perish, |
kāḷapakkheva candimā; |
like the moon in the dark fortnight. |
Āyasakyañca pappoti, |
He gets a bad reputation, |
mittehi ca virujjhati. |
and is at odds with his friends. |
Yo dandhakāle dandheti, |
He who is slow when it is time to be slow, |
taraṇīye ca tāraye; |
and hurries when it is time to hurry, |
Yoniso saṁvidhānena, |
the wise man, through wise planning, |
sukhaṁ pappoti paṇḍito. |
attains happiness. |
Tassatthā paripūrenti, |
His goals are fulfilled, |
sukkapakkheva candimā; |
like the moon in the bright fortnight. |
Yaso kittiñca pappoti, |
He gets fame and renown, |
mittehi na virujjhatī”ti. |
and is not at odds with his friends.” |
… Sambhūto thero …. |
… The Elder Sambhūta …. |
--- Thag4.8 Rāhulattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.8 The Verses of the Elder Rāhula --- |
“Ubhayeneva sampanno, |
“Accomplished in both ways, |
rāhulabhaddoti maṁ vidū; |
they know me as ‘Rāhula the fortunate,’ |
Yañcamhi putto buddhassa, |
both because I am the son of the Buddha, |
yañca dhammesu cakkhumā. |
and because I have vision in the Dhamma. |
Yañca me āsavā khīṇā, |
And because my taints are destroyed, |
yañca natthi punabbhavo; |
and because there is no new existence for me, |
Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, |
I am an Arahant, worthy of offerings, |
tevijjo amataddaso. |
with the three true knowledges, a seer of the deathless. |
Kāmandhā jālapacchannā, |
Blinded by sensual pleasure, covered by a net, |
taṇhāchādanachāditā; |
cloaked in the shroud of craving, |
Pamattabandhunā baddhā, |
bound by the kinsman of the heedless, |
macchāva kumināmukhe. |
like a fish in the mouth of a fish-trap. |
Taṁ kāmaṁ ahamujjhitvā, |
Having cast off that sensual pleasure, |
chetvā mārassa bandhanaṁ; |
having cut Māra’s bond, |
Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, |
having uprooted craving with its root, |
sītibhūtosmi nibbuto”ti. |
I am become cool, quenched.” |
… Rāhulo thero …. |
… The Elder Rāhula …. |
--- Thag4.9 Candanattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.9 The Verses of the Elder Candana --- |
“Jātarūpena sañchannā, |
“Covered with gold, |
dāsīgaṇapurakkhatā; |
attended by a group of slave-girls, |
Aṅkena puttamādāya, |
taking her son on her hip, |
bhariyā maṁ upāgami. |
my wife approached me. |
Tañca disvāna āyantiṁ, |
Seeing her coming, |
sakaputtassa mātaraṁ; |
the mother of my own son, |
Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, |
adorned, well-dressed, |
maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. |
like a snare of death set up. |
Tato me manasīkāro, |
Then my attention |
yoniso udapajjatha; |
arose according to the principle. |
Ādīnavo pāturahu, |
The danger became clear, |
nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. |
disenchantment was established. |
Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, |
Then my mind was liberated, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Candano thero …. |
… The Elder Candana …. |
--- Thag4.10 Dhammikattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.10 The Verses of the Elder Dhammika --- |
“Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṁ, |
“The Dhamma indeed protects one who practices the Dhamma. |
Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahati; |
The Dhamma well-practiced brings happiness. |
Esānisaṁso dhamme suciṇṇe, |
This is the benefit of the Dhamma well-practiced: |
Na duggatiṁ gacchati dhammacārī. |
one who practices the Dhamma does not go to a bad destination. |
Na hi dhammo adhammo ca, |
For the Dhamma and the non-Dhamma |
ubho samavipākino; |
do not both have the same result. |
Adhammo nirayaṁ neti, |
The non-Dhamma leads to hell, |
dhammo pāpeti suggatiṁ. |
the Dhamma leads to a good destination. |
Tasmā hi dhammesu kareyya chandaṁ, |
Therefore one should have a desire for the Dhammas. |
Iti modamāno sugatena tādinā; |
Thus rejoicing in the Well-gone-One, the Such, |
Dhamme ṭhitā sugatavarassa sāvakā, |
the disciples of the supreme Well-gone-One, established in the Dhamma, |
Nīyanti dhīrā saraṇavaraggagāmino”. |
the steadfast are led, going to the best, supreme refuge.” |
“Vipphoṭito gaṇḍamūlo, |
“The root of the boil has been lanced, |
Taṇhājālo samūhato; |
the net of craving has been uprooted. |
So khīṇasaṁsāro na catthi kiñcanaṁ, |
He whose round of rebirth is exhausted, has nothing, |
Cando yathā dosinā puṇṇamāsiyan”ti. |
like the moon on a dark, full-moon night.” |
… Dhammiko thero …. |
… The Elder Dhammika …. |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
Thag4.11 Sappakattheragāthā |
Thag4.11 The Verses of the Elder Sappaka |
Thag4.12 Muditattheragāthā |
Thag4.12 The Verses of the Elder Mudita |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag4.11 Sappakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.11 The Verses of the Elder Sappaka --- |
“Yadā balākā sucipaṇḍaracchadā, |
“When the egrets, with their pure white plumage, |
Kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā; |
startled by the fear of the black cloud, |
Palehiti ālayamālayesinī, |
will flee, seeking a nest, |
Tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṁ. |
then the Ajakaraṇī river delights me. |
Yadā balākā suvisuddhapaṇḍarā, |
When the egrets, of perfectly pure white, |
Kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā; |
startled by the fear of the black cloud, |
Pariyesati leṇamaleṇadassinī, |
search for a shelter, seeing no shelter, |
Tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṁ. |
then the Ajakaraṇī river delights me. |
Kaṁ nu tattha na ramenti, |
Who would not be delighted there, |
jambuyo ubhato tahiṁ; |
where rose-apple trees are on both banks, |
Sobhenti āpagākūlaṁ, |
adorning the river bank, |
mama leṇassa pacchato. |
behind my cave. |
Tāmatamadasaṅghasuppahīnā, |
Freed from the company of those of dark nature, |
Bhekā mandavatī panādayanti; |
the frogs of soft voice cry out; |
‘Nājja girinadīhi vippavāsasamayo, |
‘Today is not a time to be away from the mountain rivers, |
Khemā ajakaraṇī sivā surammā’”ti. |
The Ajakaraṇī is safe, blessed, and very pleasant.’” |
… Sappako thero …. |
… The Elder Sappaka …. |
--- Thag4.12 Muditattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag4.12 The Verses of the Elder Mudita --- |
“Pabbajiṁ jīvikatthohaṁ, |
“I went forth for the sake of a livelihood, |
laddhāna upasampadaṁ; |
having obtained the higher ordination. |
Tato saddhaṁ paṭilabhiṁ, |
Then I gained faith, |
daḷhavīriyo parakkamiṁ. |
and strove with strong energy. |
Kāmaṁ bhijjatuyaṁ kāyo, |
Let this body break, |
maṁsapesī visīyaruṁ; |
let the pieces of flesh fall away. |
Ubho jaṇṇukasandhīhi, |
Let my legs fall from |
jaṅghāyo papatantu me. |
both knee-joints. |
Nāsissaṁ na pivissāmi, |
‘I will not eat, I will not drink, |
vihārā ca na nikkhame; |
nor will I leave my dwelling, |
Napi passaṁ nipātessaṁ, |
nor will I lie down on my side, |
taṇhāsalle anūhate. |
until the dart of craving is removed.’ |
Tassa mevaṁ viharato, |
For me, dwelling thus, |
passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; |
see my energy and striving! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Mudito thero … |
… The Elder Mudita … |
Catukkanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Fours is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Nāgasamālo bhagu ca, |
Nāgasamāla and Bhagu, |
sabhiyo nandakopi ca; |
Sabhiya and Nandaka too, |
Jambuko senako thero, |
Jambuka, the Elder Senaka, |
sambhūto rāhulopi ca. |
Sambhūta and Rāhula too. |
Bhavati candano thero, |
The Elder Candana is, |
dasete buddhasāvakā; |
these ten are disciples of the Buddha. |
Dhammiko sappako thero, |
Dhammika, the Elder Sappaka, |
mudito cāpi te tayo; |
and Mudita are those three. |
Gāthāyo dve ca paññāsa, |
There are fifty-two verses, |
therā sabbepi terasāti. |
and all the elders are thirteen. |
♦ Nipāta 5 |
♦ The Book of Fives |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag5.1 Rājadattattheragāthā |
Thag5.1 The Verses of the Elder Rājadatta |
Thag5.2 Subhūtattheragāthā |
Thag5.2 The Verses of the Elder Subhūta |
Thag5.3 Girimānandattheragāthā |
Thag5.3 The Verses of the Elder Girimānanda |
Thag5.4 Sumanattheragāthā |
Thag5.4 The Verses of the Elder Sumana |
Thag5.5 Vaḍḍhattheragāthā |
Thag5.5 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍha |
Thag5.6 Nadīkassapattheragāthā |
Thag5.6 The Verses of the Elder Nadīkassapa |
Thag5.7 Gayākassapattheragāthā |
Thag5.7 The Verses of the Elder Gayākassapa |
Thag5.8 Vakkalittheragāthā |
Thag5.8 The Verses of the Elder Vakkali |
Thag5.9 Vijitasenattheragāthā |
Thag5.9 The Verses of the Elder Vijitasena |
Thag5.10 Yasadattattheragāthā |
Thag5.10 The Verses of the Elder Yasadatta |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag5.1 Rājadattattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.1 The Verses of the Elder Rājadatta --- |
“Bhikkhu sivathikaṁ gantvā, |
“A bhikkhu, going to a charnel ground, |
Addasa itthimujjhitaṁ; |
saw a woman cast out, |
Apaviddhaṁ susānasmiṁ, |
discarded in the cemetery, |
Khajjantiṁ kimihī phuṭaṁ. |
being eaten, infested with worms. |
Yañhi eke jigucchanti, |
What some despise, |
mataṁ disvāna pāpakaṁ; |
seeing a foul corpse, |
Kāmarāgo pāturahu, |
sensual lust arose, |
andhova savatī ahuṁ. |
I was blind as if drunk. |
Oraṁ odanapākamhā, |
Before my rice was cooked, |
tamhā ṭhānā apakkamiṁ; |
I departed from that place. |
Satimā sampajānohaṁ, |
Mindful and fully aware, |
ekamantaṁ upāvisiṁ. |
I sat down in a secluded spot. |
Tato me manasīkāro, |
Then my attention |
yoniso udapajjatha; |
arose according to the principle. |
Ādīnavo pāturahu, |
The danger became clear, |
nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. |
disenchantment was established. |
Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, |
Then my mind was liberated, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Rājadatto thero …. |
… The Elder Rājadatta …. |
--- Thag5.2 Subhūtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.2 The Verses of the Elder Subhūta --- |
“Ayoge yuñjamattānaṁ, |
“Engaging oneself in what is not the proper task, |
puriso kiccamicchako; |
a person who wants a duty, |
Carañce nādhigaccheyya, |
if they wander and do not achieve it, |
‘taṁ me dubbhagalakkhaṇaṁ’. |
‘That is a sign of my bad luck.’ |
Abbūḷhaṁ aghagataṁ vijitaṁ, |
The drawn out, the lost, the conquered, |
Ekañce ossajeyya kalīva siyā; |
if one should let go of one, one would be like a loser. |
Sabbānipi ce ossajeyya andhova siyā, |
If one should let go of them all, one would be like a blind man, |
Samavisamassa adassanato. |
from not seeing the even and the uneven. |
Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, |
One should say what one would do, |
yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; |
one should not say what one would not do. |
Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, |
The wise recognize one who does not do |
parijānanti paṇḍitā. |
what he says. |
Yathāpi ruciraṁ pupphaṁ, |
Just as a beautiful flower, |
vaṇṇavantaṁ agandhakaṁ; |
colorful but without fragrance, |
Evaṁ subhāsitā vācā, |
so well-spoken words |
aphalā hoti akubbato. |
are fruitless for one who does not act on them. |
Yathāpi ruciraṁ pupphaṁ, |
Just as a beautiful flower, |
Vaṇṇavantaṁ sugandhakaṁ; |
colorful and fragrant, |
Evaṁ subhāsitā vācā, |
so well-spoken words |
Saphalā hoti kubbato”ti. |
are fruitful for one who acts on them.” |
… Subhūto thero …. |
… The Elder Subhūta …. |
--- Thag5.3 Girimānandattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.3 The Verses of the Elder Girimānanda --- |
“Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, |
“The sky-god rains as if singing a song, |
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; |
my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind. |
Tassaṁ viharāmi vūpasanto, |
In it I dwell, at peace. |
Atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god. |
Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, |
The sky-god rains as if singing a song, |
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; |
my little hut is roofed, comfortable, sheltered from the wind. |
Tassaṁ viharāmi santacitto, |
In it I dwell, with a serene mind. |
Atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god. |
Vassati devo, |
The sky-god rains, |
… pe … |
… and so on … |
tassaṁ viharāmi vītarāgo, |
in it I dwell, free from lust, |
… pe … |
… and so on … |
Vassati devo, |
The sky-god rains, |
… pe … |
… and so on … |
tassaṁ viharāmi vītadoso, |
in it I dwell, free from hatred, |
… pe … |
… and so on … |
Vassati devo, |
The sky-god rains, |
… pe … |
… and so on … |
tassaṁ viharāmi vītamoho, |
in it I dwell, free from delusion. |
Atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā”ti. |
So, if you wish, rain on, sky-god.” |
… Girimānando thero …. |
… The Elder Girimānanda …. |
--- Thag5.4 Sumanattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.4 The Verses of the Elder Sumana --- |
“Yaṁ patthayāno dhammesu, |
“Seeking a purpose in the Dhammas, |
upajjhāyo anuggahi; |
my preceptor favored me. |
Amataṁ abhikaṅkhantaṁ, |
Longing for the deathless, |
kataṁ kattabbakaṁ mayā. |
what was to be done has been done by me. |
Anuppatto sacchikato, |
The unmediated Dhamma has been attained, |
sayaṁ dhammo anītiho; |
realized by myself. |
Visuddhañāṇo nikkaṅkho, |
With purified knowledge, free from doubt, |
byākaromi tavantike. |
I declare it in your presence. |
Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, |
I know my past lives, |
dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; |
the divine eye is purified. |
Sadattho me anuppatto, |
My true goal has been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Appamattassa me sikkhā, |
The training of me who was heedful |
sussutā tava sāsane; |
has been well heard in your teaching. |
Sabbe me āsavā khīṇā, |
All my taints are destroyed, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo. |
now there is no new existence. |
Anusāsi maṁ ariyavatā, |
You instructed me with noble conduct, |
Anukampi anuggahi; |
you had compassion and favored me. |
Amogho tuyhamovādo, |
Your advice was not in vain, |
Antevāsimhi sikkhito”ti. |
I am your disciple, well-trained.” |
… Sumano thero …. |
… The Elder Sumana …. |
--- Thag5.5 Vaḍḍhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.5 The Verses of the Elder Vaḍḍha --- |
“Sādhū hi kira me mātā, |
“Good indeed was my mother, it seems, |
Patodaṁ upadaṁsayi; |
she showed me the goad. |
Yassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, |
Having heard her words, |
Anusiṭṭho janettiyā; |
instructed by my mother, |
Āraddhavīriyo pahitatto, |
with aroused energy and resolute mind, |
Patto sambodhimuttamaṁ. |
I attained the supreme enlightenment. |
Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, |
I am an Arahant, worthy of offerings, |
tevijjo amataddaso; |
with the three true knowledges, a seer of the deathless. |
Jetvā namucino senaṁ, |
Having conquered the army of Namuci, |
viharāmi anāsavo. |
I dwell without taints. |
Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, |
Whatever taints I had, |
ye me vijjiṁsu āsavā; |
within and without, |
Sabbe asesā ucchinnā, |
all are completely cut off, |
na ca uppajjare puna. |
and will not arise again. |
Visāradā kho bhaginī, |
My sister spoke these words with confidence: |
etamatthaṁ abhāsayi; |
‘Surely even in me |
‘Apihā nūna mayipi, |
there is no attachment to you.’ |
vanatho te na vijjati’. |
Suffering has been brought to an end, |
Pariyantakataṁ dukkhaṁ, |
this is my final body. |
antimoyaṁ samussayo; |
The round of birth and death is at an end, |
Jātimaraṇasaṁsāro, |
now there is no new existence.” |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
… The Elder Vaḍḍha …. |
… Vaḍḍho thero …. |
--- Thag5.6 Nadīkassapattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.6 The Verses of the Elder Nadīkassapa --- |
“Atthāya vata me buddho, |
“For my benefit indeed the Buddha |
nadiṁ nerañjaraṁ agā; |
went to the Nerañjarā river. |
Yassāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvāna, |
Having heard his Dhamma, |
micchādiṭṭhiṁ vivajjayiṁ. |
I abandoned wrong view. |
Yajiṁ uccāvace yaññe, |
I performed various sacrifices, |
aggihuttaṁ juhiṁ ahaṁ; |
I tended the sacred fire. |
‘Esā suddhī’ti maññanto, |
Thinking, ‘This is purity,’ |
andhabhūto puthujjano. |
I was a blind ordinary person. |
Diṭṭhigahanapakkhando, |
Plunged into a thicket of views, |
parāmāsena mohito; |
deluded by clinging, |
Asuddhiṁ maññisaṁ suddhiṁ, |
I thought impurity was purity, |
andhabhūto aviddasu. |
being blind and ignorant. |
Micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā me, |
My wrong view is abandoned, |
bhavā sabbe padālitā; |
all existences are shattered. |
Juhāmi dakkhiṇeyyaggiṁ, |
I make offerings to the fire of the worthy of offerings, |
namassāmi tathāgataṁ. |
I pay homage to the Tathāgata. |
Mohā sabbe pahīnā me, |
All my delusions are abandoned, |
bhavataṇhā padālitā; |
the craving for existence is shattered. |
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, |
The round of births is destroyed, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Nadīkassapo thero …. |
… The Elder Nadīkassapa …. |
--- Thag5.7 Gayākassapattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.7 The Verses of the Elder Gayākassapa --- |
“Pāto majjhanhikaṁ sāyaṁ, |
“In the morning, at noon, and in the evening, |
tikkhattuṁ divasassahaṁ; |
three times a day I |
Otariṁ udakaṁ sohaṁ, |
entered the water, here at Gayā |
gayāya gayaphagguyā. |
on the Phaggunā river at Gayā. |
‘Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ pāpaṁ, |
‘Whatever evil I have done |
pubbe aññāsu jātisu; |
in former other births, |
Taṁ dānīdha pavāhemi’, |
that I now wash away here,’ |
evaṁdiṭṭhi pure ahuṁ. |
such was my view before. |
Sutvā subhāsitaṁ vācaṁ, |
Having heard a well-spoken utterance, |
dhammatthasahitaṁ padaṁ; |
a phrase connected with the Dhamma’s meaning, |
Tathaṁ yāthāvakaṁ atthaṁ, |
I reflected on the meaning |
yoniso paccavekkhisaṁ. |
wisely, as it really is. |
Ninhātasabbapāpomhi, |
I am bathed of all evils, |
nimmalo payato suci; |
stainless, pure, clean. |
Suddho suddhassa dāyādo, |
I am a pure heir of the pure one, |
putto buddhassa oraso. |
a true-born son of the Buddha. |
Ogayhaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ sotaṁ, |
Having entered the eightfold stream, |
sabbapāpaṁ pavāhayiṁ; |
I have washed away all evil. |
Tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṁ, |
I have attained the three true knowledges, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Gayākassapo thero …. |
… The Elder Gayākassapa …. |
--- Thag5.8 Vakkalittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.8 The Verses of the Elder Vakkali --- |
“Vātarogābhinīto tvaṁ, |
“You who are afflicted with a wind-disease, |
viharaṁ kānane vane; |
dwelling in a forest grove, |
Paviṭṭhagocare lūkhe, |
in a rough, remote region, |
kathaṁ bhikkhu karissasi”. |
how will you fare, O bhikkhu?” |
“Pītisukhena vipulena, |
“With abundant joy and happiness |
pharamāno samussayaṁ; |
pervading my body, |
Lūkhampi abhisambhonto, |
enduring even what is rough, |
viharissāmi kānane. |
I shall dwell in the forest grove. |
Bhāvento satipaṭṭhāne, |
Developing the foundations of mindfulness, |
indriyāni balāni ca; |
the faculties and the powers, |
Bojjhaṅgāni ca bhāvento, |
developing the factors of enlightenment, |
viharissāmi kānane. |
I shall dwell in the forest grove. |
Āraddhavīriye pahitatte, |
Having seen the united and harmonious ones, |
Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkame; |
with aroused energy and resolute minds, |
Samagge sahite disvā, |
ever firm in their striving, |
Viharissāmi kānane. |
I shall dwell in the forest grove. |
Anussaranto sambuddhaṁ, |
Remembering the Enlightened One, |
aggaṁ dantaṁ samāhitaṁ; |
the supreme, tamed, and concentrated one, |
Atandito rattindivaṁ, |
untiringly, day and night, |
viharissāmi kānane”ti. |
I shall dwell in the forest grove.” |
… Vakkalitthero …. |
… The Elder Vakkali …. |
--- Thag5.9 Vijitasenattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.9 The Verses of the Elder Vijitasena --- |
“Olaggessāmi te citta, |
“I will restrain you, O mind, |
āṇidvāreva hatthinaṁ; |
like an elephant at a gate-post. |
Na taṁ pāpe niyojessaṁ, |
I will not yoke you to evil, |
kāmajāla sarīraja. |
O sensual net born of the body. |
Tvaṁ olaggo na gacchasi, |
Restrained, you will not go, |
Dvāravivaraṁ gajova alabhanto; |
like an elephant not finding the opening of the gate. |
Na ca cittakali punappunaṁ, |
And you, O roguish mind, will not again |
Pasakka pāparato carissasi. |
wander about delighting in evil. |
Yathā kuñjaraṁ adantaṁ, |
Just as a skilled tamer of fine horses, |
Navaggahamaṅkusaggaho; |
a supreme charioteer, tames a thoroughbred, |
Balavā āvatteti akāmaṁ, |
so shall I tame you, |
Evaṁ āvattayissaṁ taṁ. |
established in the five powers. |
Yathā varahayadamakusalo, |
I shall bind you with mindfulness, |
Sārathi pavaro dameti ājaññaṁ; |
devoted, I shall tame you. |
Evaṁ damayissaṁ taṁ, |
Restrained by the yoke of energy, |
Patiṭṭhito pañcasu balesu. |
you will not go far from here, O mind.” |
Satiyā taṁ nibandhissaṁ, |
… The Elder Vijitasena …. |
Payutto te damessāmi; |
|
Vīriyadhuraniggahito, |
|
Na yito dūraṁ gamissase cittā”ti. |
|
… Vijitaseno thero …. |
--- Thag5.10 Yasadattattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.10 The Verses of the Elder Yasadatta --- |
“Upārambhacitto dummedho, |
“A foolish person with a critical mind |
suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; |
listens to the teaching of the Jina. |
Ārakā hoti saddhammā, |
He is as far from the true Dhamma |
nabhaso pathavī yathā. |
as the sky is from the earth. |
Upārambhacitto dummedho, |
A foolish person with a critical mind |
suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; |
listens to the teaching of the Jina. |
Parihāyati saddhammā, |
He falls away from the true Dhamma, |
kāḷapakkheva candimā. |
like the moon in the dark fortnight. |
Upārambhacitto dummedho, |
A foolish person with a critical mind |
suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; |
listens to the teaching of the Jina. |
Parisussati saddhamme, |
He withers away in the true Dhamma, |
maccho appodake yathā. |
like a fish in little water. |
Upārambhacitto dummedho, |
A foolish person with a critical mind |
suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; |
listens to the teaching of the Jina. |
Na virūhati saddhamme, |
He does not grow in the true Dhamma, |
khette bījaṁva pūtikaṁ. |
like a rotten seed in a field. |
Yo ca tuṭṭhena cittena, |
But he who, with a joyful mind, |
suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; |
listens to the teaching of the Jina, |
Khepetvā āsave sabbe, |
having destroyed all the taints, |
sacchikatvā akuppataṁ; |
having realized the unshakable, |
Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, |
attaining the supreme peace, |
parinibbātināsavo”ti. |
he attains final Nibbāna without taints.” |
… Yasadatto thero …. |
… The Elder Yasadatta …. |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
Thag5.11 Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheragāthā |
Thag5.11 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa |
Thag5.12 Kosiyattheragāthā |
Thag5.12 The Verses of the Elder Kosiya |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag5.11 Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.11 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakuṭikaṇṇa --- |
“Upasampadā ca me laddhā, |
“My higher ordination has been received, |
vimutto camhi anāsavo; |
and I am liberated, without taints. |
So ca me bhagavā diṭṭho, |
And I have seen the Blessed One, |
vihāre ca sahāvasiṁ. |
and I have lived with him in his dwelling. |
Bahudeva rattiṁ bhagavā, |
For a great part of the night the Blessed One |
abbhokāsetināmayi; |
spent his time in the open air. |
Vihārakusalo satthā, |
The Teacher, skilled in dwellings, |
vihāraṁ pāvisī tadā. |
then entered his dwelling. |
Santharitvāna saṅghāṭiṁ, |
Having spread out his outer robe, |
seyyaṁ kappesi gotamo; |
Gotama lay down to rest, |
Sīho selaguhāyaṁva, |
like a lion in a mountain cave, |
pahīnabhayabheravo. |
with fear and dread abandoned. |
Tato kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, |
Then Soṇa, a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
sammāsambuddhasāvako; |
of good speech and conduct, |
Soṇo abhāsi saddhammaṁ, |
spoke the true Dhamma |
buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. |
in the presence of the supreme Buddha. |
Pañcakkhandhe pariññāya, |
Having fully understood the five aggregates, |
Bhāvayitvāna añjasaṁ; |
having cultivated the direct path, |
Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, |
attaining the supreme peace, |
Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. |
he will be extinguished without taints.” |
… Soṇo kuṭikaṇṇatthero …. |
… Soṇa Kuṭikaṇṇa the Elder …. |
--- Thag5.12 Kosiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag5.12 The Verses of the Elder Kosiya --- |
“Yo ve garūnaṁ vacanaññu dhīro, |
“He who is a wise one, knowing the words of his teachers, |
Vase ca tamhi janayetha pemaṁ; |
and would dwell there, and would generate love for him, |
So bhattimā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, |
he is called one of faith, and is a wise man, |
Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. |
and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. |
Yaṁ āpadā uppatitā uḷārā, |
The great calamities that arise |
Nakkhambhayante paṭisaṅkhayantaṁ; |
do not overwhelm him who reflects. |
So thāmavā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, |
He is called one of strength, and is a wise man, |
Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. |
and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. |
Yo ve samuddova ṭhito anejo, |
He who stands unagitated like the ocean, |
Gambhīrapañño nipuṇatthadassī; |
of profound wisdom, seeing the subtle meaning, |
Asaṁhāriyo nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, |
he is called one who cannot be swayed, and is a wise man, |
Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. |
and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. |
Bahussuto dhammadharo ca hoti, |
He is very learned and an upholder of the Dhamma, |
Dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī; |
he is a practicer of the Dhamma in accordance with the Dhamma. |
So tādiso nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, |
Such a one is called thus, and is a wise man, |
Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. |
and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them. |
Atthañca yo jānāti bhāsitassa, |
He who knows the meaning of what is spoken, |
Atthañca ñatvāna tathā karoti; |
and having known the meaning, acts accordingly, |
Atthantaro nāma sa hoti paṇḍito, |
he is called one who knows the meaning, and is a wise man, |
Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assā”ti. |
and having known the Dhammas, he would be special among them.” |
… Kosiyo thero …. |
… The Elder Kosiya …. |
Pañcakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Fives is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Rājadatto subhūto ca, |
Rājadatta, Subhūta, |
girimānandasumanā; |
Girimānanda, Sumana, |
Vaḍḍho ca kassapo thero, |
Vaḍḍha and the Elder Kassapa, |
gayākassapavakkalī. |
Gayākassapa, Vakkali. |
Vijito yasadatto ca, |
Vijita, Yasadatta, |
soṇo kosiyasavhayo; |
Soṇa, and the one named Kosiya. |
Saṭṭhi ca pañca gāthāyo, |
There are sixty-five verses, |
therā ca ettha dvādasāti. |
and the elders here are twelve. |
♦ Nipāta 6 |
♦ The Book of Sixes |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag6.1 Uruveḷakassapattheragāthā |
Thag6.1 The Verses of the Elder Uruveḷakassapa |
Thag6.2 Tekicchakārittheragāthā |
Thag6.2 The Verses of the Elder Tekicchakāri |
Thag6.3 Mahānāgattheragāthā |
Thag6.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāga |
Thag6.4 Kullattheragāthā |
Thag6.4 The Verses of the Elder Kulla |
Thag6.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā |
Thag6.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta |
Thag6.6 Sappadāsattheragāthā |
Thag6.6 The Verses of the Elder Sappadāsa |
Thag6.7 Kātiyānattheragāthā |
Thag6.7 The Verses of the Elder Kātiyāna |
Thag6.8 Migajālattheragāthā |
Thag6.8 The Verses of the Elder Migajāla |
Thag6.9 Purohitaputtajentattheragāthā |
Thag6.9 The Verses of the Elder Jenta, son of the Purohita |
Thag6.10 Sumanattheragāthā |
Thag6.10 The Verses of the Elder Sumana |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag6.1 Uruveḷakassapattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.1 The Verses of the Elder Uruveḷakassapa --- |
“Disvāna pāṭihīrāni, |
“Having seen the miracles |
gotamassa yasassino; |
of the glorious Gotama, |
Na tāvāhaṁ paṇipatiṁ, |
I did not yet bow down, |
issāmānena vañcito. |
deceived by jealousy and conceit. |
Mama saṅkappamaññāya, |
The charioteer of men, knowing my thoughts, |
codesi narasārathi; |
admonished me. |
Tato me āsi saṁvego, |
Then I felt a sense of urgency, |
abbhuto lomahaṁsano. |
astounding and hair-raising. |
Pubbe jaṭilabhūtassa, |
The little power that was mine |
yā me siddhi parittikā; |
when I was formerly a matted-hair ascetic, |
Tāhaṁ tadā nirākatvā, |
I then renounced |
pabbajiṁ jinasāsane. |
and went forth in the Jina’s teaching. |
Pubbe yaññena santuṭṭho, |
Formerly I was content with sacrifice, |
kāmadhātupurakkhato; |
devoted to the sensual realm. |
Pacchā rāgañca dosañca, |
Afterwards I rooted out lust and hatred, |
mohañcāpi samūhaniṁ. |
and delusion as well. |
Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, |
I know my past lives, |
dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; |
the divine eye is purified. |
Iddhimā paracittaññū, |
I have psychic power, knowledge of others’ minds, |
dibbasotañca pāpuṇiṁ. |
and have attained the divine ear. |
Yassa catthāya pabbajito, |
The purpose for which I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
So me attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by me: |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. |
the destruction of all fetters.” |
… Uruveḷakassapo thero …. |
… The Elder Uruveḷakassapa …. |
--- Thag6.2 Tekicchakārittheragāthā --- |
--- Thg6.2 The Verses of the Elder Tekicchakāri --- |
“Atihitā vīhi, |
“The paddy has been threshed, |
khalagatā sālī; |
the rice is on the threshing floor. |
Na ca labhe piṇḍaṁ, |
But I don’t get any alms-food. |
kathamahaṁ kassaṁ”. |
What shall I do?” |
“Buddhamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, |
“Remember the immeasurable Buddha with a confident mind; |
Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo. |
with your body suffused with joy, you will be ever elated. |
Dhammamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, |
Remember the immeasurable Dhamma with a confident mind; |
Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo. |
with your body suffused with joy, you will be ever elated. |
Saṅghamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, |
Remember the immeasurable Sangha with a confident mind; |
Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo”. |
with your body suffused with joy, you will be ever elated.” |
“Abbhokāse viharasi, |
“You are dwelling in the open air; |
Sītā hemantikā imā ratyo; |
these are cold winter nights. |
Mā sītena pareto vihaññittho, |
Don’t be afflicted, overcome by the cold; |
Pavisa tvaṁ vihāraṁ phusitaggaḷaṁ”. |
enter your dwelling with the bolt fastened.” |
“Phusissaṁ catasso appamaññāyo, |
“I will pervade with the four immeasurables, |
Tāhi ca sukhito viharissaṁ; |
and dwelling happily with them, |
Nāhaṁ sītena vihaññissaṁ, |
I will not be afflicted by the cold, |
Aniñjito viharanto”ti. |
dwelling unshaken.” |
… Tekicchakārī thero …. |
… The Elder Tekicchakāri …. |
--- Thag6.3 Mahānāgattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahānāga --- |
“Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
“He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo nūpalabbhati; |
is not found, |
Parihāyati saddhammā, |
he falls away from the true Dhamma, |
maccho appodake yathā. |
like a fish in little water. |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo nūpalabbhati; |
is not found, |
Na virūhati saddhamme, |
he does not grow in the true Dhamma, |
khette bījaṁva pūtikaṁ. |
like a rotten seed in a field. |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo nūpalabbhati; |
is not found, |
Ārakā hoti nibbānā, |
is far from Nibbāna |
dhammarājassa sāsane. |
in the teaching of the king of Dhamma. |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo upalabbhati; |
is found, |
Na vihāyati saddhammā, |
he does not fall away from the true Dhamma, |
maccho bavhodake yathā. |
like a fish in much water. |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo upalabbhati; |
is found, |
So virūhati saddhamme, |
he grows in the true Dhamma, |
khette bījaṁva bhaddakaṁ. |
like a good seed in a field. |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
gāravo upalabbhati; |
is found, |
Santike hoti nibbānaṁ, |
he is near to Nibbāna |
dhammarājassa sāsane”ti. |
in the teaching of the king of Dhamma.” |
… Mahānāgo thero …. |
… The Elder Mahānāga …. |
--- Thag6.4 Kullattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.4 The Verses of the Elder Kulla --- |
“Kullo sivathikaṁ gantvā, |
“Kulla, going to a charnel ground, |
addasa itthimujjhitaṁ; |
saw a woman cast out, |
Apaviddhaṁ susānasmiṁ, |
discarded in the cemetery, |
khajjantiṁ kimihī phuṭaṁ. |
being eaten, infested with worms. |
Āturaṁ asuciṁ pūtiṁ, |
Behold, Kulla, the body, |
passa kulla samussayaṁ; |
sick, impure, and foul, |
Uggharantaṁ paggharantaṁ, |
oozing and trickling, |
bālānaṁ abhinanditaṁ. |
delighted in by fools. |
Dhammādāsaṁ gahetvāna, |
Taking the mirror of the Dhamma |
ñāṇadassanapattiyā; |
for the attainment of knowledge and vision, |
Paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, |
I reflected on this body, |
tucchaṁ santarabāhiraṁ. |
empty, inside and out. |
Yathā idaṁ tathā etaṁ, |
As this is, so is that; |
yathā etaṁ tathā idaṁ; |
as that is, so is this. |
Yathā adho tathā uddhaṁ, |
As below, so above; |
yathā uddhaṁ tathā adho. |
as above, so below. |
Yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, |
As by day, so by night; |
yathā rattiṁ tathā divā; |
as by night, so by day. |
Yathā pure tathā pacchā, |
As before, so after; |
yathā pacchā tathā pure. |
as after, so before. |
Pañcaṅgikena turiyena, |
With a five-piece orchestra, |
Na ratī hoti tādisī; |
there is no such delight |
Yathā ekaggacittassa, |
as for one with a one-pointed mind, |
Sammā dhammaṁ vipassato”ti. |
rightly seeing the Dhamma.” |
… Kullo thero …. |
… The Elder Kulla …. |
--- Thag6.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta --- |
“Manujassa pamattacārino, |
“For a person who lives heedlessly, |
Taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya; |
craving grows like a māluvā creeper. |
So plavatī hurā huraṁ, |
He flits from here to there, |
Phalamicchaṁva vanasmi vānaro. |
like a monkey in the forest wanting fruit. |
Yaṁ esā sahate jammī, |
Whomever this wretched, clinging |
taṇhā loke visattikā; |
craving in the world overcomes, |
Sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti, |
his sorrows grow, |
abhivaṭṭhaṁva bīraṇaṁ. |
like bīraṇa grass after a heavy rain. |
Yo cetaṁ sahate jammiṁ, |
But whoever overcomes this wretched |
taṇhaṁ loke duraccayaṁ; |
craving, difficult to cross in the world, |
Sokā tamhā papatanti, |
sorrows fall from him, |
udabindūva pokkharā. |
like a drop of water from a lotus leaf. |
Taṁ vo vadāmi bhaddaṁ vo, |
This I say to you, good fortune to you, |
yāvantettha samāgatā; |
as many as are gathered here. |
Taṇhāya mūlaṁ khaṇatha, |
Dig up the root of craving, |
usīratthova bīraṇaṁ; |
as one seeking usīra root digs up bīraṇa grass. |
Mā vo naḷaṁva sotova, |
Let not Māra break you again and again, |
māro bhañji punappunaṁ. |
as a stream breaks a reed. |
Karotha buddhavacanaṁ, |
Do the Buddha’s word, |
khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; |
let not the moment pass you by. |
Khaṇātītā hi socanti, |
For those who have let the moment pass grieve |
nirayamhi samappitā. |
when they are consigned to hell. |
Pamādo rajo pamādo, |
Heedlessness is dust, heedlessness, |
pamādānupatito rajo; |
dust follows from heedlessness. |
Appamādena vijjāya, |
Through heedfulness and knowledge, |
abbahe sallamattano”ti. |
one may draw out the arrow of oneself.” |
… Mālukyaputto thero …. |
… The Elder Mālukyaputta …. |
--- Thag6.6 Sappadāsattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.6 The Verses of the Elder Sappadāsa --- |
“Paṇṇavīsativassāni, |
“For twenty-five years |
yato pabbajito ahaṁ; |
since I went forth, |
Accharāsaṅghātamattampi, |
I have not attained serenity of mind, |
cetosantimanajjhagaṁ. |
not even for a finger-snap’s duration. |
Aladdhā cittassekaggaṁ, |
Not having attained one-pointedness of mind, |
kāmarāgena aṭṭito; |
afflicted by sensual lust, |
Bāhā paggayha kandanto, |
wailing with outstretched arms, |
vihārā upanikkhamiṁ. |
I went out from my dwelling. |
Satthaṁ vā āharissāmi, |
‘I will take a weapon, |
Ko attho jīvitena me; |
what is the use of my life? |
Kathaṁ hi sikkhaṁ paccakkhaṁ, |
How indeed could one like me, |
Kālaṁ kubbetha mādiso. |
having renounced the training, die?’ |
Tadāhaṁ khuramādāya, |
Then I, taking a razor, |
mañcakamhi upāvisiṁ; |
sat down on my couch. |
Parinīto khuro āsi, |
The razor was brought forth |
dhamaniṁ chettumattano. |
to cut my own artery. |
Tato me manasīkāro, |
Then my attention |
yoniso udapajjatha; |
arose according to the principle. |
Ādīnavo pāturahu, |
The danger became clear, |
nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. |
disenchantment was established. |
Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, |
Then my mind was liberated, |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ; |
see the excellence of the Dhamma! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Sappadāso thero …. |
… The Elder Sappadāsa …. |
--- Thag6.7 Kātiyānattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.7 The Verses of the Elder Kātiyāna --- |
“Uṭṭhehi nisīda kātiyāna, |
“Arise, sit up, Kātiyāna! |
Mā niddābahulo ahu jāgarassu; |
Don’t be one for much sleep, be awake! |
Mā taṁ alasaṁ pamattabandhu, |
Let not the king of death, Māra, |
Kūṭeneva jinātu maccurājā. |
the kinsman of the heedless, conquer you with a trick. |
Seyyathāpi mahāsamuddavego, |
Just as the force of the great ocean, |
Evaṁ jātijarātivattate taṁ; |
so birth and old age overcome you. |
So karohi sudīpamattano tvaṁ, |
So make a good island for yourself, |
Na hi tāṇaṁ tava vijjateva aññaṁ. |
for there is no other refuge for you. |
Satthā hi vijesi maggametaṁ, |
The Teacher has indeed conquered this path, |
Saṅgā jātijarābhayā atītaṁ; |
which has passed beyond attachment, birth, and fear of old age. |
Pubbāpararattamappamatto, |
Be heedful day and night, |
Anuyuñjassu daḷhaṁ karohi yogaṁ. |
exert yourself, make your practice firm. |
Purimāni pamuñca bandhanāni, |
Abandon your former bonds, |
Saṅghāṭikhuramuṇḍabhikkhabhojī; |
eating alms-food with a patchwork robe, shaven-headed, a beggar. |
Mā khiḍḍāratiñca mā niddaṁ, |
Don’t practice playful delight and sleep, |
Anuyuñjittha jhāya kātiyāna. |
practice jhāna, Kātiyāna. |
Jhāyāhi jināhi kātiyāna, |
Practice jhāna and conquer, Kātiyāna, |
Yogakkhemapathesu kovidosi; |
you are skilled in the paths of security from bondage. |
Pappuyya anuttaraṁ visuddhiṁ, |
Having attained the supreme purity, |
Parinibbāhisi vārināva joti. |
you will be extinguished like a flame with water. |
Pajjotakaro parittaraṁso, |
The lamp-maker, with a small wick, |
Vātena vinamyate latāva; |
is bent by the wind like a creeper. |
Evampi tuvaṁ anādiyāno, |
Even so you, not taking it to heart, |
Māraṁ indasagotta niddhunāhi; |
shake off Māra, O descendant of Inda. |
So vedayitāsu vītarāgo, |
He, free from lust for feelings, |
Kālaṁ kaṅkha idheva sītibhūto”ti. |
should await his time here, having become cool.” |
… Kātiyāno thero …. |
… The Elder Kātiyāna …. |
--- Thag6.8 Migajālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.8 The Verses of the Elder Migajāla --- |
“Sudesito cakkhumatā, |
“Well taught by the one with vision, |
buddhenādiccabandhunā; |
the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, |
Sabbasaṁyojanātīto, |
is the path that transcends all fetters, |
sabbavaṭṭavināsano. |
and destroys all rebirth. |
Niyyāniko uttaraṇo, |
It is the path of deliverance, leading out, |
taṇhāmūlavisosano; |
which purifies the root of craving, |
Visamūlaṁ āghātanaṁ, |
which, having cut off the root of poison, the slaughter-house, |
chetvā pāpeti nibbutiṁ. |
leads to Nibbāna. |
Aññāṇamūlabhedāya, |
For the breaking of the root of ignorance, |
kammayantavighāṭano; |
the dismantling of the machine of kamma, |
Viññāṇānaṁ pariggahe, |
for the grasp of consciousness, |
ñāṇavajiranipātano. |
the striking down with the thunderbolt of knowledge. |
Vedanānaṁ viññāpano, |
For the discerning of feelings, |
upādānappamocano; |
the release from clinging, |
Bhavaṁ aṅgārakāsuṁva, |
for seeing existence as a pit of coals |
ñāṇena anupassano. |
with knowledge. |
Mahāraso sugambhīro, |
Of great flavor, very profound, |
jarāmaccunivāraṇo; |
warding off old age and death, |
Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, |
the noble eightfold path, |
dukkhūpasamano sivo. |
the blissful calming of suffering. |
Kammaṁ kammanti ñatvāna, |
Having known kamma as kamma, |
vipākañca vipākato; |
and result as result, |
Paṭiccuppannadhammānaṁ, |
the seer who sees conditioned things |
yathāvālokadassano; |
as they are. |
Mahākhemaṅgamo santo, |
The one who goes to great security, peaceful, |
pariyosānabhaddako”ti. |
auspicious in its conclusion.” |
… Migajālo thero …. |
… The Elder Migajāla …. |
--- Thag6.9 Purohitaputtajentattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.9 The Verses of the Elder Jenta, son of the Purohita --- |
“Jātimadena mattohaṁ, |
“Intoxicated with the pride of birth, |
bhogaissariyena ca; |
and with wealth and sovereignty, |
Saṇṭhānavaṇṇarūpena, |
and with the pride of my physique, complexion, and form, |
madamatto acārihaṁ. |
I wandered about. |
Nāttano samakaṁ kañci, |
I did not think anyone was my equal, |
atirekaṁ ca maññisaṁ; |
or superior to me. |
Atimānahato bālo, |
A fool, overcome by excessive pride, |
patthaddho ussitaddhajo. |
stubborn, with banner raised high. |
Mātaraṁ pitarañcāpi, |
I did not pay homage to my mother and father, |
aññepi garusammate; |
nor to others respected as elders. |
Na kañci abhivādesiṁ, |
Proud and stubborn, disrespectful, |
mānatthaddho anādaro. |
I did not greet anyone. |
Disvā vināyakaṁ aggaṁ, |
Having seen the supreme guide, |
sārathīnaṁ varuttamaṁ; |
the best of charioteers, |
Tapantamiva ādiccaṁ, |
shining like the sun, |
bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṁ. |
at the head of the Sangha of bhikkhus, |
Mānaṁ madañca chaḍḍetvā, |
having cast off pride and intoxication, |
vippasannena cetasā; |
with a clear and confident mind, |
Sirasā abhivādesiṁ, |
I bowed my head in homage |
sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. |
to the supreme of all beings. |
Atimāno ca omāno, |
Excessive pride and disdain |
pahīnā susamūhatā; |
have been abandoned, completely uprooted. |
Asmimāno samucchinno, |
The conceit ‘I am’ is cut off, |
sabbe mānavidhā hatā”ti. |
all kinds of pride have been destroyed.” |
… Jento purohitaputto thero …. |
… Jenta, the son of the purohita, the Elder …. |
--- Thag6.10 Sumanattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.10 The Verses of the Elder Sumana --- |
“Yadā navo pabbajito, |
“When I was a new novice, |
jātiyā sattavassiko; |
seven years of age by birth, |
Iddhiyā abhibhotvāna, |
having overcome with psychic power |
pannagindaṁ mahiddhikaṁ. |
a serpent-king of great psychic power, |
Upajjhāyassa udakaṁ, |
I brought water for my preceptor |
anotattā mahāsarā; |
from the great lake Anotatta. |
Āharāmi tato disvā, |
Then, seeing me, the Teacher |
maṁ satthā etadabravi”. |
spoke this:” |
“Sāriputta imaṁ passa, |
“Sāriputta, look at this |
āgacchantaṁ kumārakaṁ; |
young boy coming, |
Udakakumbhamādāya, |
carrying a pot of water, |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ. |
well-composed within himself. |
Pāsādikena vattena, |
With graceful conduct, |
kalyāṇairiyāpatho; |
of beautiful deportment, |
Sāmaṇeronuruddhassa, |
he is the novice of Anuruddha, |
iddhiyā ca visārado. |
and skilled in psychic power. |
Ājānīyena ājañño, |
A thoroughbred trained by a thoroughbred, |
sādhunā sādhukārito; |
well-trained by one who is good, |
Vinīto anuruddhena, |
trained by Anuruddha, |
katakiccena sikkhito. |
who has done his duty and is learned. |
So patvā paramaṁ santiṁ, |
He, having reached the supreme peace, |
sacchikatvā akuppataṁ; |
having realized the unshakable, |
Sāmaṇero sa sumano, |
that novice Sumana |
mā maṁ jaññāti icchatī”ti. |
wishes, ‘May they not know me.’” |
… Sumano thero …. |
… The Elder Sumana …. |
♦ Vagga 2 |
♦ Chapter 2 |
Thag6.11 Nhātakamunittheragāthā |
Thag6.11 The Verses of the Elder Nhātakamuni |
Thag6.12 Brahmadattattheragāthā |
Thag6.12 The Verses of the Elder Brahmadatta |
Thag6.13 Sirimaṇḍattheragāthā |
Thag6.13 The Verses of the Elder Sirimaṇḍa |
Thag6.14 Sabbakāmittheragāthā |
Thag6.14 The Verses of the Elder Sabbakāmi |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag6.11 Nhātakamunittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.11 The Verses of the Elder Nhātakamuni --- |
“Vātarogābhinīto tvaṁ, |
“You who are afflicted with a wind-disease, |
viharaṁ kānane vane; |
dwelling in a forest grove, |
Paviddhagocare lūkhe, |
in a rough, remote region, |
kathaṁ bhikkhu karissasi”. |
how will you fare, O bhikkhu?” |
“Pītisukhena vipulena, |
“With abundant joy and happiness |
pharitvāna samussayaṁ; |
having pervaded my body, |
Lūkhampi abhisambhonto, |
enduring even what is rough, |
viharissāmi kānane. |
I shall dwell in the forest grove. |
Bhāvento satta bojjhaṅge, |
Developing the seven factors of enlightenment, |
indriyāni balāni ca; |
the faculties and the powers, |
Jhānasokhummasampanno, |
endowed with the subtleties of jhāna, |
viharissaṁ anāsavo. |
I shall dwell without taints. |
Vippamuttaṁ kilesehi, |
With my mind freed from the defilements, |
suddhacittaṁ anāvilaṁ; |
pure and untroubled, |
Abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhanto, |
constantly reflecting, |
viharissaṁ anāsavo. |
I shall dwell without taints. |
Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, |
Whatever taints I had, |
ye me vijjiṁsu āsavā; |
within and without, |
Sabbe asesā ucchinnā, |
all are completely cut off, |
na ca uppajjare puna. |
and will not arise again. |
Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, |
The five aggregates are fully understood, |
tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; |
they stand with their root cut off. |
Dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, |
The destruction of suffering is attained, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Nhātakamunitthero …. |
… The Elder Nhātakamuni …. |
--- Thag6.12 Brahmadattattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.12 The Verses of the Elder Brahmadatta --- |
“Akkodhassa kuto kodho, |
“Whence is anger for one without anger, |
dantassa samajīvino; |
who is tamed, living evenly, |
Sammadaññāvimuttassa, |
liberated by right knowledge, |
upasantassa tādino. |
peaceful and Such? |
Tasseva tena pāpiyo, |
He is the worse of the two |
yo kuddhaṁ paṭikujjhati; |
who gets angry at an angry person. |
Kuddhaṁ appaṭikujjhanto, |
He who does not get angry at an angry person |
saṅgāmaṁ jeti dujjayaṁ. |
wins a battle hard to win. |
Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati, |
He practices for the welfare of both, |
attano ca parassa ca; |
his own and the other’s, |
Paraṁ saṅkupitaṁ ñatvā, |
when, knowing the other is angry, |
yo sato upasammati. |
he remains mindful and calm. |
Ubhinnaṁ tikicchantaṁ taṁ, |
That one who is healing both, |
attano ca parassa ca; |
his own and the other’s, |
Janā maññanti bāloti, |
people think him a fool, |
ye dhammassa akovidā. |
those who are unskilled in the Dhamma. |
Uppajje te sace kodho, |
If anger should arise in you, |
āvajja kakacūpamaṁ; |
reflect on the simile of the saw. |
Uppajje ce rase taṇhā, |
If craving for tastes should arise, |
puttamaṁsūpamaṁ sara. |
remember the simile of the son’s flesh. |
Sace dhāvati cittaṁ te, |
If your mind should run to |
kāmesu ca bhavesu ca; |
sensual pleasures and to states of existence, |
Khippaṁ niggaṇha satiyā, |
quickly restrain it with mindfulness, |
kiṭṭhādaṁ viya duppasun”ti. |
like a bad cow from the standing crop.” |
… Brahmadatto thero …. |
… The Elder Brahmadatta …. |
--- Thag6.13 Sirimaṇḍattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.13 The Verses of the Elder Sirimaṇḍa --- |
“Channamativassati, |
“It rains on what is covered, |
vivaṭaṁ nātivassati; |
it does not rain on what is open. |
Tasmā channaṁ vivaretha, |
Therefore, uncover what is covered, |
evaṁ taṁ nātivassati. |
so that it will not rain on you. |
Maccunābbhahato loko, |
The world is afflicted by death, |
jarāya parivārito; |
surrounded by old age, |
Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, |
pierced by the arrow of craving, |
icchādhūpāyito sadā. |
always smoldering with desire. |
Maccunābbhahato loko, |
The world is afflicted by death, |
parikkhitto jarāya ca; |
hemmed in by old age, |
Haññati niccamattāṇo, |
always struck down, without refuge, |
pattadaṇḍova takkaro. |
like a thief under sentence. |
Āgacchantaggikhandhāva, |
The three—death, sickness, and old age— |
maccu byādhi jarā tayo; |
approach like masses of fire. |
Paccuggantuṁ balaṁ natthi, |
There is no strength to oppose them, |
javo natthi palāyituṁ. |
there is no speed to flee. |
Amoghaṁ divasaṁ kayirā, |
One should make the day not fruitless, |
appena bahukena vā; |
whether by little or by much. |
Yaṁ yaṁ vijahate rattiṁ, |
Whatever night one lets pass, |
tadūnaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. |
so much less is one’s life. |
Carato tiṭṭhato vāpi, |
Whether walking or standing, |
āsīnasayanassa vā; |
or sitting or lying down, |
Upeti carimā ratti, |
the final night approaches; |
na te kālo pamajjitun”ti. |
it is not your time to be heedless.” |
… Sirimaṇḍo thero …. |
… The Elder Sirimaṇḍa …. |
--- Thag6.14 Sabbakāmittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag6.14 The Verses of the Elder Sabbakāmi --- |
“Dvipādakoyaṁ asuci, |
“This two-footed thing is impure, |
duggandho parihīrati; |
foul-smelling, it passes away, |
Nānākuṇapaparipūro, |
full of various carcasses, |
vissavanto tato tato. |
leaking from here and there. |
Migaṁ nilīnaṁ kūṭena, |
They afflict the common person, |
baḷiseneva ambujaṁ; |
like a hidden deer with a trap, |
Vānaraṁ viya lepena, |
like a fish with a hook, |
bādhayanti puthujjanaṁ. |
like a monkey with lime. |
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, |
Forms, sounds, tastes, smells, |
phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; |
and delightful objects of touch, |
Pañca kāmaguṇā ete, |
these five strands of sensual pleasure |
itthirūpasmi dissare. |
are seen in a woman’s form. |
Ye etā upasevanti, |
Those common people who indulge in these, |
rattacittā puthujjanā; |
with minds full of passion, |
Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṁ ghoraṁ, |
they increase the terrible charnel ground, |
ācinanti punabbhavaṁ. |
they accumulate further existence. |
Yo cetā parivajjeti, |
But he who avoids these, |
sappasseva padā siro; |
as one avoids a snake’s head with his foot, |
Somaṁ visattikaṁ loke, |
he, being mindful, overcomes |
sato samativattati. |
this clinging in the world. |
Kāmesvādīnavaṁ disvā, |
Having seen the danger in sensual pleasures, |
nekkhammaṁ daṭṭhu khemato; |
and having seen renunciation as security, |
Nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, |
I am released from all sensual pleasures, |
patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. |
the destruction of my taints has been attained.” |
… Sabbakāmitthero …. |
… The Elder Sabbakāmi …. |
Chakkanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Sixes is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Uruveḷakassapo ca, |
Uruveḷakassapa, |
thero tekicchakāri ca; |
and the Elder Tekicchakāri, |
Mahānāgo ca kullo ca, |
Mahānāga and Kulla, |
mālukyo sappadāsako; |
Mālukya, Sappadāsa, |
Kātiyāno migajālo, |
Kātiyāna, Migajāla, |
jento sumanasavhayo; |
Jenta, and the one named Sumana, |
Nhātamuni brahmadatto, |
Nhātamuni, Brahmadatta, |
sirimaṇḍo sabbakāmī ca; |
Sirimaṇḍa and Sabbakāmi. |
Gāthāyo caturāsīti, |
There are eighty-four verses, |
therā cettha catuddasāti. |
and here there are fourteen elders. |
♦ Nipāta 7 |
♦ The Book of Sevens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag7.1 Sundarasamuddattheragāthā |
Thag7.1 The Verses of the Elder Sundarasamudda |
Thag7.2 Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheragāthā |
Thag7.2 The Verses of the Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya |
Thag7.3 Bhaddattheragāthā |
Thag7.3 The Verses of the Elder Bhadda |
Thag7.4 Sopākattheragāthā |
Thag7.4 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka |
Thag7.5 Sarabhaṅgattheragāthā |
Thag7.5 The Verses of the Elder Sarabhaṅga |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag7.1 Sundarasamuddattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag7.1 The Verses of the Elder Sundarasamudda --- |
“Alaṅkatā suvasanā, |
“Adorned, well-dressed, |
māladhārī vibhūsitā; |
wearing a garland, and ornamented, |
Alattakakatāpādā, |
with lac-dyed feet, |
pādukāruyha vesikā. |
a courtesan wearing sandals. |
Pādukā oruhitvāna, |
Having taken off her sandals, |
purato pañjalīkatā; |
with hands raised in reverence before me, |
Sā maṁ saṇhena mudunā, |
she, with a gentle and soft voice, |
mhitapubbaṁ abhāsatha. |
spoke to me, smiling first. |
Yuvāsi tvaṁ pabbajito, |
‘You are young, and have gone forth; |
tiṭṭhāhi mama sāsane; |
stay in my instruction. |
Bhuñja mānusake kāme, |
Enjoy human sensual pleasures; |
ahaṁ vittaṁ dadāmi te; |
I will give you wealth. |
Saccaṁ te paṭijānāmi, |
I promise you truly, |
aggiṁ vā te harāmahaṁ. |
or I will bring you fire.’ |
Yadā jiṇṇā bhavissāma, |
‘When we are old, |
ubho daṇḍaparāyanā; |
both leaning on staffs, |
Ubhopi pabbajissāma, |
we will both go forth; |
ubhayattha kaṭaggaho. |
in both respects it will be a gain.’ |
Tañca disvāna yācantiṁ, |
Seeing her begging, |
vesikaṁ pañjalīkataṁ; |
the courtesan with hands raised in reverence, |
Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, |
adorned, well-dressed, |
maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. |
like a snare of death set up. |
Tato me manasīkāro, |
Then my attention arose, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. |
disenchantment was established. |
Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, |
Then my mind was liberated, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done.” |
… Sundarasamuddo thero …. |
… The Elder Sundarasamudda …. |
--- Thag7.2 Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag7.2 The Verses of the Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya --- |
“Pare ambāṭakārāme, |
“In Jīvaka’s Mango Grove beyond, in a stretch of woods, is Bhaddiya; |
vanasaṇḍamhi bhaddiyo; |
having plucked out craving root and all, there he, the fortunate one, meditates. |
Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, |
Some delight in kettle-drums, |
tattha bhaddova jhāyati. |
in lutes and cymbals, |
Ramanteke mudiṅgehi, |
but I, at the root of a tree, |
vīṇāhi paṇavehi ca; |
delight in the Buddha’s teaching. |
Ahañca rukkhamūlasmiṁ, |
If the Buddha were to grant me a wish, |
rato buddhassa sāsane. |
and if that wish could be obtained by me, |
Buddho ce me varaṁ dajjā, |
I would take for the whole world |
so ca labbhetha me varo; |
constant mindfulness of the body. |
Gaṇhehaṁ sabbalokassa, |
Those who measured me by my form, |
niccaṁ kāyagataṁ satiṁ. |
and those who followed me by my voice, |
Ye maṁ rūpena pāmiṁsu, |
given over to desire and lust, |
ye ca ghosena anvagū; |
those people do not know me. |
Chandarāgavasūpetā, |
He does not know what is within, |
na maṁ jānanti te janā. |
and does not see what is without. |
Ajjhattañca na jānāti, |
The fool, completely cloaked, |
bahiddhā ca na passati; |
is carried away by voice. |
Samantāvaraṇo bālo, |
He does not know what is within, |
sa ve ghosena vuyhati. |
but sees what is without. |
Ajjhattañca na jānāti, |
The one who sees fruits without, |
bahiddhā ca vipassati; |
he too is carried away by voice. |
Bahiddhā phaladassāvī, |
He understands what is within, |
sopi ghosena vuyhati. |
and sees what is without. |
Ajjhattañca pajānāti, |
The one who sees without cloaks, |
bahiddhā ca vipassati; |
he is not carried away by voice.” |
Anāvaraṇadassāvī, |
… The Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya …. |
na so ghosena vuyhatī”ti. |
|
… Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyo thero …. |
--- Thag7.3 Bhaddattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag7.3 The Verses of the Elder Bhadda --- |
“Ekaputto ahaṁ āsiṁ, |
“I was an only son, |
piyo mātu piyo pitu; |
dear to my mother, dear to my father. |
Bahūhi vatacariyāhi, |
Obtained through many rites |
laddho āyācanāhi ca. |
and with many prayers. |
Te ca maṁ anukampāya, |
And they, out of compassion for me, |
atthakāmā hitesino; |
desiring my welfare and benefit, |
Ubho pitā ca mātā ca, |
both my father and my mother, |
buddhassa upanāmayuṁ. |
brought me to the Buddha. |
‘Kicchā laddho ayaṁ putto, |
‘This son was obtained with difficulty, |
sukhumālo sukhedhito; |
delicate and happily raised; |
Imaṁ dadāma te nātha, |
we give him to you, O Lord, |
jinassa paricārakaṁ’. |
as an attendant of the Jina.’ |
Satthā ca maṁ paṭiggayha, |
And the Teacher, having accepted me, |
ānandaṁ etadabravi; |
said this to Ānanda: |
‘Pabbājehi imaṁ khippaṁ, |
‘Ordain him quickly, |
hessatyājāniyo ayaṁ’. |
this one will be a thoroughbred.’ |
Pabbājetvāna maṁ satthā, |
Having ordained me, the Teacher, |
vihāraṁ pāvisī jino; |
the Jina, entered his dwelling. |
Anoggatasmiṁ sūriyasmiṁ, |
Before the sun had set, |
tato cittaṁ vimucci me. |
then my mind was liberated. |
Tato satthā nirākatvā, |
Then the Teacher, having ended |
paṭisallānavuṭṭhito; |
his solitude and arisen, |
‘Ehi bhaddā’ti maṁ āha, |
said to me, ‘Come, Bhadda’; |
sā me āsūpasampadā. |
that was my higher ordination. |
Jātiyā sattavassena, |
At seven years of age by birth, |
laddhā me upasampadā; |
I received the higher ordination. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
aho dhammasudhammatā”ti. |
oh, the excellence of the Dhamma!” |
… Bhaddo thero …. |
… The Elder Bhadda …. |
--- Thag7.4 Sopākattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag7.4 The Verses of the Elder Sopāka --- |
“Disvā pāsādachāyāyaṁ, |
“Seeing the supreme man pacing |
caṅkamantaṁ naruttamaṁ; |
in the shade of the palace, |
Tattha naṁ upasaṅkamma, |
approaching him there, |
vandissaṁ purisuttamaṁ. |
I will pay homage to the supreme person. |
Ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā, |
Having arranged my robe on one shoulder, |
saṁharitvāna pāṇayo; |
and having brought my hands together, |
Anucaṅkamissaṁ virajaṁ, |
I will follow the dust-free one on his walk, |
sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. |
the supreme of all beings. |
Tato pañhe apucchi maṁ, |
Then he, the expert in questions, the wise one, |
pañhānaṁ kovido vidū; |
asked me questions. |
Acchambhī ca abhīto ca, |
Without trembling and without fear, |
byākāsiṁ satthuno ahaṁ. |
I answered the Teacher. |
Vissajjitesu pañhesu, |
When the questions were answered, |
anumodi tathāgato; |
the Tathāgata approved. |
Bhikkhusaṅghaṁ viloketvā, |
Looking at the Sangha of bhikkhus, |
imamatthaṁ abhāsatha. |
he spoke this matter: |
‘Lābhā aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ, |
‘It is a gain for the people of Aṅga and Magadha, |
Yesāyaṁ paribhuñjati; |
that they get to use this one’s |
Cīvaraṁ piṇḍapātañca, |
robe, alms-food, |
Paccayaṁ sayanāsanaṁ; |
requisites, and lodging, |
Paccuṭṭhānañca sāmīciṁ, |
and that they get to stand up and pay respect to him; |
Tesaṁ lābhāti cābravi. |
it is a gain for them,’ he said. |
Ajjatagge maṁ sopāka, |
‘From today onwards, Sopāka, |
dassanāyopasaṅkama; |
come to see me. |
Esā ceva te sopāka, |
And let this, Sopāka, |
bhavatu upasampadā’. |
be your higher ordination.’ |
Jātiyā sattavassohaṁ, |
At seven years of age by birth, |
laddhāna upasampadaṁ; |
having received the higher ordination, |
Dhāremi antimaṁ dehaṁ, |
I bear my final body; |
aho dhammasudhammatā”ti. |
oh, the excellence of the Dhamma!” |
… Sopāko thero …. |
… The Elder Sopāka …. |
--- Thag7.5 Sarabhaṅgattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag7.5 The Verses of the Elder Sarabhaṅga --- |
“Sare hatthehi bhañjitvā, |
“Having broken reeds with my hands, |
katvāna kuṭimacchisaṁ; |
I made myself a hut to live in. |
Tena me sarabhaṅgoti, |
Because of that, ‘Sarabhaṅga’ |
nāmaṁ sammutiyā ahu. |
became my name by convention. |
Na mayhaṁ kappate ajja, |
It is not proper for me today |
sare hatthehi bhañjituṁ; |
to break reeds with my hands. |
Sikkhāpadā no paññattā, |
The training rules have been prescribed for us |
gotamena yasassinā. |
by Gotama the glorious. |
Sakalaṁ samattaṁ rogaṁ, |
The whole, entire disease, |
Sarabhaṅgo nāddasaṁ pubbe; |
Sarabhaṅga did not see before. |
Soyaṁ rogo diṭṭho, |
This disease has now been seen, |
Vacanakarenātidevassa. |
by the word of the super-divine one. |
Yeneva maggena gato vipassī, |
The very path by which Vipassī went, |
Yeneva maggena sikhī ca vessabhū; |
and the path by which Sikhī and Vessabhū, |
Kakusandhakoṇāgamano ca kassapo, |
Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa, |
Tenañjasena agamāsi gotamo. |
by that direct path Gotama has gone. |
Vītataṇhā anādānā, |
Free from craving, without grasping, |
satta buddhā khayogadhā; |
the seven Buddhas who have reached the end of decay, |
Yehāyaṁ desito dhammo, |
by whom this Dhamma was taught, |
dhammabhūtehi tādibhi. |
by those Such Ones who have become Dhamma. |
Cattāri ariyasaccāni, |
The four noble truths, |
anukampāya pāṇinaṁ; |
out of compassion for living beings: |
Dukkhaṁ samudayo maggo, |
suffering, the origin, the path, |
nirodho dukkhasaṅkhayo. |
and the cessation which is the exhaustion of suffering. |
Yasmiṁ nivattate dukkhaṁ, |
In which suffering ceases, |
saṁsārasmiṁ anantakaṁ; |
in the endless round of rebirths, |
Bhedā imassa kāyassa, |
with the breakup of this body, |
jīvitassa ca saṅkhayā; |
and the exhaustion of this life, |
Añño punabbhavo natthi, |
there is no other new existence, |
suvimuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. |
I am completely liberated in every way.” |
… Sarabhaṅgo thero … |
… The Elder Sarabhaṅga … |
Sattakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Sevens is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Sundarasamuddo thero, |
The Elder Sundarasamudda, |
thero lakuṇḍabhaddiyo; |
the Elder Lakuṇḍaka Bhaddiya, |
Bhaddo thero ca sopāko, |
the Elder Bhadda and Sopāka, |
sarabhaṅgo mahāisi; |
and the great sage Sarabhaṅga. |
Sattake pañcakā therā, |
In the Book of Sevens there are five elders, |
gāthāyo pañcatiṁsatīti. |
and thirty-five verses. |
♦ Nipāta 8 |
♦ The Book of Eights |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag8.1 Mahākaccāyanattheragāthā |
Thag8.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākaccāyana |
Thag8.2 Sirimittattheragāthā |
Thag8.2 The Verses of the Elder Sirimitta |
Thag8.3 Mahāpanthakattheragāthā |
Thag8.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahāpanthaka |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag8.1 Mahākaccāyanattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag8.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākaccāyana --- |
“Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, |
“One shouldn’t take on much work, |
Parivajjeyya janaṁ na uyyame; |
one should avoid people, one shouldn’t be busy. |
So ussukko rasānugiddho, |
One who is eager and greedy for flavors, |
Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhādhivāho. |
misses the goal that brings happiness. |
Paṅkoti hi naṁ avedayuṁ, |
‘A swamp,’ they have indeed called it, |
Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; |
this veneration and worship in families. |
Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, |
A subtle, hard-to-extract dart; |
Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho. |
honor is hard for a vile man to relinquish. |
Na parassupanidhāya, |
A mortal does not do an evil deed |
kammaṁ maccassa pāpakaṁ; |
on behalf of another. |
Attanā taṁ na seveyya, |
One should not engage in that oneself, |
kammabandhū hi mātiyā. |
for mortals have kamma as their kin. |
Na pare vacanā coro, |
One is not a thief by another’s word, |
na pare vacanā muni; |
nor a sage by another’s word. |
Attā ca naṁ yathāvedi, |
And as one knows oneself, |
devāpi naṁ tathā vidū. |
so too do the gods know one. |
Pare ca na vijānanti, |
Others do not understand |
mayamettha yamāmase; |
that we must restrain ourselves here. |
Ye ca tattha vijānanti, |
But those who do understand it, |
tato sammanti medhagā. |
their quarrels are therefore calmed. |
Jīvate vāpi sappañño, |
Even if he is destitute of wealth, |
api vittaparikkhayo; |
a wise person lives on. |
Paññāya ca alābhena, |
But without obtaining wisdom, |
vittavāpi na jīvati. |
even one with wealth does not live. |
Sabbaṁ suṇāti sotena, |
One hears everything with the ear, |
sabbaṁ passati cakkhunā; |
one sees everything with the eye. |
Na ca diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ dhīro, |
But a wise person should not |
sabbaṁ ujjhitumarahati. |
reject all that is seen and heard. |
Cakkhumāssa yathā andho, |
Though having eyes, be as if blind, |
sotavā badhiro yathā; |
though having ears, be as if deaf, |
Paññavāssa yathā mūgo, |
though having wisdom, be as if mute, |
balavā dubbaloriva; |
though having strength, be as if weak. |
Atha atthe samuppanne, |
Then when a matter arises, |
sayetha matasāyikan”ti. |
one may lie down as if dead.” |
… Mahākaccāyano thero …. |
… The Elder Mahākaccāyana …. |
--- Thag8.2 Sirimittattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag8.2 The Verses of the Elder Sirimitta --- |
“Akkodhanonupanāhī, |
“Free from anger and resentment, |
amāyo rittapesuṇo; |
without hypocrisy, free from slander, |
Sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, |
such a bhikkhu indeed, |
evaṁ pecca na socati. |
having passed away, does not grieve. |
Akkodhanonupanāhī, |
Free from anger and resentment, |
amāyo rittapesuṇo; |
without hypocrisy, free from slander, |
Guttadvāro sadā bhikkhu, |
with guarded doors, such a bhikkhu always, |
evaṁ pecca na socati. |
having passed away, does not grieve. |
Akkodhanonupanāhī, |
Free from anger and resentment, |
amāyo rittapesuṇo; |
without hypocrisy, free from slander, |
Kalyāṇasīlo so bhikkhu, |
of good virtue, such a bhikkhu, |
evaṁ pecca na socati. |
having passed away, does not grieve. |
Akkodhanonupanāhī, |
Free from anger and resentment, |
amāyo rittapesuṇo; |
without hypocrisy, free from slander, |
Kalyāṇamitto so bhikkhu, |
with good friends, such a bhikkhu, |
evaṁ pecca na socati. |
having passed away, does not grieve. |
Akkodhanonupanāhī, |
Free from anger and resentment, |
amāyo rittapesuṇo; |
without hypocrisy, free from slander, |
Kalyāṇapañño so bhikkhu, |
with good wisdom, such a bhikkhu, |
evaṁ pecca na socati. |
having passed away, does not grieve. |
Yassa saddhā tathāgate, |
He whose faith in the Tathāgata |
acalā suppatiṭṭhitā; |
is unshakable and well-established, |
Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṁ, |
and whose virtue is good, |
ariyakantaṁ pasaṁsitaṁ. |
praised and esteemed by the noble ones, |
Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, |
who has confidence in the Sangha, |
ujubhūtañca dassanaṁ; |
and whose view is straight, |
‘Adaliddo’ti taṁ āhu, |
they call him ‘not poor’, |
amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. |
his life is not in vain. |
Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, |
Therefore, faith and virtue, |
pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; |
confidence and vision of the Dhamma, |
Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, |
a wise person should pursue, |
saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. |
remembering the teaching of the Buddhas.” |
… Sirimitto thero …. |
… The Elder Sirimitta …. |
--- Thag8.3 Mahāpanthakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag8.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahāpanthaka --- |
“Yadā paṭhamamaddakkhiṁ, |
“When I first saw |
satthāramakutobhayaṁ; |
the Teacher, fearless, |
Tato me ahu saṁvego, |
then I felt a sense of urgency, |
passitvā purisuttamaṁ. |
seeing the supreme person. |
Siriṁ hatthehi pādehi, |
One who would bow down with hands and feet |
yo paṇāmeyya āgataṁ; |
to the glory that has come, |
Etādisaṁ so satthāraṁ, |
having honored such a teacher, |
ārādhetvā virādhaye. |
he would lose him. |
Tadāhaṁ puttadārañca, |
Then I abandoned son and wife, |
dhanadhaññañca chaḍḍayiṁ; |
and wealth and grain. |
Kesamassūni chedetvā, |
Having cut off my hair and beard, |
pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. |
I went forth into homelessness. |
Sikkhāsājīvasampanno, |
Endowed with the training and a good livelihood, |
indriyesu susaṁvuto; |
well-restrained in the faculties, |
Namassamāno sambuddhaṁ, |
paying homage to the Sambuddha, |
vihāsiṁ aparājito. |
I dwelt unconquered. |
Tato me paṇidhī āsi, |
Then a resolution arose in me, |
cetaso abhipatthito; |
a longing of my mind: |
Na nisīde muhuttampi, |
‘I will not sit for a moment, |
taṇhāsalle anūhate. |
until the dart of craving is removed.’ |
Tassa mevaṁ viharato, |
For me, dwelling thus, |
passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; |
see my energy and striving! |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, |
I know my past lives, |
dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; |
the divine eye is purified. |
Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, |
I am an Arahant, worthy of offerings, |
vippamutto nirūpadhi. |
liberated, without attachments. |
Tato ratyā vivasāne, |
Then, at the end of the night, |
sūriyuggamanaṁ pati; |
towards sunrise, |
Sabbaṁ taṇhaṁ visosetvā, |
having dried up all craving, |
pallaṅkena upāvisin”ti. |
I sat down cross-legged.” |
… Mahāpanthako thero … |
… The Elder Mahāpanthaka … |
Aṭṭhakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Eights is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Mahākaccāyano thero, |
The Elder Mahākaccāyana, |
sirimitto mahāpanthako; |
Sirimitta, Mahāpanthaka. |
Ete aṭṭhanipātamhi, |
These in the Book of Eights, |
gāthāyo catuvīsatīti. |
and twenty-four verses. |
♦ Nipāta 9 |
♦ The Book of Nines |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag9.1 Bhūtattheragāthā |
Thag9.1 The Verses of the Elder Bhūta |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag9.1 Bhūtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag9.1 The Verses of the Elder Bhūta --- |
“Yadā dukkhaṁ jarāmaraṇanti paṇḍito, |
“When the wise man understands that old age and death are suffering, |
Aviddasū yattha sitā puthujjanā; |
where ordinary ignorant people are attached, |
Dukkhaṁ pariññāya satova jhāyati, |
having fully understood suffering, he meditates mindfully; |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā dukkhassāvahaniṁ visattikaṁ, |
When, having abandoned craving, which brings suffering, is a clinging, |
Papañcasaṅghātadukhādhivāhiniṁ; |
which brings the suffering of the heap of proliferation, |
Taṇhaṁ pahantvāna satova jhāyati, |
he meditates mindfully, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā sivaṁ dvecaturaṅgagāminaṁ, |
When, having seen with wisdom the auspicious path with two and four limbs, |
Magguttamaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ; |
the supreme path that purifies all defilements, |
Paññāya passitva satova jhāyati, |
he meditates mindfully, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā asokaṁ virajaṁ asaṅkhataṁ, |
When he develops the sorrowless, dustless, unconditioned, |
Santaṁ padaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ; |
peaceful state that purifies all defilements, |
Bhāveti saṁyojanabandhanacchidaṁ, |
which cuts the fetter of craving, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā nabhe gajjati meghadundubhi, |
When the cloud-drum thunders in the sky, |
Dhārākulā vihagapathe samantato; |
and streams of rain are everywhere on the birds’ path, |
Bhikkhū ca pabbhāragatova jhāyati, |
and the bhikkhu, gone to a mountain cleft, meditates, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā nadīnaṁ kusumākulānaṁ, |
When, seated on the bank of a river full of flowers, |
Vicitta-vāneyya-vaṭaṁsakānaṁ; |
adorned with various beautiful forest wreaths, |
Tīre nisinno sumanova jhāyati, |
with a joyful mind he meditates, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā nisīthe rahitamhi kānane, |
When at midnight in a secluded forest, |
Deve gaḷantamhi nadanti dāṭhino; |
while the sky-god is thundering, the fanged beasts roar, |
Bhikkhū ca pabbhāragatova jhāyati, |
and the bhikkhu, gone to a mountain cleft, meditates, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā vitakke uparundhiyattano, |
When, having restrained his own thoughts, |
Nagantare nagavivaraṁ samassito; |
he has resorted to a mountain cave, a cleft in the rocks, |
Vītaddaro vītakhilova jhāyati, |
free from fear, free from hindrances, he meditates, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. |
then he finds no greater delight than that. |
Yadā sukhī malakhilasokanāsano, |
When, happy, the destroyer of stains, hindrances, and sorrow, |
Niraggaḷo nibbanatho visallo; |
unfettered, without obsession, without darts, |
Sabbāsave byantikatova jhāyati, |
having made an end of all taints, he meditates, |
Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindatī”ti. |
then he finds no greater delight than that.” |
… Bhūto thero … |
… The Elder Bhūta … |
Navakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Nines is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Bhūto tathaddaso thero, |
The Elder Bhūta, who saw things as they are, |
eko khaggavisāṇavā; |
alone, like a rhinoceros horn. |
Navakamhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Nines, |
gāthāyopi imā navāti. |
there are also these nine verses. |
♦ Nipāta 10 |
♦ The Book of Tens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag10.1 Kāḷudāyittheragāthā |
Thag10.1 The Verses of the Elder Kāḷudāyī |
Thag10.2 Ekavihāriyattheragāthā |
Thag10.2 The Verses of the Elder Ekavihāriya |
Thag10.3 Mahākappinattheragāthā |
Thag10.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahākappina |
Thag10.4 Cūḷapanthakattheragāthā |
Thag10.4 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷapanthaka |
Thag10.5 Kappattheragāthā |
Thag10.5 The Verses of the Elder Kappa |
Thag10.6 Vaṅgantaputtaupasenattheragāthā |
Thag10.6 The Verses of the Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta |
Thag10.7 (Apara) Gotamattheragāthā |
Thag10.7 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Gotama |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag10.1 Kāḷudāyittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.1 The Verses of the Elder Kāḷudāyī --- |
“Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, |
“The trees are now like embers, venerable sir, |
Phalesino chadanaṁ vippahāya; |
fruitful, they have shed their leaves. |
Te accimantova pabhāsayanti, |
They shine like flames; |
Samayo mahāvīra bhāgī rasānaṁ. |
it is time, great hero, for the sharing of tastes. |
Dumāni phullāni manoramāni, |
The trees are in bloom, delightful, |
Samantato sabbadisā pavanti; |
they waft their scent in all directions all around. |
Pattaṁ pahāya phalamāsasānā, |
Having shed their leaves, they await their fruit; |
Kālo ito pakkamanāya vīra. |
it is time, O hero, to depart from here. |
Nevātisītaṁ na panātiuṇhaṁ, |
It is neither too cold nor too hot, |
Sukhā utu addhaniyā bhadante; |
the season is pleasant for the journey, venerable sir. |
Passantu taṁ sākiyā koḷiyā ca, |
Let the Sākyans and the Koliyans see you, |
Pacchāmukhaṁ rohiniyaṁ tarantaṁ. |
crossing the Rohiṇī river, facing west. |
Āsāya kasate khettaṁ, |
With hope one plows the field, |
bījaṁ āsāya vappati; |
with hope the seed is sown. |
Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, |
With hope merchants go to sea, |
samuddaṁ dhanahārakā; |
bringing back wealth. |
Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, |
The hope with which I stand, |
sā me āsā samijjhatu. |
may that hope of mine be fulfilled. |
Punappunaṁ ceva vapanti bījaṁ, |
Again and again they sow the seed, |
Punappunaṁ vassati devarājā; |
again and again the king of the gods sends rain. |
Punappunaṁ khettaṁ kasanti kassakā, |
Again and again farmers plow the field, |
Punappunaṁ dhaññamupeti raṭṭhaṁ. |
again and again the country obtains grain. |
Punappunaṁ yācanakā caranti, |
Again and again beggars wander, |
Punappunaṁ dānapatī dadanti; |
again and again the generous give. |
Punappunaṁ dānapatī daditvā, |
Again and again the generous, having given, |
Punappunaṁ saggamupenti ṭhānaṁ. |
again and again go to a heavenly place. |
Vīro have sattayugaṁ puneti, |
A hero indeed purifies seven generations |
Yasmiṁ kule jāyati bhūripañño; |
in the family in which he of vast wisdom is born. |
Maññāmahaṁ sakkati devadevo, |
I think the Sakyan is the god of gods, |
Tayā hi jāto muni saccanāmo. |
for you, O sage of true name, were born from him. |
Suddhodano nāma pitā mahesino, |
Suddhodana is the name of the father of the great sage, |
Buddhassa mātā pana māyanāmā; |
and the Buddha’s mother was named Māyā. |
Yā bodhisattaṁ parihariya kucchinā, |
She who carried the Bodhisatta in her womb, |
Kāyassa bhedā tidivamhi modati. |
at the breaking up of the body, rejoices in heaven. |
Sā gotamī kālakatā ito cutā, |
That Gotamī, having died, departed from here, |
Dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūtā; |
is endowed with divine sensual pleasures. |
Sā modati kāmaguṇehi pañcahi, |
She rejoices in the five strands of sensual pleasure, |
Parivāritā devagaṇehi tehi”. |
surrounded by those groups of gods.” |
“Buddhassa puttomhi asayhasāhino, |
“I am the son of the Buddha, the unendurable endurer, |
Aṅgīrasassappaṭimassa tādino; |
of Aṅgīrasa, the peerless Such One. |
Pitupitā mayhaṁ tuvaṁsi sakka, |
You, Sakka, are my father’s father; |
Dhammena me gotama ayyakosī”ti. |
by the Dhamma, Gotama, you are my grandfather.” |
… Kāḷudāyī thero …. |
… The Elder Kāḷudāyī …. |
--- Thag10.2 Ekavihāriyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.2 The Verses of the Elder Ekavihāriya --- |
“Purato pacchato vāpi, |
“To the front or to the back, |
aparo ce na vijjati; |
if there is no other, |
Atīva phāsu bhavati, |
it is very pleasant |
ekassa vasato vane. |
for one living alone in the forest. |
Handa eko gamissāmi, |
Come, I will go alone |
araññaṁ buddhavaṇṇitaṁ; |
to the forest praised by the Buddha, |
Phāsu ekavihārissa, |
pleasant for a bhikkhu living alone, |
pahitattassa bhikkhuno. |
one with a resolute mind. |
Yogi-pītikaraṁ rammaṁ, |
Delightful to the yogi, charming, |
mattakuñjarasevitaṁ; |
frequented by intoxicated elephants, |
Eko attavasī khippaṁ, |
alone, master of myself, I will quickly |
pavisissāmi kānanaṁ. |
enter the forest. |
Supupphite sītavane, |
In the cool wood with its beautiful flowers, |
sītale girikandare; |
in a cool mountain cave, |
Gattāni parisiñcitvā, |
having bathed my limbs, |
caṅkamissāmi ekako. |
I will walk alone. |
Ekākiyo adutiyo, |
Alone, without a companion, |
ramaṇīye mahāvane; |
in the delightful great forest, |
Kadāhaṁ viharissāmi, |
when will I dwell, |
katakicco anāsavo. |
my task done, free from taints? |
Evaṁ me kattukāmassa, |
May my intention, |
adhippāyo samijjhatu; |
for me who wishes to do so, be fulfilled. |
Sādhayissāmahaṁyeva, |
I alone will accomplish it, |
nāñño aññassa kārako. |
no one can do it for another. |
Esa bandhāmi sannāhaṁ, |
Here I bind on my armor, |
pavisissāmi kānanaṁ; |
I will enter the forest. |
Na tato nikkhamissāmi, |
I will not come out from there |
appatto āsavakkhayaṁ. |
without attaining the destruction of the taints. |
Mālute upavāyante, |
When the wind blows, |
sīte surabhigandhike; |
cool and fragrant, |
Avijjaṁ dālayissāmi, |
I will shatter ignorance, |
nisinno nagamuddhani. |
seated on the mountain top. |
Vane kusumasañchanne, |
In the forest covered with flowers, |
pabbhāre nūna sītale; |
in a cool mountain cleft indeed, |
Vimuttisukhena sukhito, |
delighting in the happiness of liberation, |
ramissāmi giribbaje. |
I will take delight in the Giribbaja hills. |
Sohaṁ paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, |
I, with my intention fulfilled, |
cando pannaraso yathā; |
like the moon on the fifteenth day, |
Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇo, |
with all taints completely destroyed, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
now there is no new existence.” |
… Ekavihāriyo thero …. |
… The Elder Ekavihāriya …. |
--- Thag10.3 Mahākappinattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.3 The Verses of the Elder Mahākappina --- |
“Anāgataṁ yo paṭikacca passati, |
“He who foresees the future, |
Hitañca atthaṁ ahitañca taṁ dvayaṁ; |
and both what is beneficial and what is harmful, |
Viddesino tassa hitesino vā, |
his enemies or his benefactors, |
Randhaṁ na passanti samekkhamānā. |
though they search, do not see a fault in him. |
Ānāpānasatī yassa, |
He whose mindfulness of breathing |
paripuṇṇā subhāvitā; |
is complete and well-developed, |
Anupubbaṁ paricitā, |
cultivated in sequence, |
yathā buddhena desitā; |
as taught by the Buddha, |
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, |
he illuminates this world, |
abbhā muttova candimā. |
like the moon freed from a cloud. |
Odātaṁ vata me cittaṁ, |
My mind is indeed pure, |
appamāṇaṁ subhāvitaṁ; |
immeasurable and well-developed. |
Nibbiddhaṁ paggahītañca, |
Piercing and uplifted, |
sabbā obhāsate disā. |
it illuminates all directions. |
Jīvate vāpi sappañño, |
Even if he is destitute of wealth, |
api vittaparikkhayo; |
a wise person lives on. |
Paññāya ca alābhena, |
But without obtaining wisdom, |
vittavāpi na jīvati. |
even one with wealth does not live. |
Paññā sutavinicchinī, |
Wisdom is the judge of what is heard, |
Paññā kittisilokavaddhanī; |
wisdom increases fame and renown. |
Paññāsahito naro idha, |
A person in this world endowed with wisdom |
Api dukkhesu sukhāni vindati. |
finds happiness even in the midst of suffering. |
Nāyaṁ ajjatano dhammo, |
This is not a Dhamma of today, |
nacchero napi abbhuto; |
it is not strange nor wonderful. |
Yattha jāyetha mīyetha, |
Where one is born and dies, |
tattha kiṁ viya abbhutaṁ. |
what is so wonderful about that? |
Anantaraṁ hi jātassa, |
Indeed, for one who is born, |
jīvitā maraṇaṁ dhuvaṁ; |
death is certain from life. |
Jātā jātā marantīdha, |
Born, born, they die here, |
evaṁdhammā hi pāṇino. |
for such is the nature of living beings. |
Na hetadatthāya matassa hoti, |
It is not for the benefit of the dead |
Yaṁ jīvitatthaṁ paraporisānaṁ; |
that one weeps for the life of others. |
Matamhi ruṇṇaṁ na yaso na lokyaṁ, |
Weeping for the dead is not for fame or renown, |
Na vaṇṇitaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇehi. |
it is not praised by ascetics and brahmins. |
Cakkhuṁ sarīraṁ upahanti tena, |
By it one’s eye and body are harmed, |
Nihīyati vaṇṇabalaṁ matī ca; |
one’s complexion, strength, and intelligence decline. |
Ānandino tassa disā bhavanti, |
His enemies are joyful, |
Hitesino nāssa sukhī bhavanti. |
his well-wishers are not happy. |
Tasmā hi iccheyya kule vasante, |
Therefore one should wish for those living in a family |
Medhāvino ceva bahussute ca; |
to be wise and very learned. |
Yesaṁ hi paññāvibhavena kiccaṁ, |
For by the power of their wisdom, one’s duty is done, |
Taranti nāvāya nadiṁva puṇṇan”ti. |
as one crosses a full river by a boat.” |
… Mahākappino thero …. |
… The Elder Mahākappina …. |
--- Thag10.4 Cūḷapanthakattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.4 The Verses of the Elder Cūḷapanthaka --- |
“Dandhā mayhaṁ gatī āsi, |
“My progress was slow, |
paribhūto pure ahaṁ; |
I was despised before. |
Bhātā ca maṁ paṇāmesi, |
My brother sent me away, saying, |
‘gaccha dāni tuvaṁ gharaṁ’. |
‘Go home now.’ |
Sohaṁ paṇāmito santo, |
I, being sent away, |
saṅghārāmassa koṭṭhake; |
at the gate of the monastery, |
Dummano tattha aṭṭhāsiṁ, |
stood there downcast, |
sāsanasmiṁ apekkhavā. |
longing for the teaching. |
Bhagavā tattha āgacchi, |
The Blessed One came there, |
sīsaṁ mayhaṁ parāmasi; |
he stroked my head. |
Bāhāya maṁ gahetvāna, |
Taking me by the arm, |
saṅghārāmaṁ pavesayi. |
he led me into the monastery. |
Anukampāya me satthā, |
Out of compassion, the Teacher |
pādāsi pādapuñchaniṁ; |
gave me a foot-cloth. |
‘Etaṁ suddhaṁ adhiṭṭhehi, |
‘Establish this purely, |
ekamantaṁ svadhiṭṭhitaṁ’. |
in one place, well established.’ |
Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, |
Having heard his word, |
vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; |
I dwelt delighting in his teaching. |
Samādhiṁ paṭipādesiṁ, |
I developed concentration |
uttamatthassa pattiyā. |
for the attainment of the supreme goal. |
Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, |
I know my past lives, |
dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; |
the divine eye is purified. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Sahassakkhattumattānaṁ, |
Having created himself a thousandfold, |
nimminitvāna panthako; |
Panthaka |
Nisīdambavane ramme, |
sat in the delightful mango grove, |
yāva kālappavedanā. |
until the time was announced. |
Tato me satthā pāhesi, |
Then the Teacher sent me |
dūtaṁ kālappavedakaṁ; |
a messenger to announce the time. |
Paveditamhi kālamhi, |
When the time was announced, |
vehāsādupasaṅkamiṁ. |
I approached through the air. |
Vanditvā satthuno pāde, |
Having worshipped the Teacher’s feet, |
ekamantaṁ nisīdahaṁ; |
I sat down to one side. |
Nisinnaṁ maṁ viditvāna, |
Knowing that I was seated, |
atha satthā paṭiggahi. |
the Teacher then accepted the offering. |
Āyāgo sabbalokassa, |
The offering-ground of the whole world, |
āhutīnaṁ paṭiggaho; |
the recipient of oblations, |
Puññakkhettaṁ manussānaṁ, |
the field of merit for mankind, |
paṭiggaṇhittha dakkhiṇan”ti. |
he accepted the religious gift.” |
… Cūḷapanthako thero …. |
… The Elder Cūḷapanthaka …. |
--- Thag10.5 Kappattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.5 The Verses of the Elder Kappa --- |
“Nānākulamalasampuṇṇo, |
“Full of various kinds of filth, |
mahāukkārasambhavo; |
sprung from a great heap of refuse, |
Candanikaṁva paripakkaṁ, |
like a festering sore, |
mahāgaṇḍo mahāvaṇo. |
a great boil, a great wound. |
Pubbaruhirasampuṇṇo, |
Full of pus and blood, |
gūthakūpena gāḷhito; |
sunk in a pit of excrement, |
Āpopaggharaṇo kāyo, |
the body, dripping with fluid, |
sadā sandati pūtikaṁ. |
always exudes foulness. |
Saṭṭhikaṇḍarasambandho, |
Bound with sixty sinews, |
maṁsalepanalepito; |
plastered with a plaster of flesh, |
Cammakañcukasannaddho, |
clad in a garment of skin, |
pūtikāyo niratthako. |
the foul body is useless. |
Aṭṭhisaṅghātaghaṭito, |
Constructed of a frame of bones, |
nhārusuttanibandhano; |
tied with sinew-threads, |
Nekesaṁ saṅgatībhāvā, |
through the combination of many parts, |
kappeti iriyāpathaṁ. |
it maintains its posture. |
Dhuvappayāto maraṇāya, |
Constantly heading for death, |
maccurājassa santike; |
in the presence of the king of death, |
Idheva chaḍḍayitvāna, |
having left it here, |
yenakāmaṅgamo naro. |
a person goes wherever he wants. |
Avijjāya nivuto kāyo, |
The body is covered by ignorance, |
catuganthena ganthito; |
bound with the four knots. |
Oghasaṁsīdano kāyo, |
The body sinks in the flood of craving, |
anusayajālamotthato. |
covered by the net of latent tendencies. |
Pañcanīvaraṇe yutto, |
Yoked to the five hindrances, |
vitakkena samappito; |
endowed with thought, |
Taṇhāmūlenānugato, |
followed by the root of craving, |
mohacchādanachādito. |
covered by the cloak of delusion. |
Evāyaṁ vattate kāyo, |
Thus this body operates, |
kammayantena yantito; |
driven by the machine of kamma. |
Sampatti ca vipatyantā, |
Its success ends in failure, |
nānābhāvo vipajjati. |
its various states perish. |
Yemaṁ kāyaṁ mamāyanti, |
Those who identify with this body, |
andhabālā puthujjanā; |
blind, foolish, ordinary people, |
Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṁ ghoraṁ, |
they increase the terrible charnel ground, |
ādiyanti punabbhavaṁ. |
they take on further existence. |
Yemaṁ kāyaṁ vivajjenti, |
Those who avoid this body, |
Gūthalittaṁva pannagaṁ; |
like a snake smeared with excrement, |
Bhavamūlaṁ vamitvāna, |
having vomited up the root of existence, |
Parinibbissantināsavā”ti. |
will be extinguished without taints.” |
… Kappo thero …. |
… The Elder Kappa …. |
--- Thag10.6 Vaṅgantaputtaupasenattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.6 The Verses of the Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta --- |
“Vivittaṁ appanigghosaṁ, |
“A bhikkhu should frequent a secluded lodging, |
vāḷamiganisevitaṁ; |
with little noise, frequented by wild beasts, |
Seve senāsanaṁ bhikkhu, |
for the sake of solitude. |
paṭisallānakāraṇā. |
Having collected rags from rubbish heaps, |
Saṅkārapuñjā āhatvā, |
cemeteries, and streets, |
susānā rathiyāhi ca; |
and having made a patchwork robe from them, |
Tato saṅghāṭikaṁ katvā, |
he should wear a rough robe. |
lūkhaṁ dhāreyya cīvaraṁ. |
Having made his mind humble, |
Nīcaṁ manaṁ karitvāna, |
from house to house in succession, |
sapadānaṁ kulā kulaṁ; |
a bhikkhu should go on his alms round, |
Piṇḍikāya care bhikkhu, |
with guarded doors, well-restrained. |
guttadvāro susaṁvuto. |
One should be content even with what is rough, |
Lūkhenapi vā santusse, |
one should not wish for many other flavors. |
nāññaṁ patthe rasaṁ bahuṁ; |
For one who is greedy for flavors, |
Rasesu anugiddhassa, |
the mind does not delight in jhāna. |
jhāne na ramatī mano. |
The sage should live with few wants and content, |
Appiccho ceva santuṭṭho, |
secluded, |
pavivitto vase muni; |
unmixed with householders |
Asaṁsaṭṭho gahaṭṭhehi, |
and homeless ones alike. |
anāgārehi cūbhayaṁ. |
He should show himself |
Yathā jaḷo va mūgo va, |
as if he were a simpleton or a mute. |
attānaṁ dassaye tathā; |
A wise person should not speak too much |
Nātivelaṁ sambhāseyya, |
in the midst of the Sangha. |
saṅghamajjhamhi paṇḍito. |
He should not disparage anyone, |
Na so upavade kañci, |
he should avoid causing harm. |
upaghātaṁ vivajjaye; |
Restrained in the Pātimokkha, |
Saṁvuto pātimokkhasmiṁ, |
he should be moderate in his food. |
mattaññū cassa bhojane. |
Skilled in grasping the sign |
Suggahītanimittassa, |
and in the arising of the mind, |
cittassuppādakovido; |
he should devote himself to serenity |
Samathaṁ anuyuñjeyya, |
and, in due course, to insight. |
kālena ca vipassanaṁ. |
Endowed with energy and perseverance, |
Vīriyasātaccasampanno, |
he should always be yoked to the practice. |
yuttayogo sadā siyā; |
And a wise person should not come to confidence |
Na ca appatvā dukkhantaṁ, |
without having reached the end of suffering. |
vissāsaṁ eyya paṇḍito. |
For a bhikkhu dwelling thus, |
Evaṁ viharamānassa, |
desiring purity, |
suddhikāmassa bhikkhuno; |
all the taints are destroyed, |
Khīyanti āsavā sabbe, |
and he attains Nibbāna.” |
nibbutiñcādhigacchatī”ti. |
… The Elder Upasena, son of Vaṅganta …. |
… Upaseno vaṅgantaputto thero …. |
--- Thag10.7 (Apara) Gotamattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag10.7 The Verses of the (Second) Elder Gotama --- |
“Vijāneyya sakaṁ atthaṁ, |
“One should know one’s own good, |
Avalokeyyātha pāvacanaṁ; |
one should look at the teaching. |
Yañcettha assa patirūpaṁ, |
And what is suitable here |
Sāmaññaṁ ajjhupagatassa. |
for one who has undertaken the ascetic life. |
Mittaṁ idha ca kalyāṇaṁ, |
A good friend in this world, |
Sikkhā vipulaṁ samādānaṁ; |
and extensive training and application, |
Sussūsā ca garūnaṁ, |
and listening attentively to the elders, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Buddhesu sagāravatā, |
Respect for the Buddhas, |
Dhamme apaciti yathābhūtaṁ; |
reverence for the Dhamma as it really is, |
Saṅghe ca cittikāro, |
and esteem for the Sangha, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Ācāragocare yutto, |
Devoted to good conduct and resort, |
Ājīvo sodhito agārayho; |
with a livelihood purified and blameless, |
Cittassa ca saṇṭhapanaṁ, |
and the establishment of the mind, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Cārittaṁ atha vārittaṁ, |
Good conduct and bad conduct, |
Iriyāpathiyaṁ pasādaniyaṁ; |
and graceful deportment, |
Adhicitte ca āyogo, |
and application to the higher mind, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Āraññakāni senāsanāni, |
Forest lodgings, |
Pantāni appasaddāni; |
remote and with little noise, |
Bhajitabbāni muninā, |
should be frequented by a sage, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Sīlañca bāhusaccañca, |
Virtue and great learning, |
Dhammānaṁ pavicayo yathābhūtaṁ; |
and the investigation of the Dhammas as they really are, |
Saccānaṁ abhisamayo, |
and the penetration of the truths, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Bhāveyya ca aniccanti, |
One should develop the thought of impermanence, |
Anattasaññaṁ asubhasaññañca; |
the perception of not-self, and the perception of foulness, |
Lokamhi ca anabhiratiṁ, |
and disenchantment with the world, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Bhāveyya ca bojjhaṅge, |
One should develop the factors of enlightenment, |
Iddhipādāni indriyāni balāni; |
the bases of psychic power, the faculties, the powers, |
Aṭṭhaṅgamaggamariyaṁ, |
the noble eightfold path, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. |
this is suitable for an ascetic. |
Taṇhaṁ pajaheyya muni, |
The sage should abandon craving, |
Samūlake āsave padāleyya; |
he should shatter the taints with their root. |
Vihareyya vippamutto, |
He should dwell completely liberated, |
Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpan”ti. |
this is suitable for an ascetic.” |
… Gotamo thero … |
… The Elder Gotama … |
Dasakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Tens is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Kāḷudāyī ca so thero, |
The Elder Kāḷudāyī, |
ekavihārī ca kappino; |
Ekavihārī and Kappina, |
Cūḷapanthako kappo ca, |
Cūḷapanthaka and Kappa, |
upaseno ca gotamo; |
Upasena and Gotama. |
Sattime dasake therā, |
These seven elders in the Book of Ten, |
gāthāyo cettha sattatīti. |
and there are seventy verses here. |
♦ Nipāta 11 |
♦ The Book of Elevens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag11.1 Saṅkiccattheragāthā |
Thag11.1 The Verses of the Elder Saṅkicca |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag11.1 Saṅkiccattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag11.1 The Verses of the Elder Saṅkicca --- |
“Kiṁ tavattho vane tāta, |
“‘What is your business in the forest, my dear, |
ujjuhānova pāvuse; |
like one cast up in the rainy season? |
Verambhā ramaṇīyā te, |
The Verambhā winds are delightful for you; |
paviveko hi jhāyinaṁ”. |
seclusion is indeed for one who meditates.’ |
“Yathā abbhāni verambho, |
‘As the Verambha wind in the rainy season |
vāto nudati pāvuse; |
scatters the clouds, |
Saññā me abhikiranti, |
so my perceptions assail me, |
vivekapaṭisaññutā. |
connected with seclusion. |
Apaṇḍaro aṇḍasambhavo, |
The one without white, born from an egg, |
Sīvathikāya niketacāriko; |
a dweller in a charnel ground nest, |
Uppādayateva me satiṁ, |
it indeed gives rise to mindfulness in me, |
Sandehasmiṁ virāganissitaṁ. |
connected with dispassion for this body. |
Yañca aññe na rakkhanti, |
He whom others do not protect, |
yo ca aññe na rakkhati; |
and who does not protect others, |
Sa ve bhikkhu sukhaṁ seti, |
that bhikkhu indeed sleeps happily, |
kāmesu anapekkhavā. |
without longing for sensual pleasures. |
Acchodikā puthusilā, |
With clear water and broad rocks, |
gonaṅgulamigāyutā; |
frequented by monkeys and deer, |
Ambusevālasañchannā, |
covered with moss and water weeds, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Vasitaṁ me araññesu, |
I have lived in forests, |
kandarāsu guhāsu ca; |
in ravines and in caves, |
Senāsanesu pantesu, |
in remote lodgings, |
vāḷamiganisevite. |
frequented by wild beasts. |
‘Ime haññantu vajjhantu, |
“May these beings be slain, may they be bound, |
dukkhaṁ pappontu pāṇino’; |
may they come to suffering”; |
Saṅkappaṁ nābhijānāmi, |
I am not aware of such a thought, |
anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. |
ignoble and connected with hatred. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
Yassa catthāya pabbajito, |
The purpose for which I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
So me attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by me: |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. |
the destruction of all fetters. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; |
I do not delight in life. |
Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, |
I await my time, |
nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. |
like a hireling his wages. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; |
I do not delight in life. |
Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, |
I await my time, |
sampajāno patissato”ti. |
fully aware and mindful.” |
… Saṅkicco thero … |
… The Elder Saṅkicca … |
Ekādasakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Elevens is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Saṅkiccathero ekova, |
The Elder Saṅkicca is the only one, |
katakicco anāsavo; |
who has done his duty, free from taints. |
Ekādasanipātamhi, |
In the Book of Eleven, |
gāthā ekādaseva cāti. |
there are also eleven verses. |
♦ Nipāta 12 |
♦ The Book of Twelves |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag12.1 Sīlavattheragāthā |
Thag12.1 The Verses of the Elder Sīlava |
Thag12.2 Sunītattheragāthā |
Thag12.2 The Verses of the Elder Sunīta |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag12.1 Sīlavattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag12.1 The Verses of the Elder Sīlava --- |
“Sīlamevidha sikkhetha, |
“One should train in virtue right here, |
asmiṁ loke susikkhitaṁ; |
well-trained in this world. |
Sīlañhi sabbasampattiṁ, |
For virtue, when cultivated, |
upanāmeti sevitaṁ. |
brings all success. |
Sīlaṁ rakkheyya medhāvī, |
A wise person should guard his virtue, |
patthayāno tayo sukhe; |
wishing for three kinds of happiness: |
Pasaṁsaṁ vittilābhañca, |
praise and the gaining of wealth, |
pecca sagge pamodanaṁ. |
and, after death, rejoicing in heaven. |
Sīlavā hi bahū mitte, |
One who is virtuous gains many friends |
saññamenādhigacchati; |
through his self-control. |
Dussīlo pana mittehi, |
But one who is not virtuous falls away from his friends, |
dhaṁsate pāpamācaraṁ. |
practicing evil. |
Avaṇṇañca akittiñca, |
An unvirtuous person gains |
dussīlo labhate naro; |
a bad reputation and disrepute. |
Vaṇṇaṁ kittiṁ pasaṁsañca, |
A virtuous person always gains |
sadā labhati sīlavā. |
a good reputation, renown, and praise. |
Ādi sīlaṁ patiṭṭhā ca, |
Virtue is the beginning, the foundation, |
kalyāṇānañca mātukaṁ; |
and the mother of good things, |
Pamukhaṁ sabbadhammānaṁ, |
the foremost of all good states; |
tasmā sīlaṁ visodhaye. |
therefore one should purify one’s virtue. |
Velā ca saṁvaraṁ sīlaṁ, |
Virtue is a restraining shore, |
cittassa abhihāsanaṁ; |
a delight for the mind, |
Titthañca sabbabuddhānaṁ, |
and a ford for all the Buddhas; |
tasmā sīlaṁ visodhaye. |
therefore one should purify one’s virtue. |
Sīlaṁ balaṁ appaṭimaṁ, |
Virtue is a peerless power, |
sīlaṁ āvudhamuttamaṁ; |
virtue is the supreme weapon, |
Sīlamābharaṇaṁ seṭṭhaṁ, |
virtue is the best ornament, |
sīlaṁ kavacamabbhutaṁ. |
virtue is a wonderful armor. |
Sīlaṁ setu mahesakkho, |
Virtue is a mighty bridge, |
sīlaṁ gandho anuttaro; |
virtue is an unsurpassed fragrance, |
Sīlaṁ vilepanaṁ seṭṭhaṁ, |
virtue is the best ointment, |
yena vāti disodisaṁ. |
by which one wafts in all directions. |
Sīlaṁ sambalamevaggaṁ, |
Virtue is the best provision, |
sīlaṁ pātheyyamuttamaṁ; |
virtue is the supreme traveling-provisions, |
Sīlaṁ seṭṭho ativāho, |
virtue is the best vehicle, |
yena yāti disodisaṁ. |
by which one goes in all directions. |
Idheva nindaṁ labhati, |
Here one gets blame, |
peccāpāye ca dummano; |
and after death one is unhappy in a bad destination. |
Sabbattha dummano bālo, |
Everywhere the fool is unhappy, |
sīlesu asamāhito. |
not concentrated in his virtues. |
Idheva kittiṁ labhati, |
Here one gets renown, |
pecca sagge ca summano; |
and after death one is happy in heaven. |
Sabbattha sumano dhīro, |
Everywhere the wise person is happy, |
sīlesu susamāhito. |
well-concentrated in his virtues. |
Sīlameva idha aggaṁ, |
Virtue is supreme here, |
paññavā pana uttamo; |
but one with wisdom is the best. |
Manussesu ca devesu, |
Among humans and gods, |
sīlapaññāṇato jayan”ti. |
one conquers through virtue and wisdom.” |
… Sīlavo thero …. |
… The Elder Sīlava …. |
--- Thag12.2 Sunītattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag12.2 The Verses of the Elder Sunīta --- |
“Nīce kulamhi jātohaṁ, |
“I was born in a low-caste family, |
daliddo appabhojano; |
poor and with little food. |
Hīnakammaṁ mamaṁ āsi, |
My work was lowly, |
ahosiṁ pupphachaḍḍako. |
I was a flower-sweeper. |
Jigucchito manussānaṁ, |
Despised by men, |
paribhūto ca vambhito; |
scorned and reviled, |
Nīcaṁ manaṁ karitvāna, |
making my mind humble, |
vandissaṁ bahukaṁ janaṁ. |
I would pay homage to many people. |
Athaddasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, |
Then I saw the Sambuddha, |
bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṁ; |
at the head of the Sangha of bhikkhus, |
Pavisantaṁ mahāvīraṁ, |
the great hero entering |
magadhānaṁ puruttamaṁ. |
the chief city of the Magadhans. |
Nikkhipitvāna byābhaṅgiṁ, |
Having laid down my carrying-pole, |
vandituṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; |
I approached to pay homage. |
Mameva anukampāya, |
Out of compassion for me alone, |
aṭṭhāsi purisuttamo. |
the supreme person stood still. |
Vanditvā satthuno pāde, |
Having paid homage to the Teacher’s feet, |
ekamantaṁ ṭhito tadā; |
I stood to one side then. |
Pabbajjaṁ ahamāyāciṁ, |
I asked for the going-forth |
sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. |
from the supreme of all beings. |
Tato kāruṇiko satthā, |
Then the compassionate Teacher, |
sabbalokānukampako; |
the compassionate one for the whole world, |
‘Ehi bhikkhū’ti maṁ āha, |
said to me, ‘Come, bhikkhu’; |
sā me āsūpasampadā. |
that was my higher ordination. |
Sohaṁ eko araññasmiṁ, |
I, alone in the forest, |
viharanto atandito; |
dwelling untiringly, |
Akāsiṁ satthu vacanaṁ, |
did the Teacher’s word, |
yathā maṁ ovadī jino. |
as the Jina had advised me. |
Rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ, |
In the first watch of the night, |
Pubbajātimanussariṁ; |
I recollected my past births. |
Rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ, |
In the middle watch of the night, |
Dibbacakkhuṁ visodhayiṁ; |
I purified the divine eye. |
Rattiyā pacchime yāme, |
In the last watch of the night, |
Tamokhandhaṁ padālayiṁ. |
I shattered the mass of darkness. |
Tato ratyā vivasāne, |
Then, at the end of the night, |
sūriyassuggamanaṁ pati; |
towards the rising of the sun, |
Indo brahmā ca āgantvā, |
Inda and Brahmā came |
maṁ namassiṁsu pañjalī. |
and paid homage to me with clasped hands. |
‘Namo te purisājañña, |
‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men, |
namo te purisuttama; |
homage to you, O supreme person, |
Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, |
whose taints are destroyed, |
dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisa’. |
you are worthy of offerings, O venerable sir.’ |
Tato disvāna maṁ satthā, |
Then the Teacher, seeing me |
devasaṅghapurakkhataṁ; |
at the head of the assembly of gods, |
Sitaṁ pātukaritvāna, |
made a smile appear |
imamatthaṁ abhāsatha. |
and spoke this matter: |
‘Tapena brahmacariyena, |
‘Through austerity, the holy life, |
saṁyamena damena ca; |
self-control, and taming, |
Etena brāhmaṇo hoti, |
by this one is a brahmin; |
etaṁ brāhmaṇamuttaman’”ti. |
this is the supreme brahminhood.’” |
… Sunīto thero … |
… The Elder Sunīta … |
Dvādasakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Twelves is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Sīlavā ca sunīto ca, |
Sīlava and Sunīta, |
therā dve te mahiddhikā; |
those two elders of great psychic power. |
Dvādasamhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Twelve, |
gāthāyo catuvīsatīti. |
there are twenty-four verses. |
♦ Nipāta 13 |
♦ The Book of Thirteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag13.1 Soṇakoḷivisattheragāthā |
Thag13.1 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakoḷivisa |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag13.1 Soṇakoḷivisattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag13.1 The Verses of the Elder Soṇakoḷivisa --- |
“Yāhu raṭṭhe samukkaṭṭho, |
“He who was eminent in the country, |
rañño aṅgassa paddhagū; |
the leader of the king of Aṅga’s army, |
Svajja dhammesu ukkaṭṭho, |
today is eminent in the Dhammas, |
soṇo dukkhassa pāragū. |
Soṇa, who has gone beyond suffering. |
Pañca chinde pañca jahe, |
One should cut off five, one should abandon five, |
pañca cuttari bhāvaye; |
and one should especially cultivate five. |
Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, |
The bhikkhu who has gone beyond the five attachments |
oghatiṇṇoti vuccati. |
is called one who has crossed the flood. |
Unnaḷassa pamattassa, |
For a bhikkhu who is proud and heedless, |
bāhirāsassa bhikkhuno; |
with external interests, |
Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca, |
virtue, concentration, and wisdom |
pāripūriṁ na gacchati. |
do not reach fulfillment. |
Yañhi kiccaṁ apaviddhaṁ, |
What should be done is cast aside, |
akiccaṁ pana karīyati; |
but what should not be done is done. |
Unnaḷānaṁ pamattānaṁ, |
For those who are proud and heedless, |
tesaṁ vaḍḍhanti āsavā. |
their taints increase. |
Yesañca susamāraddhā, |
But those for whom mindfulness of the body |
niccaṁ kāyagatā sati; |
is always well-established, |
Akiccaṁ te na sevanti, |
they do not engage in what should not be done, |
kicce sātaccakārino; |
they are constantly doing what should be done. |
Satānaṁ sampajānānaṁ, |
For the mindful and aware, |
atthaṁ gacchanti āsavā. |
their taints go to an end. |
Ujumaggamhi akkhāte, |
When the straight path has been declared, |
gacchatha mā nivattatha; |
go, do not turn back. |
Attanā codayattānaṁ, |
Urge yourself on by yourself, |
nibbānamabhihāraye. |
bring yourself to Nibbāna. |
Accāraddhamhi vīriyamhi, |
When my energy was excessively aroused, |
satthā loke anuttaro; |
the Teacher, unsurpassed in the world, |
Vīṇopamaṁ karitvā me, |
made the simile of the lute for me, |
dhammaṁ desesi cakkhumā; |
and taught me the Dhamma, the one with vision. |
Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, |
Having heard his word, |
vihāsiṁ sāsane rato. |
I dwelt delighting in his teaching. |
Samathaṁ paṭipādesiṁ, |
I developed serenity |
uttamatthassa pattiyā; |
for the attainment of the supreme goal. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Nekkhamme adhimuttassa, |
For one resolved on renunciation, |
pavivekañca cetaso; |
and on seclusion of the mind, |
Abyāpajjādhimuttassa, |
for one resolved on non-ill-will, |
upādānakkhayassa ca. |
and on the destruction of clinging, |
Taṇhakkhayādhimuttassa, |
for one resolved on the destruction of craving, |
asammohañca cetaso; |
and on non-delusion of the mind, |
Disvā āyatanuppādaṁ, |
seeing the arising of the sense-bases, |
sammā cittaṁ vimuccati. |
the mind is rightly liberated. |
Tassa sammā vimuttassa, |
For that bhikkhu rightly liberated, |
santacittassa bhikkhuno; |
with a peaceful mind, |
Katassa paṭicayo natthi, |
there is no accumulation of what has been done, |
karaṇīyaṁ na vijjati. |
there is nothing to be done. |
Selo yathā ekagghano, |
Just as a solid rock |
vātena na samīrati; |
is not shaken by the wind, |
Evaṁ rūpā rasā saddā, |
so forms, tastes, sounds, |
gandhā phassā ca kevalā. |
smells, and all touches, |
Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca, |
desirable and undesirable things, |
nappavedhenti tādino; |
do not agitate such a one. |
Ṭhitaṁ cittaṁ visaññuttaṁ, |
The mind is firm and detached, |
vayañcassānupassatī”ti. |
and he sees their passing away.” |
… Soṇo koḷiviso thero … |
… The Elder Soṇa Koḷivisa … |
Terasanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Thirteens is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Soṇo koḷiviso thero, |
The Elder Soṇa Koḷivisa, |
ekoyeva mahiddhiko; |
the only one of great psychic power. |
Terasamhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Thirteen, |
gāthāyo cettha terasāti. |
there are also thirteen verses. |
♦ Nipāta 14 |
♦ The Book of Fourteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag14.1 Khadiravaniyarevatattheragāthā |
Thag14.1 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya Revata |
Thag14.2 Godattattheragāthā |
Thag14.2 The Verses of the Elder Godatta |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag14.1 Khadiravaniyarevatattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag14.1 The Verses of the Elder Khadiravaniya Revata --- |
“Yadā ahaṁ pabbajito, |
“Since I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
Nābhijānāmi saṅkappaṁ, |
I am not aware of any thought |
anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. |
that is ignoble and connected with hatred. |
‘Ime haññantu vajjhantu, |
‘May these beings be slain, may they be bound, |
dukkhaṁ pappontu pāṇino’; |
may they come to suffering’; |
Saṅkappaṁ nābhijānāmi, |
I am not aware of such a thought |
imasmiṁ dīghamantare. |
in this long interval. |
Mettañca abhijānāmi, |
But I am aware of loving-kindness, |
appamāṇaṁ subhāvitaṁ; |
immeasurable and well-developed, |
Anupubbaṁ paricitaṁ, |
cultivated in sequence, |
yathā buddhena desitaṁ. |
as taught by the Buddha. |
Sabbamitto sabbasakho, |
A friend to all, a companion to all, |
sabbabhūtānukampako; |
compassionate for all beings, |
Mettacittañca bhāvemi, |
I cultivate a mind of loving-kindness, |
abyāpajjarato sadā. |
always delighting in non-harming. |
Asaṁhīraṁ asaṅkuppaṁ, |
I delight my mind, |
cittaṁ āmodayāmahaṁ; |
unshaken and unagitated. |
Brahmavihāraṁ bhāvemi, |
I cultivate the divine abidings, |
akāpurisasevitaṁ. |
not frequented by vile men. |
Avitakkaṁ samāpanno, |
Having attained to a state without thought, |
sammāsambuddhasāvako; |
a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, |
he is endowed with the noble silence, |
upeto hoti tāvade. |
for a certain time. |
Yathāpi pabbato selo, |
Just as a rocky mountain, |
acalo suppatiṭṭhito; |
unmoving and well-established, |
Evaṁ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, |
so, due to the destruction of delusion, a bhikkhu, |
pabbatova na vedhati. |
like a mountain, does not tremble. |
Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, |
For a person without blemish, |
niccaṁ sucigavesino; |
always seeking purity, |
Vālaggamattaṁ pāpassa, |
a hair’s tip of evil |
abbhamattaṁva khāyati. |
seems as large as a cloud. |
Nagaraṁ yathā paccantaṁ, |
Just as a border city, |
guttaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; |
guarded inside and out, |
Evaṁ gopetha attānaṁ, |
so you should guard yourself. |
khaṇo vo mā upaccagā. |
Let not the moment pass you by. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; |
I do not delight in life. |
Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, |
I await my time, |
nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. |
like a hireling his wages. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
|
sampajāno patissato. |
fully aware and mindful. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
Yassa catthāya pabbajito, |
The purpose for which I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
So me attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by me: |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. |
the destruction of all fetters. |
Sampādethappamādena, |
Strive with heedfulness, |
esā me anusāsanī; |
this is my instruction. |
Handāhaṁ parinibbissaṁ, |
Come, I will attain final Nibbāna, |
vippamuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. |
I am completely liberated in every way.” |
… Khadiravaniyarevato thero …. |
… The Elder Khadiravaniya Revata …. |
--- Thag14.2 Godattattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag14.2 The Verses of the Elder Godatta --- |
“Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, |
“Just as a fine thoroughbred, |
dhure yutto dhurassaho; |
yoked to the yoke, able to bear the yoke, |
Mathito atibhārena, |
though crushed by an excessive burden, |
saṁyugaṁ nātivattati. |
does not shirk the harness, |
Evaṁ paññāya ye tittā, |
so those who are full of wisdom, |
samuddo vārinā yathā; |
like the ocean with water, |
Na pare atimaññanti, |
do not despise others; |
ariyadhammova pāṇinaṁ. |
this is the way of the noble ones for beings. |
Kāle kālavasaṁ pattā, |
At the right time, subject to time, |
bhavābhavavasaṁ gatā; |
gone into the power of existence after existence, |
Narā dukkhaṁ nigacchanti, |
men come to suffering; |
tedha socanti māṇavā. |
for that the young men here grieve. |
Unnatā sukhadhammena, |
Exalted by the state of happiness, |
dukkhadhammena conatā; |
and humbled by the state of suffering, |
Dvayena bālā haññanti, |
fools are afflicted by both, |
yathābhūtaṁ adassino. |
not seeing things as they really are. |
Ye ca dukkhe sukhasmiñca, |
But those who, in suffering and in happiness, |
majjhe sibbinimaccagū; |
have crossed over the seamstress in the middle, |
Ṭhitā te indakhīlova, |
they stand like an Indra’s pillar; |
na te unnataonatā. |
they are not exalted or humbled. |
Na heva lābhe nālābhe, |
Not in gain, not in loss, |
na yase na ca kittiyā; |
not in fame, not in disrepute, |
Na nindāyaṁ pasaṁsāya, |
not in blame, not in praise, |
na te dukkhe sukhamhi ca. |
not in suffering, and not in happiness, |
Sabbattha te na limpanti, |
they are not smeared anywhere, |
udabinduva pokkhare; |
like a drop of water on a lotus leaf. |
Sabbattha sukhitā dhīrā, |
Everywhere the wise are happy, |
sabbattha aparājitā. |
everywhere they are unconquered. |
Dhammena ca alābho yo, |
And what is a loss through the Dhamma, |
yo ca lābho adhammiko; |
and what is a gain through non-Dhamma, |
Alābho dhammiko seyyo, |
the loss through the Dhamma is better |
yañce lābho adhammiko. |
than the gain through non-Dhamma. |
Yaso ca appabuddhīnaṁ, |
And fame among the unwise, |
viññūnaṁ ayaso ca yo; |
and disrepute among the wise, |
Ayasova seyyo viññūnaṁ, |
disrepute from the wise is better |
na yaso appabuddhinaṁ. |
than fame from the unwise. |
Dummedhehi pasaṁsā ca, |
And blame from the wise, |
viññūhi garahā ca yā; |
and praise from the foolish, |
Garahāva seyyo viññūhi, |
blame from the wise is better |
yañce bālappasaṁsanā. |
than praise from the foolish. |
Sukhañca kāmamayikaṁ, |
And sensual happiness, |
dukkhañca pavivekiyaṁ; |
and the suffering of seclusion, |
Pavivekadukkhaṁ seyyo, |
the suffering of seclusion is better |
yañce kāmamayaṁ sukhaṁ. |
than sensual happiness. |
Jīvitañca adhammena, |
And a life lived unrighteously, |
dhammena maraṇañca yaṁ; |
and a death lived righteously, |
Maraṇaṁ dhammikaṁ seyyo, |
a righteous death is better |
yañce jīve adhammikaṁ. |
than a life lived unrighteously. |
Kāmakopappahīnā ye, |
Those who have abandoned sensual desire and anger, |
santacittā bhavābhave; |
with peaceful minds in existence after existence, |
Caranti loke asitā, |
they wander in the world unattached; |
natthi tesaṁ piyāpiyaṁ. |
for them there is no dear or not dear. |
Bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge, |
Having developed the factors of enlightenment, |
indriyāni balāni ca; |
the faculties and the powers, |
Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, |
attaining the supreme peace, |
parinibbantināsavā”ti. |
they are extinguished without taints.” |
… Godatto thero … |
… The Elder Godatta … |
Cuddasakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Fourteens is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Revato ceva godatto, |
Revata and Godatta, |
therā dve te mahiddhikā; |
those two elders of great psychic power. |
Cuddasamhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Fourteen, |
gāthāyo aṭṭhavīsatīti. |
there are twenty-eight verses. |
♦ Nipāta 15 |
♦ The Book of Fifteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Vagga 1 |
Thag15.1 Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheragāthā |
Thag15.1 The Verses of the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña |
Thag15.2 Udāyittheragāthā |
Thag15.2 The Verses of the Elder Udāyī |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag15.1 Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag15.1 The Verses of the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña --- |
“Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, |
“I am even more confident, |
sutvā dhammaṁ mahārasaṁ; |
having heard the Dhamma of great flavor. |
Virāgo desito dhammo, |
The Dhamma of dispassion has been taught, |
anupādāya sabbaso”. |
without any grasping at all.” |
“Bahūni loke citrāni, |
“The many various things in the world, |
asmiṁ pathavimaṇḍale; |
on this surface of the earth, |
Mathenti maññe saṅkappaṁ, |
they churn up, I think, my thoughts, |
subhaṁ rāgūpasaṁhitaṁ. |
the beautiful connected with lust. |
Rajamuhatañca vātena, |
As dust is settled by the wind, |
yathā meghopasammaye; |
or as a cloud is settled by rain, |
Evaṁ sammanti saṅkappā, |
so thoughts are stilled, |
yadā paññāya passati. |
when one sees with wisdom. |
Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti, |
‘All formations are impermanent,’ |
yadā paññāya passati; |
when one sees with wisdom, |
Atha nibbindati dukkhe, |
then one becomes weary of suffering; |
esa maggo visuddhiyā. |
this is the path to purity. |
Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhāti, |
‘All formations are suffering,’ |
yadā paññāya passati; |
when one sees with wisdom, |
Atha nibbindati dukkhe, |
then one becomes weary of suffering; |
esa maggo visuddhiyā. |
this is the path to purity. |
Sabbe dhammā anattāti, |
‘All things are not-self,’ |
yadā paññāya passati; |
when one sees with a wisdom, |
Atha nibbindati dukkhe, |
then one becomes weary of suffering; |
esa maggo visuddhiyā. |
this is the path to purity. |
Buddhānubuddho yo thero, |
The elder who has awakened after the Buddha, |
koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo; |
Koṇḍañña of keen striving, |
Pahīnajātimaraṇo, |
who has abandoned birth and death, |
brahmacariyassa kevalī. |
is a complete master of the holy life. |
Oghapāso daḷhakhilo, |
The snare of the flood, the strong post, |
Pabbato duppadālayo; |
the mountain hard to shatter, |
Chetvā khilañca pāsañca, |
having cut the post and the snare, |
Selaṁ bhetvāna dubbhidaṁ; |
having broken the hard-to-break rock, |
Tiṇṇo pāraṅgato jhāyī, |
he has crossed over, gone to the far shore, a meditator, |
Mutto so mārabandhanā. |
freed from the bonds of Māra. |
Uddhato capalo bhikkhu, |
The proud and fickle bhikkhu, |
mitte āgamma pāpake; |
relying on evil friends, |
Saṁsīdati mahoghasmiṁ, |
sinks in the great flood, |
ūmiyā paṭikujjito. |
overturned by a wave. |
Anuddhato acapalo, |
The one who is not proud, not fickle, |
nipako saṁvutindriyo; |
skilled, with restrained faculties, |
Kalyāṇamitto medhāvī, |
with good friends, wise, |
dukkhassantakaro siyā. |
he would be an ender of suffering. |
Kālapabbaṅgasaṅkāso, |
Like the limb of a kāla tree, |
kiso dhamanisanthato; |
lean, with veins standing out, |
Mattaññū annapānasmiṁ, |
a man moderate in food and drink, |
adīnamanaso naro. |
with an undaunted mind. |
Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, |
Bitten by horseflies and mosquitoes |
araññasmiṁ brahāvane; |
in the forest, in the great woods, |
Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, |
like an elephant at the head of a battle, |
sato tatrādhivāsaye. |
mindful, one should endure there. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
|
nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. |
like a hireling his wages. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
|
sampajāno patissato. |
fully aware and mindful. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
|
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
Yassa catthāya pabbajito, |
The purpose for which I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
So me attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by me; |
kiṁ me saddhivihārinā”ti. |
what have I to do with a fellow-resident?” |
… Aññāsikoṇḍañño thero …. |
… The Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña …. |
--- Thag15.2 Udāyittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag15.2 The Verses of the Elder Udāyī --- |
“Manussabhūtaṁ sambuddhaṁ, |
“The Sambuddha, become human, |
Attadantaṁ samāhitaṁ; |
self-tamed and concentrated, |
Iriyamānaṁ brahmapathe, |
walking on the divine path, |
Cittassūpasame rataṁ. |
delighting in the calming of the mind. |
Yaṁ manussā namassanti, |
Whom men pay homage to, |
sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ; |
the one who has gone beyond all things, |
Devāpi taṁ namassanti, |
even the gods pay homage to him, |
iti me arahato sutaṁ. |
so I have heard from the Arahant. |
Sabbasaṁyojanātītaṁ, |
He who has passed beyond all fetters, |
vanā nibbanamāgataṁ; |
come from the forest to the woodless state, |
Kāmehi nekkhammarataṁ, |
delighting in renunciation from sensual pleasures, |
muttaṁ selāva kañcanaṁ. |
is freed like gold from rock. |
Sa ve accaruci nāgo, |
He is indeed of surpassing radiance, a naga, |
himavāvaññe siluccaye; |
like Himālaya among other mountains. |
Sabbesaṁ nāganāmānaṁ, |
Of all those with the name of naga, |
saccanāmo anuttaro. |
his is the true name, the unsurpassed. |
Nāgaṁ vo kittayissāmi, |
I will praise the naga to you, |
na hi āguṁ karoti so; |
for he does no wrong. |
Soraccaṁ avihiṁsā ca, |
Gentleness and non-harming |
pādā nāgassa te duve. |
are the two feet of the naga. |
Sati ca sampajaññañca, |
Mindfulness and clear comprehension |
caraṇā nāgassa tepare; |
are the other feet of the naga. |
Saddhāhattho mahānāgo, |
The great naga has faith as his trunk, |
upekkhāsetadantavā. |
equanimity as his white tusks. |
Sati gīvā siro paññā, |
Mindfulness is his neck, wisdom his head, |
vīmaṁsā dhammacintanā; |
investigation and reflection on the Dhamma. |
Dhammakucchisamāvāso, |
The abode of the Dhamma is his belly, |
viveko tassa vāladhi. |
seclusion is his tail. |
So jhāyī assāsarato, |
He is a meditator, delighting in his breathing, |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhito; |
well-concentrated within himself. |
Gacchaṁ samāhito nāgo, |
The naga is concentrated when walking, |
ṭhito nāgo samāhito. |
the naga is concentrated when standing. |
Sayaṁ samāhito nāgo, |
The naga is concentrated when sleeping, |
nisinnopi samāhito; |
the naga is concentrated even when sitting. |
Sabbattha saṁvuto nāgo, |
Everywhere the naga is restrained; |
esā nāgassa sampadā. |
this is the accomplishment of the naga. |
Bhuñjati anavajjāni, |
He eats what is blameless, |
sāvajjāni na bhuñjati; |
he does not eat what is blameworthy. |
Ghāsamacchādanaṁ laddhā, |
Having obtained food and covering, |
sannidhiṁ parivajjayaṁ. |
he avoids storing it up. |
Saṁyojanaṁ aṇuṁ thūlaṁ, |
Having cut every fetter, |
sabbaṁ chetvāna bandhanaṁ; |
small and large, the bond, |
Yena yeneva gacchati, |
wherever he goes, |
anapekkhova gacchati. |
he goes without attachment. |
Yathāpi udake jātaṁ, |
Just as a white lotus, born in water, |
puṇḍarīkaṁ pavaḍḍhati; |
grows up, |
Nopalippati toyena, |
it is not stained by the water, |
sucigandhaṁ manoramaṁ. |
of pure fragrance, delightful. |
Tatheva ca loke jāto, |
So too the Buddha, born in the world, |
buddho loke viharati; |
dwells in the world, |
Nopalippati lokena, |
he is not stained by the world, |
toyena padumaṁ yathā. |
as a lotus by the water. |
Mahāgini pajjalito, |
A great fire, having blazed up, |
anāhāropasammati; |
is extinguished for lack of fuel. |
Aṅgāresu ca santesu, |
When the embers are cool, |
nibbutoti pavuccati. |
it is said to be ‘extinguished’. |
Atthassāyaṁ viññāpanī, |
This simile, for the sake of conveying the meaning, |
upamā viññūhi desitā; |
is taught by the wise. |
Viññissanti mahānāgā, |
The great nagas will understand, |
nāgaṁ nāgena desitaṁ. |
the naga taught by the naga. |
Vītarāgo vītadoso, |
Free from lust, free from hatred, |
Vītamoho anāsavo; |
free from delusion, without taints, |
Sarīraṁ vijahaṁ nāgo, |
the naga, abandoning the body, |
Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. |
will be extinguished without taints.” |
… Udāyī thero … |
… The Elder Udāyī … |
Soḷasakanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Sixteens is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Koṇḍañño ca udāyī ca, |
Koṇḍañña and Udāyī, |
therā dve te mahiddhikā; |
those two elders of great psychic power. |
Soḷasamhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Sixteen, |
gāthāyo dve ca tiṁsa cāti. |
there are also thirty-two verses. |
♦ Nipāta 16 |
♦ The Book of Sixteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag16.1 Adhimuttattheragāthā |
Thag16.1 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta |
Thag16.2 Pārāpariyattheragāthā |
Thag16.2 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya |
Thag16.3 Telakānittheragāthā |
Thag16.3 The Verses of the Elder Telakāni |
Thag16.4 Raṭṭhapālattheragāthā |
Thag16.4 The Verses of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla |
Thag16.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā |
Thag16.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta |
Thag16.6 Theragāthā 16.6 |
Thag16.6 The Verses of the Elder Sela |
Thag16.7 Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattheragāthā |
Thag16.7 The Verses of the Elder Kāḷigodhāputta Bhaddiya |
Thag16.8 Aṅgulimālattheragāthā |
Thag16.8 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgulimāla |
Thag16.9 Anuruddhattheragāthā |
Thag16.9 The Verses of the Elder Anuruddha |
Thag16.10 Pārāpariyattheragāthā |
Thag16.10 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag16.1 Adhimuttattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.1 The Verses of the Elder Adhimutta --- |
“Yaññatthaṁ vā dhanatthaṁ vā, |
“‘For the sake of sacrifice or for the sake of wealth, |
ye hanāma mayaṁ pure; |
those whom we used to kill, |
Avasesaṁ bhayaṁ hoti, |
the rest have fear, |
vedhanti vilapanti ca. |
they tremble and they weep. |
Tassa te natthi bhītattaṁ, |
But you have no fear, |
bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdati; |
your complexion is even brighter. |
Kasmā na paridevesi, |
Why do you not lament |
evarūpe mahabbhaye”. |
in such a great terror?’ |
“Natthi cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, |
‘There is no mental suffering, |
anapekkhassa gāmaṇi; |
for one who has no attachment, O leader. |
Atikkantā bhayā sabbe, |
All fears have been transcended, |
khīṇasaṁyojanassa ve. |
for one whose fetters are destroyed. |
Khīṇāya bhavanettiyā, |
When the guide to existence is destroyed, |
diṭṭhe dhamme yathātathe; |
and the Dhamma has been seen as it really is, |
Na bhayaṁ maraṇe hoti, |
there is no fear in death, |
bhāranikkhepane yathā. |
as in the laying down of a burden. |
Suciṇṇaṁ brahmacariyaṁ me, |
The holy life has been well lived by me, |
maggo cāpi subhāvito; |
and the path has been well developed. |
Maraṇe me bhayaṁ natthi, |
I have no fear in death, |
rogānamiva saṅkhaye. |
as in the exhaustion of diseases. |
Suciṇṇaṁ brahmacariyaṁ me, |
The holy life has been well lived by me, |
maggo cāpi subhāvito; |
and the path has been well developed. |
Nirassādā bhavā diṭṭhā, |
Existences are seen as without taste, |
visaṁ pitvāva chaḍḍitaṁ. |
like having drunk poison and thrown it up. |
Pāragū anupādāno, |
One who has gone to the far shore, without grasping, |
katakicco anāsavo; |
who has done his duty, without taints, |
Tuṭṭho āyukkhayā hoti, |
is glad at the exhaustion of life, |
mutto āghātanā yathā. |
like one freed from a slaughterhouse. |
Uttamaṁ dhammataṁ patto, |
Having reached the supreme state of Dhamma, |
sabbaloke anatthiko; |
unconcerned with the whole world, |
Ādittāva gharā mutto, |
like one freed from a burning house, |
maraṇasmiṁ na socati. |
he does not grieve at death. |
Yadatthi saṅgataṁ kiñci, |
Whatever is compounded, |
bhavo vā yattha labbhati; |
or wherever existence is found, |
Sabbaṁ anissaraṁ etaṁ, |
all that is not under one’s control, |
iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. |
so it has been said by the great sage. |
Yo taṁ tathā pajānāti, |
He who understands that as it is, |
yathā buddhena desitaṁ; |
as it has been taught by the Buddha, |
Na gaṇhāti bhavaṁ kiñci, |
he does not grasp at any existence, |
sutattaṁva ayoguḷaṁ. |
like a red-hot iron ball. |
Na me hoti ‘ahosin’ti, |
It does not occur to me, “I was,” |
‘bhavissan’ti na hoti me; |
nor does it occur to me, “I will be.” |
Saṅkhārā vigamissanti, |
The formations will cease; |
tattha kā paridevanā. |
what lamentation can there be in that? |
Suddhaṁ dhammasamuppādaṁ, |
For one who sees the pure arising of things, |
Suddhaṁ saṅkhārasantatiṁ; |
the pure continuity of formations, |
Passantassa yathābhūtaṁ, |
as they really are, |
Na bhayaṁ hoti gāmaṇi. |
there is no fear, O leader. |
Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṁ lokaṁ, |
When one sees the world with wisdom |
yadā paññāya passati; |
as equal to grass and sticks, |
Mamattaṁ so asaṁvindaṁ, |
not finding any sense of ‘mine’, |
‘natthi me’ti na socati. |
he does not grieve, thinking, “I have nothing.” |
Ukkaṇṭhāmi sarīrena, |
I am weary of this body, |
bhavenamhi anatthiko; |
I have no need for existence. |
Soyaṁ bhijjissati kāyo, |
This body will break up, |
añño ca na bhavissati. |
and there will be no other. |
Yaṁ vo kiccaṁ sarīrena, |
Whatever you need to do with this body, |
taṁ karotha yadicchatha; |
do it as you wish. |
Na me tappaccayā tattha, |
There will be no hatred or love |
doso pemañca hehiti”. |
in me on account of that.’” |
Tassa taṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, |
“Having heard his words, |
abbhutaṁ lomahaṁsanaṁ; |
astounding and hair-raising, |
Satthāni nikkhipitvāna, |
having laid down their weapons, |
māṇavā etadabravuṁ. |
the young men said this: |
“Kiṁ bhadante karitvāna, |
‘What have you done, venerable sir, |
ko vā ācariyo tava; |
or who is your teacher? |
Kassa sāsanamāgamma, |
By following whose teaching |
labbhate taṁ asokatā”. |
is this sorrowlessness obtained?’ |
“Sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, |
‘The all-knowing, all-seeing |
jino ācariyo mama; |
Jina is my teacher, |
Mahākāruṇiko satthā, |
the great compassionate Teacher, |
sabbalokatikicchako. |
the physician for the whole world. |
Tenāyaṁ desito dhammo, |
By him this Dhamma has been taught, |
khayagāmī anuttaro; |
leading to cessation, unsurpassed. |
Tassa sāsanamāgamma, |
By following his teaching, |
labbhate taṁ asokatā”. |
this sorrowlessness is obtained.’” |
Sutvāna corā isino subhāsitaṁ, |
“Having heard the sage’s well-spoken words, |
Nikkhippa satthāni ca āvudhāni ca; |
the robbers, having laid down their swords and weapons, |
Tamhā ca kammā viramiṁsu eke, |
some of them desisted from that deed, |
Eke ca pabbajjamarocayiṁsu. |
and some chose the going-forth. |
Te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsane, |
Having gone forth in the teaching of the Well-gone-One, |
Bhāvetva bojjhaṅgabalāni paṇḍitā; |
the wise ones, having developed the factors of enlightenment and the powers, |
Udaggacittā sumanā katindriyā, |
with elated minds and joyful senses, |
Phusiṁsu nibbānapadaṁ asaṅkhatanti. |
touched the unconditioned state of Nibbāna.” |
… Adhimutto thero …. |
… The Elder Adhimutta …. |
--- Thag16.2 Pārāpariyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.2 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya --- |
“Samaṇassa ahu cintā, |
“A thought occurred to the ascetic, |
pārāpariyassa bhikkhuno; |
to the bhikkhu Pārāpariya, |
Ekakassa nisinnassa, |
as he was seated alone, |
pavivittassa jhāyino. |
in seclusion, meditating: |
Kimānupubbaṁ puriso, |
‘Following what sequence, with what vow, what conduct, |
kiṁ vataṁ kiṁ samācāraṁ; |
would a person, doing his own duty, |
Attano kiccakārīssa, |
not harm anyone?’ |
na ca kañci viheṭhaye. |
The faculties of men |
Indriyāni manussānaṁ, |
are for their welfare and for their harm. |
hitāya ahitāya ca; |
Unprotected, they are for their harm; |
Arakkhitāni ahitāya, |
protected, they are for their welfare. |
rakkhitāni hitāya ca. |
One should guard one’s faculties, |
Indriyāneva sārakkhaṁ, |
and protect one’s faculties. |
indriyāni ca gopayaṁ; |
Doing his own duty, |
Attano kiccakārīssa, |
he would not harm anyone. |
na ca kañci viheṭhaye. |
If one does not restrain the eye-faculty |
Cakkhundriyañce rūpesu, |
as it goes towards forms, |
gacchantaṁ anivārayaṁ; |
not seeing the danger, |
Anādīnavadassāvī, |
he is not freed from suffering. |
so dukkhā na hi muccati. |
If one does not restrain the ear-faculty |
Sotindriyañce saddesu, |
as it goes towards sounds, |
gacchantaṁ anivārayaṁ; |
not seeing the danger, |
Anādīnavadassāvī, |
he is not freed from suffering. |
so dukkhā na hi muccati. |
Not seeing the way of escape, |
Anissaraṇadassāvī, |
if one indulges in smells, |
gandhe ce paṭisevati; |
he is not freed from suffering, |
Na so muccati dukkhamhā, |
being infatuated with smells. |
gandhesu adhimucchito. |
Remembering the sour and the sweet, |
Ambilaṁ madhuraggañca, |
and the supreme bitter, |
tittakaggamanussaraṁ; |
addicted to the craving for taste, |
Rasataṇhāya gadhito, |
one does not understand one’s heart. |
hadayaṁ nāvabujjhati. |
Remembering pleasant and disagreeable |
Subhānyappaṭikūlāni, |
tangible objects, |
phoṭṭhabbāni anussaraṁ; |
impassioned, on account of lust, |
Ratto rāgādhikaraṇaṁ, |
one finds various kinds of suffering. |
vividhaṁ vindate dukhaṁ. |
He who is not able to protect his mind |
Manaṁ cetehi dhammehi, |
from these things, |
yo na sakkoti rakkhituṁ; |
suffering follows him from that, |
Tato naṁ dukkhamanveti, |
from all these five. |
sabbehetehi pañcahi. |
Full of pus and blood, |
Pubbalohitasampuṇṇaṁ, |
and of many carcasses, |
bahussa kuṇapassa ca; |
adorned by the hero of men, |
Naravīrakataṁ vagguṁ, |
like a painted casket. |
samuggamiva cittitaṁ. |
Bitter in its sweet taste, |
Kaṭukaṁ madhurassādaṁ, |
a dear bond of suffering. |
piyanibandhanaṁ dukhaṁ; |
Like a razor smeared with honey, |
Khuraṁva madhunā littaṁ, |
one does not realize it while licking. |
ullihaṁ nāvabujjhati. |
In a woman’s form, in a woman’s voice, |
Itthirūpe itthisare, |
and also in a woman’s touch, |
phoṭṭhabbepi ca itthiyā; |
attached to a woman’s smells, |
Itthigandhesu sāratto, |
one finds various kinds of suffering. |
vividhaṁ vindate dukhaṁ. |
All the streams of a woman |
Itthisotāni sabbāni, |
flow five by five. |
sandanti pañca pañcasu; |
He who is able to make a barrier |
Tesamāvaraṇaṁ kātuṁ, |
to them is energetic. |
yo sakkoti vīriyavā. |
He is a man of purpose, he is established in the Dhamma, |
So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, |
he is skilled, he is discerning. |
so dakkho so vicakkhaṇo; |
He would do what is connected with the Dhamma’s purpose, |
Kareyya ramamānopi, |
even while taking delight. |
kiccaṁ dhammatthasaṁhitaṁ. |
Then he sinks when attached, |
Atho sīdati saññuttaṁ, |
he should avoid a useless task. |
vajje kiccaṁ niratthakaṁ; |
Thinking, ‘That is not my duty,’ |
‘Na taṁ kiccan’ti maññitvā, |
a heedful and discerning person. |
appamatto vicakkhaṇo. |
And what is connected with the goal, |
Yañca atthena saññuttaṁ, |
and what is the delight based on the Dhamma, |
yā ca dhammagatā rati; |
having undertaken that, one should practice it, |
Taṁ samādāya vattetha, |
for that indeed is the supreme delight. |
sā hi ve uttamā rati. |
With various means |
Uccāvacehupāyehi, |
one tries to overcome others. |
Paresamabhijigīsati; |
Having struck, having killed, and having caused grief, |
Hantvā vadhitvā atha socayitvā, |
he robs others by force. |
Ālopati sāhasā yo paresaṁ. |
Just as a strong man, carving a peg with a peg, |
Tacchanto āṇiyā āṇiṁ, |
strikes it, |
nihanti balavā yathā; |
so a skilled person strikes |
Indriyānindriyeheva, |
the faculties with the faculties. |
nihanti kusalo tathā. |
Having developed faith, energy, and concentration, |
Saddhaṁ vīriyaṁ samādhiñca, |
and mindfulness and wisdom, |
satipaññañca bhāvayaṁ; |
having struck five with five, |
Pañca pañcahi hantvāna, |
the brahmin goes without trouble. |
anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo. |
He is a man of purpose, he is established in the Dhamma, |
So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, |
having followed the teaching of the word. |
katvā vākyānusāsaniṁ; |
In every way the Buddha’s |
Sabbena sabbaṁ buddhassa, |
man prospers in happiness.” |
so naro sukhamedhatī”ti. |
… The Elder Pārāpariya …. |
… Pārāpariyo thero …. |
--- Thag16.3 Telakānittheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.3 The Verses of the Elder Telakāni --- |
“Cirarattaṁ vatātāpī, |
“For a long time indeed, I have been ardent, |
dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; |
reflecting on the Dhamma. |
Samaṁ cittassa nālatthaṁ, |
I did not attain peace of mind, |
pucchaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇe. |
asking ascetics and brahmins: |
‘Ko so pāraṅgato loke, |
‘Who has gone to the far shore in the world? |
ko patto amatogadhaṁ; |
Who has reached the deathless state? |
Kassa dhammaṁ paṭicchāmi, |
Whose Dhamma shall I accept, |
paramatthavijānanaṁ’. |
to know the ultimate goal?’ |
Antovaṅkagato āsi, |
I was caught in an inward curve, |
macchova ghasamāmisaṁ; |
like a fish with bait and meat, |
Baddho mahindapāsena, |
bound by the snare of Mahinda, |
vepacityasuro yathā. |
like the asura Vepacitti. |
Añchāmi naṁ na muñcāmi, |
I pull it, I do not release it, |
asmā sokapariddavā; |
from this grief and lamentation. |
Ko me bandhaṁ muñcaṁ loke, |
Who in the world, freeing my bond, |
sambodhiṁ vedayissati. |
will make known enlightenment to me? |
Samaṇaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ vā kaṁ, |
What ascetic or brahmin, |
ādisantaṁ pabhaṅgunaṁ; |
teaching what is fragile? |
Kassa dhammaṁ paṭicchāmi, |
Whose Dhamma shall I accept, |
jarāmaccupavāhanaṁ. |
which carries one past old age and death? |
Vicikicchākaṅkhāganthitaṁ, |
Bound by doubt and perplexity, |
sārambhabalasaññutaṁ; |
yoked to the force of contentiousness, |
Kodhappattamanatthaddhaṁ, |
with a mind overcome by anger, not stubborn, |
abhijappappadāraṇaṁ. |
torn apart by desire. |
Taṇhādhanusamuṭṭhānaṁ, |
Arisen from the bow of craving, |
dve ca pannarasāyutaṁ; |
yoked to the two and fifteen, |
Passa orasikaṁ bāḷhaṁ, |
see the strong son of my breast, |
bhetvāna yadi tiṭṭhati. |
if he stands having broken it. |
Anudiṭṭhīnaṁ appahānaṁ, |
The not-abandoning of wrong views, |
saṅkappaparatejitaṁ; |
agitated by the force of thoughts, |
Tena viddho pavedhāmi, |
pierced by that I tremble, |
pattaṁva māluteritaṁ. |
like a leaf blown by the wind. |
Ajjhattaṁ me samuṭṭhāya, |
Arisen within me, |
khippaṁ paccati māmakaṁ; |
my own quickly ripens. |
Chaphassāyatanī kāyo, |
The body with its six sense-bases, |
yattha sarati sabbadā. |
where it always roams. |
Taṁ na passāmi tekicchaṁ, |
I do not see that physician |
yo metaṁ sallamuddhare; |
who could remove this arrow from me, |
Nānārajjena satthena, |
not with various kingdoms, not with a weapon, |
nāññena vicikicchitaṁ. |
nor with anything else that is doubtful. |
Ko me asattho avaṇo, |
Who, without a weapon, without a wound, |
Sallamabbhantarapassayaṁ; |
with the arrow lodged inside, |
Ahiṁsaṁ sabbagattāni, |
without harming any of my limbs, |
Sallaṁ me uddharissati. |
will remove the arrow from me? |
Dhammappati hi so seṭṭho, |
The master of the Dhamma is indeed the best, |
visadosappavāhako; |
the remover of the poison of delusion. |
Gambhīre patitassa me, |
Fallen into the deep, he would show me |
thalaṁ pāṇiñca dassaye. |
firm ground and his hand. |
Rahadehamasmi ogāḷho, |
I have plunged into a lake, |
ahāriyarajamattike; |
into a clay of impassable mud, |
Māyāusūyasārambha, |
overspread with hypocrisy, envy, and contentiousness, |
thinamiddhamapatthaṭe. |
with sloth and drowsiness. |
Uddhaccameghathanitaṁ, |
The thunder-cloud of restlessness, |
saṁyojanavalāhakaṁ; |
the cloud of the fetters, |
Vāhā vahanti kuddiṭṭhiṁ, |
the currents carry one to wrong view, |
saṅkappā rāganissitā. |
thoughts dependent on lust. |
Savanti sabbadhi sotā, |
The streams flow everywhere, |
latā ubbhijja tiṭṭhati; |
the creeper sprouts and stands. |
Te sote ko nivāreyya, |
Who could check those streams? |
taṁ lataṁ ko hi checchati. |
Who indeed will cut that creeper? |
Velaṁ karotha bhaddante, |
Make a dam, venerable sirs, |
sotānaṁ sannivāraṇaṁ; |
a barrier for the streams, |
Mā te manomayo soto, |
lest the stream of the mind |
rukkhaṁva sahasā luve. |
sweep you away suddenly like a tree. |
Evaṁ me bhayajātassa, |
Thus, for me who was full of fear, |
apārā pāramesato; |
seeking the far shore from the near, |
Tāṇo paññāvudho satthā, |
the Teacher with the weapon of wisdom was my refuge, |
isisaṅghanisevito. |
frequented by the sangha of sages. |
Sopāṇaṁ sugataṁ suddhaṁ, |
He gave me a well-made, pure staircase, |
dhammasāramayaṁ daḷhaṁ; |
strong, made of the essence of the Dhamma, |
Pādāsi vuyhamānassa, |
to me who was being swept away, |
‘mā bhāyī’ti ca mabravi. |
and said to me, ‘Do not be afraid.’ |
Satipaṭṭhānapāsādaṁ, |
Having ascended the palace of the foundations of mindfulness, |
āruyha paccavekkhisaṁ; |
I reflected |
Yaṁ taṁ pubbe amaññissaṁ, |
on the people whom I had formerly considered |
sakkāyābhirataṁ pajaṁ. |
to be delighting in their own body. |
Yadā ca maggamaddakkhiṁ, |
And when I saw the path, |
nāvāya abhirūhanaṁ; |
the embarking on the ship, |
Anadhiṭṭhāya attānaṁ, |
without having established myself, |
titthamaddakkhimuttamaṁ. |
I saw the supreme ford. |
Sallaṁ attasamuṭṭhānaṁ, |
The arrow that arises from oneself, |
bhavanettippabhāvitaṁ; |
produced by the guide to existence, |
Etesaṁ appavattāya, |
for the non-occurrence of these, |
desesi maggamuttamaṁ. |
he taught the supreme path. |
Dīgharattānusayitaṁ, |
The long-latent, |
cirarattamadhiṭṭhitaṁ; |
long-established |
Buddho mepānudī ganthaṁ, |
bond, the Buddha removed for me, |
visadosappavāhano”ti. |
the remover of the poison of delusion.” |
… Telakāni thero …. |
… The Elder Telakāni …. |
--- Thag16.4 Raṭṭhapālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.4 The Verses of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla --- |
“Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, |
“Behold the painted puppet, |
arukāyaṁ samussitaṁ; |
a heap of sores, piled up, |
Āturaṁ bahusaṅkappaṁ, |
sick, much thought of, |
yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. |
for which there is no lasting stability. |
Passa cittakataṁ rūpaṁ, |
Behold the painted form, |
maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; |
with a jewel and an earring, |
Aṭṭhiṁ tacena onaddhaṁ, |
a bone wrapped in skin, |
saha vatthehi sobhati. |
it shines with its clothes. |
Alattakakatā pādā, |
Its feet dyed with lac, |
mukhaṁ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṁ; |
its face smeared with powder, |
Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, |
enough to delude a fool, |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, |
Its hair done in eight braids, |
nettā añjanamakkhitā; |
its eyes smeared with ointment, |
Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, |
enough to delude a fool, |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Añjanīva navā cittā, |
Like a new painted cosmetic box, |
pūtikāyo alaṅkato; |
a foul body adorned, |
Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, |
enough to delude a fool, |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Odahi migavo pāsaṁ, |
The hunter set the trap, |
nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; |
the deer did not approach the snare. |
Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, |
Having eaten the bait, we go, |
kandante migabandhake. |
while the deer-catchers lament. |
Chinno pāso migavassa, |
The hunter’s trap is broken, |
nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; |
the deer did not approach the snare. |
Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, |
Having eaten the bait, we go, |
socante migaluddake. |
while the deer-hunters grieve. |
Passāmi loke sadhane manusse, |
I see wealthy men in the world, |
Laddhāna vittaṁ na dadanti mohā; |
who, having acquired wealth, do not give it, out of delusion. |
Luddhā dhanaṁ sannicayaṁ karonti, |
Greedily they accumulate wealth, |
Bhiyyova kāme abhipatthayanti. |
and they desire even more sensual pleasures. |
Rājā pasayhappathaviṁ vijetvā, |
A king who has conquered the earth by force, |
Sasāgarantaṁ mahimāvasanto; |
ruling over the land up to the ocean’s edge, |
Oraṁ samuddassa atittarūpo, |
insatiate with the near shore of the sea, |
Pāraṁ samuddassapi patthayetha. |
he would desire the far shore of the sea as well. |
Rājā ca aññe ca bahū manussā, |
The king and many other men |
Avītataṇhā maraṇaṁ upenti; |
come to death without having overcome craving. |
Ūnāva hutvāna jahanti dehaṁ, |
Having become deficient, they leave the body; |
Kāmehi lokamhi na hatthi titti. |
there is no satisfaction in the world with sensual pleasures. |
Kandanti naṁ ñātī pakiriya kese, |
His relatives weep for him, with disheveled hair, |
Aho vatā no amarāti cāhu; |
saying, ‘Alas, are you not immortal?’ |
Vatthena naṁ pārutaṁ nīharitvā, |
Having carried him out, wrapped in a cloth, |
Citaṁ samodhāya tato ḍahanti. |
having placed him on a pyre, they then burn him. |
So ḍayhati sūlehi tujjamāno, |
He is burned, pierced by stakes, |
Ekena vatthena pahāya bhoge; |
with a single cloth, having abandoned his possessions. |
Na mīyamānassa bhavanti tāṇā, |
For one who is dying there are no protectors, |
Ñātī ca mittā atha vā sahāyā. |
neither relatives nor friends nor companions. |
Dāyādakā tassa dhanaṁ haranti, |
His heirs take his wealth, |
Satto pana gacchati yena kammaṁ; |
but the being goes according to his kamma. |
Na mīyamānaṁ dhanamanveti kiñci, |
No wealth whatsoever follows one who is dying, |
Puttā ca dārā ca dhanañca raṭṭhaṁ. |
neither sons, nor wife, nor wealth, nor kingdom. |
Na dīghamāyuṁ labhate dhanena, |
One does not get a long life with wealth, |
Na cāpi vittena jaraṁ vihanti; |
nor does one ward off old age with riches. |
Appaṁ hidaṁ jīvitamāhu dhīrā, |
The wise say this life is short, |
Asassataṁ vippariṇāmadhammaṁ. |
impermanent, subject to change. |
Aḍḍhā daliddā ca phusanti phassaṁ, |
The rich and the poor feel the touch, |
Bālo ca dhīro ca tatheva phuṭṭho; |
the fool and the wise are touched likewise. |
Bālo hi bālyā vadhitova seti, |
But the fool, through his foolishness, lies as if stricken, |
Dhīro ca no vedhati phassaphuṭṭho. |
while the wise man does not tremble when touched by the touch. |
Tasmā hi paññāva dhanena seyyā, |
Therefore, wisdom is better than wealth, |
Yāya vosānamidhādhigacchati; |
by which one reaches the final goal here. |
Abyositattā hi bhavābhavesu, |
For, not having reached the final goal, in existence after existence, |
Pāpāni kammāni karoti mohā. |
one does evil deeds out of delusion. |
Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ, |
One goes to the womb and to the next world, |
Saṁsāramāpajja paramparāya; |
falling into the round of rebirth, in succession. |
Tassappapañño abhisaddahanto, |
One of little wisdom, having faith in that, |
Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ. |
goes to the womb and to the next world. |
Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, |
Just as a thief caught at the entrance of a house, |
Sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo; |
an evil-doer, is killed by his own deed, |
Evaṁ pajā pecca paramhi loke, |
so people, after death in the next world, |
Sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo. |
an evil-doer, are killed by their own deed. |
Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, |
Sensual pleasures are indeed various, sweet, and delightful, |
Virūparūpena mathenti cittaṁ; |
in different forms they churn the mind. |
Ādīnavaṁ kāmaguṇesu disvā, |
Having seen the danger in the strands of sensual pleasure, |
Tasmā ahaṁ pabbajitomhi rāja. |
therefore I have gone forth, O king. |
Dumapphalānīva patanti māṇavā, |
Like the fruits of a tree, young men fall, |
Daharā ca vuḍḍhā ca sarīrabhedā; |
the young and the old, at the breakup of the body. |
Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, |
Having seen this too, I have gone forth, O king; |
Apaṇṇakaṁ sāmaññameva seyyo. |
the ascetic life is certainly better. |
Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, |
I have gone forth out of faith, |
upeto jinasāsane; |
I have entered the teaching of the Jina. |
Avañjhā mayhaṁ pabbajjā, |
My going forth is not in vain; |
anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ. |
I eat my food without being in debt. |
Kāme ādittato disvā, |
Having seen sensual pleasures as burning, |
Jātarūpāni satthato; |
gold as a weapon, |
Gabbhavokkantito dukkhaṁ, |
suffering from descending into the womb, |
Nirayesu mahabbhayaṁ. |
and great fear in the hells. |
Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, |
Having known this danger, |
saṁvegaṁ alabhiṁ tadā; |
I felt a sense of urgency then. |
Sohaṁ viddho tadā santo, |
I, being pierced then, being serene, |
sampatto āsavakkhayaṁ. |
have attained the destruction of the taints. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
Yassatthāya pabbajito, |
The purpose for which I went forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
So me attho anuppatto, |
that goal has been reached by me: |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. |
the destruction of all fetters.” |
… Raṭṭhapālo thero …. |
… The Elder Raṭṭhapāla …. |
--- Thag16.5 Mālukyaputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.5 The Verses of the Elder Mālukyaputta --- |
“Rūpaṁ disvā sati muṭṭhā, |
“Seeing a form, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, |
For him feelings increase, |
anekā rūpasambhavā; |
many born of form. |
Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, |
Covetousness and vexation |
cittamassūpahaññati; |
damage his mind. |
Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus accumulating suffering, |
ārā nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be far from Nibbāna. |
Saddaṁ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, |
Hearing a sound, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, |
For him feelings increase, |
anekā saddasambhavā; |
many born of sound. |
Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, |
Covetousness and vexation |
cittamassūpahaññati; |
damage his mind. |
Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus accumulating suffering, |
ārā nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be far from Nibbāna. |
Gandhaṁ ghatvā sati muṭṭhā, |
Smelling a smell, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, |
For him feelings increase, |
anekā gandhasambhavā; |
many born of smell. |
Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, |
Covetousness and vexation |
cittamassūpahaññati; |
damage his mind. |
Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus accumulating suffering, |
ārā nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be far from Nibbāna. |
Rasaṁ bhotvā sati muṭṭhā, |
Tasting a taste, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, |
For him feelings increase, |
anekā rasasambhavā; |
many born of taste. |
Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, |
Covetousness and vexation |
cittamassūpahaññati; |
damage his mind. |
Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus accumulating suffering, |
ārā nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be far from Nibbāna. |
Phassaṁ phussa sati muṭṭhā, |
Feeling a touch, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, |
For him feelings increase, |
anekā phassasambhavā; |
many born of touch. |
Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, |
Covetousness and vexation |
cittamassūpahaññati; |
damage his mind. |
Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus accumulating suffering, |
ārā nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be far from Nibbāna. |
Dhammaṁ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā, |
Knowing a thought, mindfulness is lost, |
Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; |
while attending to a pleasing sign. |
Sārattacitto vedeti, |
With an impassioned mind one experiences it, |
Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and one remains attached to it. |
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, |
For him feelings increase, |
anekā dhammasambhavā; |
many born of thought. |
Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, |
Covetousness and vexation |
cittamassūpahaññati; |
damage his mind. |
Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus accumulating suffering, |
ārā nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be far from Nibbāna. |
Na so rajjati rūpesu, |
He is not attached to forms, |
rūpaṁ disvā patissato; |
seeing a form with mindfulness. |
Virattacitto vedeti, |
With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, |
tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and he does not remain attached to it. |
Yathāssa passato rūpaṁ, |
As for him, seeing a form |
sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; |
and also experiencing a feeling, |
Khīyati nopacīyati, |
it is exhausted, it does not increase; |
evaṁ so caratī sato; |
thus he practices mindfully. |
Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus diminishing suffering, |
santike nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be near to Nibbāna. |
Na so rajjati saddesu, |
He is not attached to sounds, |
saddaṁ sutvā patissato; |
hearing a sound with mindfulness. |
Virattacitto vedeti, |
With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, |
tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and he does not remain attached to it. |
Yathāssa suṇato saddaṁ, |
As for him, hearing a sound |
sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; |
and also experiencing a feeling, |
Khīyati nopacīyati, |
it is exhausted, it does not increase; |
evaṁ so caratī sato; |
thus he practices mindfully. |
Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus diminishing suffering, |
santike nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be near to Nibbāna. |
Na so rajjati gandhesu, |
He is not attached to smells, |
gandhaṁ ghatvā patissato; |
smelling a smell with mindfulness. |
Virattacitto vedeti, |
With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, |
tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and he does not remain attached to it. |
Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaṁ, |
As for him, smelling a smell |
sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; |
and also experiencing a feeling, |
Khīyati nopacīyati, |
it is exhausted, it does not increase; |
evaṁ so caratī sato; |
thus he practices mindfully. |
Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus diminishing suffering, |
santike nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be near to Nibbāna. |
Na so rajjati rasesu, |
He is not attached to tastes, |
rasaṁ bhotvā patissato; |
tasting a taste with mindfulness. |
Virattacitto vedeti, |
With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, |
tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and he does not remain attached to it. |
Yathāssa sāyarato rasaṁ, |
As for him, enjoying a taste |
sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; |
and also experiencing a feeling, |
Khīyati nopacīyati, |
it is exhausted, it does not increase; |
evaṁ so caratī sato; |
thus he practices mindfully. |
Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus diminishing suffering, |
santike nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be near to Nibbāna. |
Na so rajjati phassesu, |
He is not attached to touches, |
phassaṁ phussa patissato; |
feeling a touch with mindfulness. |
Virattacitto vedeti, |
With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, |
tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and he does not remain attached to it. |
Yathāssa phusato phassaṁ, |
As for him, feeling a touch |
sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; |
and also experiencing a feeling, |
Khīyati nopacīyati, |
it is exhausted, it does not increase; |
evaṁ so caratī sato; |
thus he practices mindfully. |
Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus diminishing suffering, |
santike nibbāna vuccati. |
one is said to be near to Nibbāna. |
Na so rajjati dhammesu, |
He is not attached to thoughts, |
dhammaṁ ñatvā patissato; |
knowing a thought with mindfulness. |
Virattacitto vedeti, |
With a dispassionate mind he experiences it, |
tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. |
and he does not remain attached to it. |
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṁ, |
As for him, knowing a thought |
sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; |
and also experiencing a feeling, |
Khīyati nopacīyati, |
it is exhausted, it does not increase; |
evaṁ so caratī sato; |
thus he practices mindfully. |
Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, |
Thus diminishing suffering, |
santike nibbāna vuccati”. |
one is said to be near to Nibbāna.” |
… Mālukyaputto thero …. |
… The Elder Mālukyaputta …. |
--- Thag16.6 Theragāthā 16.6 --- |
--- Thag16.6 The Verses of the Elder Sela --- |
“Paripuṇṇakāyo suruci, |
“Your body is complete, radiant, |
Sujāto cārudassano; |
well-born, of beautiful appearance. |
Suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā, |
You have the color of gold, O Blessed One, |
Susukkadāṭhosi vīriyavā. |
you have very white teeth, you are energetic. |
Narassa hi sujātassa, |
The characteristics that are on |
ye bhavanti viyañjanā; |
a well-born man, |
Sabbe te tava kāyasmiṁ, |
all of them are on your body, |
mahāpurisalakkhaṇā. |
the marks of a great man. |
Pasannanetto sumukho, |
With clear eyes, a beautiful face, |
brahā uju patāpavā; |
large, straight, majestic, |
Majjhe samaṇasaṅghassa, |
in the midst of the Sangha of ascetics, |
ādiccova virocasi. |
you shine like the sun. |
Kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu, |
A bhikkhu of lovely appearance, |
kañcanasannibhattaco; |
with a skin like gold, |
Kiṁ te samaṇabhāvena, |
what is the point of your asceticism, |
evaṁ uttamavaṇṇino. |
with such a supreme complexion? |
Rājā arahasi bhavituṁ, |
You are worthy to be a king, |
cakkavattī rathesabho; |
a wheel-turning monarch, a lord of the chariot, |
Cāturanto vijitāvī, |
a conqueror of the four quarters, |
jambusaṇḍassa issaro. |
the lord of the land of the rose-apple. |
Khattiyā bhogī rājāno, |
Kshatriyas, wealthy kings, |
anuyantā bhavanti te; |
would be your followers. |
Rājābhirājā manujindo, |
O king of kings, lord of men, |
rajjaṁ kārehi gotama”. |
rule your kingdom, Gotama.” |
“Rājāhamasmi sela, |
“I am a king, Sela,” |
(selāti bhagavā) |
(said the Blessed One to Sela) |
Dhammarājā anuttaro; |
“the unsurpassed king of the Dhamma. |
Dhammena cakkaṁ vattemi, |
With the Dhamma I turn the wheel, |
Cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ”. |
a wheel that cannot be turned back.” |
“Sambuddho paṭijānāsi, |
“You claim to be fully awakened,” |
(iti selo brāhmaṇo) |
(said Sela the Brahmin) |
Dhammarājā anuttaro; |
“the unsurpassed king of the Dhamma. |
‘Dhammena cakkaṁ vattemi’, |
‘With the Dhamma I turn the wheel,’ |
Iti bhāsatha gotama. |
so you say, Gotama. |
Ko nu senāpati bhoto, |
Who is your general, |
sāvako satthuranvayo; |
the disciple who follows the Teacher? |
Ko tetamanuvatteti, |
Who follows you in this, |
dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ”. |
the Dhamma-wheel that has been set in motion?” |
“Mayā pavattitaṁ cakkaṁ, |
“The wheel that has been set in motion by me,” |
(selāti bhagavā) |
(said the Blessed One to Sela) |
Dhammacakkaṁ anuttaraṁ; |
“the unsurpassed Dhamma-wheel, |
Sāriputto anuvatteti, |
Sāriputta follows, |
Anujāto tathāgataṁ. |
the one born after the Tathāgata. |
Abhiññeyyaṁ abhiññātaṁ, |
What is to be directly known has been directly known by me, |
bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṁ; |
what is to be developed has been developed, |
Pahātabbaṁ pahīnaṁ me, |
what is to be abandoned has been abandoned by me; |
tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇa. |
therefore I am a Buddha, O Brahmin. |
Vinayassu mayi kaṅkhaṁ, |
Dispel your doubt in me, |
adhimuccassu brāhmaṇa; |
have confidence, O Brahmin. |
Dullabhaṁ dassanaṁ hoti, |
The sight of the Sambuddhas |
sambuddhānaṁ abhiṇhaso. |
is rare and occurs from time to time. |
Yesaṁ ve dullabho loke, |
Of whom the appearance in the world |
pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso; |
is rare and occurs from time to time, |
Sohaṁ brāhmaṇa buddhosmi, |
I am that Buddha, O Brahmin, |
sallakatto anuttaro. |
the unsurpassed surgeon. |
Brahmabhūto atitulo, |
Become Brahmā, peerless, |
mārasenappamaddano; |
the crusher of Māra’s army, |
Sabbāmitte vase katvā, |
having brought all my enemies under control, |
modāmi akutobhayo”. |
I rejoice, with nothing to fear.” |
“Idaṁ bhonto nisāmetha, |
“Listen, sirs, to this, |
yathā bhāsati cakkhumā; |
as the one with vision speaks. |
Sallakatto mahāvīro, |
The surgeon, the great hero, |
sīhova nadatī vane. |
roars like a lion in the forest. |
Brahmabhūtaṁ atitulaṁ, |
Having seen him, become Brahmā, peerless, |
mārasenappamaddanaṁ; |
the crusher of Māra’s army, |
Ko disvā nappasīdeyya, |
who would not be confident, |
api kaṇhābhijātiko. |
even one of dark birth? |
Yo maṁ icchati anvetu, |
He who wishes may follow me, |
yo vā nicchati gacchatu; |
he who does not wish may go. |
Idhāhaṁ pabbajissāmi, |
Here I will go forth |
varapaññassa santike”. |
in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom.” |
“Etañce ruccati bhoto, |
“If this is pleasing to you, sir, |
sammāsambuddhasāsanaṁ; |
the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Mayampi pabbajissāma, |
we too will go forth |
varapaññassa santike”. |
in the presence of the one of excellent wisdom.” |
“Brāhmaṇā tisatā ime, |
“These three hundred brahmins |
yācanti pañjalīkatā; |
beg with hands raised in reverence: |
‘Brahmacariyaṁ carissāma, |
‘We will live the holy life |
bhagavā tava santike’”. |
in your presence, O Blessed One.’” |
“Svākkhātaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, |
“The holy life is well-proclaimed,” |
(selāti bhagavā) |
(said the Blessed One to Sela) |
Sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṁ; |
“visible here and now, not subject to time, |
Yattha amoghā pabbajjā, |
where the going-forth is not in vain |
Appamattassa sikkhato”. |
for one who trains with diligence.” |
“Yaṁ taṁ saraṇamāgamha, |
“The refuge to which we came, |
ito aṭṭhame cakkhuma; |
on the eighth day from now, O one with vision, |
Sattarattena bhagavā, |
in seven nights, O Blessed One, |
dantāmha tava sāsane. |
we have been tamed in your teaching. |
Tuvaṁ buddho tuvaṁ satthā, |
You are the Buddha, you are the Teacher, |
tuvaṁ mārābhibhū muni; |
you are the sage who has overcome Māra. |
Tuvaṁ anusaye chetvā, |
You, having cut the latent tendencies, |
tiṇṇo tāresimaṁ pajaṁ. |
have crossed over and brought this generation across. |
Upadhī te samatikkantā, |
Your attachments have been transcended, |
āsavā te padālitā; |
your taints have been shattered. |
Sīhova anupādāno, |
Like a lion, without grasping, |
pahīnabhayabheravo. |
you have abandoned fear and dread. |
Bhikkhavo tisatā ime, |
These three hundred bhikkhus |
tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā; |
stand with hands raised in reverence. |
Pāde vīra pasārehi, |
Stretch forth your feet, O hero, |
nāgā vandantu satthuno”ti. |
let the nagas pay homage to the Teacher.” |
… Selo thero …. |
… The Elder Sela …. |
--- Thag16.7 Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.7 The Verses of the Elder Bhaddiya, son of Kāḷigodhā --- |
“Yātaṁ me hatthigīvāya, |
“My travel was on an elephant’s neck, |
sukhumā vatthā padhāritā; |
fine clothes were worn, |
Sālīnaṁ odano bhutto, |
an meal of rice from sālī grains was eaten, |
sucimaṁsūpasecano. |
with a sauce of pure meat. |
Sojja bhaddo sātatiko, |
Today that Bhaddiya, persevering, |
uñchāpattāgate rato; |
delights in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl. |
Jhāyati anupādāno, |
He meditates without grasping, |
putto godhāya bhaddiyo. |
Bhaddiya, son of Godhā. |
Paṁsukūlī sātatiko, |
A refuse-rag-wearer, persevering, |
uñchāpattāgate rato; |
delights in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl. |
Jhāyati anupādāno, |
He meditates without grasping, |
putto godhāya bhaddiyo. |
Bhaddiya, son of Godhā. |
Piṇḍapātī sātatiko, |
An alms-goer, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
pe … |
… |
… |
A wearer of three robes, persevering, |
Tecīvarī sātatiko, |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
pe … |
One who walks for alms from house to house, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
Sapadānacārī sātatiko, |
… |
… |
A one-session-eater, persevering, |
pe … |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
Ekāsanī sātatiko, |
A bowl-food-eater, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
pe … |
… |
… |
A refuser of later food, persevering, |
Pattapiṇḍī sātatiko, |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
pe … |
A forest-dweller, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
Khalupacchābhattī sātatiko, |
… |
… |
A tree-root-dweller, persevering, |
pe … |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
Āraññiko sātatiko, |
An open-air-dweller, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
pe … |
… |
… |
A charnel-ground-dweller, persevering, |
Rukkhamūliko sātatiko, |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
pe … |
An any-bed-user, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
Abbhokāsī sātatiko, |
… |
… |
A sitter, persevering, |
pe … |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
Sosāniko sātatiko, |
Having few wishes, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
pe … |
… |
… |
Content, persevering, |
Yathāsanthatiko sātatiko, |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
pe … |
Secluded, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
Nesajjiko sātatiko, |
… |
… |
Unentangled, persevering, |
pe … |
… and so on … |
… |
… |
Appiccho sātatiko, |
With energy roused, persevering, |
… |
… and so on … |
pe … |
… |
… |
|
Santuṭṭho sātatiko, |
|
… |
|
pe … |
|
… |
|
Pavivitto sātatiko, |
|
… |
|
pe … |
|
… |
|
Asaṁsaṭṭho sātatiko, |
|
… |
|
pe … |
|
… |
|
Āraddhavīriyo sātatiko, |
|
… |
|
pe … |
|
… |
|
Hitvā satapalaṁ kaṁsaṁ, |
Having given up a bronze bowl worth a hundred pala, |
sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ; |
of gold, worth a hundred rājikas, |
Aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, |
I took up an earthenware bowl; |
idaṁ dutiyābhisecanaṁ. |
this was my second consecration. |
Ucce maṇḍalipākāre, |
In a high, round-walled fortress, |
daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhake; |
with strong towers and gates, |
Rakkhito khaggahatthehi, |
protected by men with swords, |
uttasaṁ vihariṁ pure. |
I dwelt in fear before. |
Sojja bhaddo anutrāsī, |
Today that Bhaddiya is fearless, |
pahīnabhayabheravo; |
with fear and dread abandoned, |
Jhāyati vanamoggayha, |
he meditates, having entered the forest, |
putto godhāya bhaddiyo. |
Bhaddiya, son of Godhā. |
Sīlakkhandhe patiṭṭhāya, |
Having established myself in the aggregate of virtue, |
satiṁ paññañca bhāvayaṁ; |
and developing mindfulness and wisdom, |
Pāpuṇiṁ anupubbena, |
I reached, in due course, |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayan”ti. |
the destruction of all fetters.” |
… Bhaddiyo kāḷigodhāya putto thero …. |
… The Elder Bhaddiya, son of Kāḷigodhā …. |
--- Thag16.8 Aṅgulimālattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.8 The Verses of the Elder Aṅgulimāla --- |
“Gacchaṁ vadesi samaṇaṭṭhitomhi, |
“‘While walking, you say, ascetic, “I am standing,” |
Mamañca brūsi ṭhitamaṭṭhitoti; |
and you say to me, who is standing, “You are not standing.” |
Pucchāmi taṁ samaṇa etamatthaṁ, |
I ask you this question, ascetic: |
‘Kathaṁ ṭhito tvaṁ ahamaṭṭhitomhi’”. |
“How are you standing? How am I not standing?”’ |
“Ṭhito ahaṁ aṅgulimāla sabbadā, |
‘I am standing, Aṅgulimāla, for all time, |
Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṁ; |
having laid down the rod toward all beings. |
Tuvañca pāṇesu asaññatosi, |
But you are unrestrained toward living beings, |
Tasmā ṭhitohaṁ tuvamaṭṭhitosi”. |
therefore I am standing, you are not standing.’ |
“Cirassaṁ vata me mahito mahesī, |
‘For a long time indeed, a great sage honored by me, |
Mahāvanaṁ samaṇo paccapādi; |
an ascetic, has come to this great forest. |
Sohaṁ cajissāmi sahassapāpaṁ, |
I will renounce a thousand evils, |
Sutvāna gāthaṁ tava dhammayuttaṁ”. |
having heard your verse connected with the Dhamma.’ |
Icceva coro asimāvudhañca, |
So saying, the robber threw his sword and weapon |
Sobbhe papāte narake anvakāsi; |
into a pit, a chasm, a hell. |
Avandi coro sugatassa pāde, |
The robber worshipped the Well-gone-One’s feet, |
Tattheva pabbajjamayāci buddhaṁ. |
and right there he asked the Buddha for the going-forth. |
Buddho ca kho kāruṇiko mahesi, |
And the Buddha, the compassionate great sage, |
Yo satthā lokassa sadevakassa; |
the Teacher of the world with its gods, |
“Tamehi bhikkhū”ti tadā avoca, |
said to him then, ‘Come, bhikkhu’; |
Eseva tassa ahu bhikkhubhāvo. |
that itself was his bhikkhu-state. |
“Yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā, |
‘He who was formerly heedless, |
pacchā so nappamajjati; |
but afterwards is not heedless, |
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, |
he illuminates this world, |
abbhā muttova candimā. |
like the moon freed from a cloud. |
Yassa pāpaṁ kataṁ kammaṁ, |
He whose evil deed done |
kusalena pidhīyati; |
is covered over by a good one, |
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, |
he illuminates this world, |
abbhā muttova candimā. |
like the moon freed from a cloud. |
Yo have daharo bhikkhu, |
Whatever young bhikkhu |
yuñjati buddhasāsane; |
devotes himself to the Buddha’s teaching, |
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, |
he illuminates this world, |
abbhā muttova candimā. |
like the moon freed from a cloud. |
Disāpi me dhammakathaṁ suṇantu, |
Let my enemies hear the talk of Dhamma, |
Disāpi me yuñjantu buddhasāsane; |
let my enemies devote themselves to the Buddha’s teaching. |
Disāpi me te manuje bhajantu, |
Let my enemies associate with those people |
Ye dhammamevādapayanti santo. |
who, being good, make others accept the Dhamma. |
Disā hi me khantivādānaṁ, |
Indeed, let my enemies, speakers of forbearance, |
avirodhappasaṁsinaṁ; |
praisers of non-opposition, |
Suṇantu dhammaṁ kālena, |
hear the Dhamma in due season, |
tañca anuvidhīyantu. |
and let them act in accordance with it. |
Na hi jātu so mamaṁ hiṁse, |
Surely he would not harm me, |
aññaṁ vā pana kiñcanaṁ; |
or any other being at all. |
Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, |
Having attained the supreme peace, |
rakkheyya tasathāvare. |
he would protect the timid and the steadfast. |
Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, |
Irrigators guide the water, |
Usukārā namayanti tejanaṁ; |
fletchers straighten the arrow-shaft, |
Dāruṁ namayanti tacchakā, |
carpenters shape the wood, |
Attānaṁ damayanti paṇḍitā. |
the wise tame themselves. |
Daṇḍeneke damayanti, |
Some tame with a stick, |
aṅkusebhi kasāhi ca; |
with hooks and with whips. |
Adaṇḍena asatthena, |
Without a stick, without a weapon, |
ahaṁ dantomhi tādinā. |
I have been tamed by the Such One. |
‘Ahiṁsako’ti me nāmaṁ, |
‘Harmless’ is my name, |
hiṁsakassa pure sato; |
though I was harmful before. |
Ajjāhaṁ saccanāmomhi, |
Today I am true to my name, |
na naṁ hiṁsāmi kiñcanaṁ. |
I do not harm anyone at all. |
Coro ahaṁ pure āsiṁ, |
I was a robber before, |
aṅgulimāloti vissuto; |
renowned as Aṅgulimāla. |
Vuyhamāno mahoghena, |
Being swept along by a great flood, |
buddhaṁ saraṇamāgamaṁ. |
I went to the Buddha for refuge. |
Lohitapāṇi pure āsiṁ, |
I had blood on my hands before, |
aṅgulimāloti vissuto; |
renowned as Aṅgulimāla. |
Saraṇagamanaṁ passa, |
See the going for refuge, |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
Tādisaṁ kammaṁ katvāna, |
Having done such a deed, |
bahuṁ duggatigāminaṁ; |
that leads to many bad destinations, |
Phuṭṭho kammavipākena, |
touched by the result of my kamma, |
anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ. |
I eat my food without being in debt. |
Pamādamanuyuñjanti, |
Fools, people of little wisdom, |
bālā dummedhino janā; |
devote themselves to heedlessness. |
Appamādañca medhāvī, |
But a wise person guards heedfulness |
dhanaṁ seṭṭhaṁva rakkhati. |
as his greatest treasure. |
Mā pamādamanuyuñjetha, |
Do not devote yourself to heedlessness, |
mā kāmaratisanthavaṁ; |
do not be familiar with sensual delight. |
Appamatto hi jhāyanto, |
For one who is heedful and meditating |
pappoti paramaṁ sukhaṁ. |
attains the supreme happiness. |
Svāgataṁ nāpagataṁ, |
Welcome, not unwelcome, |
netaṁ dummantitaṁ mama; |
this was not ill-advised for me. |
Savibhattesu dhammesu, |
Among the well-analyzed Dhammas, |
yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamaṁ. |
I have attained to that which is the best. |
Svāgataṁ nāpagataṁ, |
Welcome, not unwelcome, |
netaṁ dummantitaṁ mama; |
this was not ill-advised for me. |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Araññe rukkhamūle vā, |
In the forest, at the foot of a tree, |
pabbatesu guhāsu vā; |
in mountains and in caves, |
Tattha tattheva aṭṭhāsiṁ, |
I stood there, right there, |
ubbiggamanaso tadā. |
with a terrified mind then. |
Sukhaṁ sayāmi ṭhāyāmi, |
I sleep happily, I stand happily, |
sukhaṁ kappemi jīvitaṁ; |
I live my life happily. |
Ahatthapāso mārassa, |
I am not in the snare of Māra; |
aho satthānukampito. |
oh, the Teacher has had compassion on me. |
Brahmajacco pure āsiṁ, |
I was born a brahmin before, |
udicco ubhato ahu; |
high-born on both sides. |
Sojja putto sugatassa, |
Today I am the son of the Well-gone-One, |
dhammarājassa satthuno. |
the Teacher, the king of the Dhamma. |
Vītataṇho anādāno, |
Free from craving, without grasping, |
guttadvāro susaṁvuto; |
with guarded doors, well-restrained, |
Aghamūlaṁ vadhitvāna, |
having slain the root of evil, |
patto me āsavakkhayo. |
I have attained the destruction of my taints. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
bhavanetti samūhatā”ti. |
the guide to existence is rooted out.” |
… Aṅgulimālo thero …. |
… The Elder Aṅgulimāla …. |
--- Thag16.9 Anuruddhattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.9 The Verses of the Elder Anuruddha --- |
“Pahāya mātāpitaro, |
“Having abandoned mother and father, |
bhaginī ñātibhātaro; |
sister, relatives, and brothers, |
Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, |
having abandoned the five strands of sensual pleasure, |
anuruddhova jhāyati. |
Anuruddha meditates. |
Sameto naccagītehi, |
Accompanied by dance and song, |
sammatāḷappabodhano; |
awakened by cymbals and tambourines, |
Na tena suddhimajjhagaṁ, |
I did not attain purity by that, |
mārassa visaye rato. |
delighting in the realm of Māra. |
Etañca samatikkamma, |
Having transcended this, |
rato buddhassa sāsane; |
delighting in the Buddha’s teaching, |
Sabboghaṁ samatikkamma, |
having transcended the whole flood, |
anuruddhova jhāyati. |
Anuruddha meditates. |
Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, |
Forms, sounds, tastes, smells, |
phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; |
and delightful objects of touch, |
Ete ca samatikkamma, |
having transcended these too, |
anuruddhova jhāyati. |
Anuruddha meditates. |
Piṇḍapātamatikkanto, |
Having returned from his alms-round, |
eko adutiyo muni; |
the sage, alone, without a second, |
Esati paṁsukūlāni, |
seeks out refuse-rags, |
anuruddho anāsavo. |
Anuruddha, free from taints. |
Vicinī aggahī dhovi, |
The sage, the wise one, having picked, taken, washed, |
rajayī dhārayī muni; |
dyed, and worn the refuse-rags, |
Paṁsukūlāni matimā, |
Anuruddha, is free from taints. |
anuruddho anāsavo. |
He who has many wants and is discontented, |
Mahiccho ca asantuṭṭho, |
who is entangled and proud, |
saṁsaṭṭho yo ca uddhato; |
for him these qualities are |
Tassa dhammā ime honti, |
evil and defiling. |
pāpakā saṅkilesikā. |
But he who is mindful and has few wants, |
Sato ca hoti appiccho, |
is content and untroubled, |
santuṭṭho avighātavā; |
delighting in seclusion, joyful, |
Pavivekarato vitto, |
always with energy roused, |
niccamāraddhavīriyo. |
for him these qualities are |
Tassa dhammā ime honti, |
wholesome, on the side of enlightenment. |
kusalā bodhipakkhikā; |
And he is free from taints, |
Anāsavo ca so hoti, |
so it has been said by the great sage. |
iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. |
Knowing my thoughts, |
Mama saṅkappamaññāya, |
the Teacher, unsurpassed in the world, |
satthā loke anuttaro; |
came to me with his mind-made body, |
Manomayena kāyena, |
by his psychic power. |
iddhiyā upasaṅkami. |
When I had a thought, |
Yadā me ahu saṅkappo, |
he taught me beyond that. |
tato uttari desayi; |
The Buddha, delighting in non-proliferation, |
Nippapañcarato buddho, |
taught me non-proliferation. |
nippapañcamadesayi. |
Having understood his Dhamma, |
Tassāhaṁ dhammamaññāya, |
I dwelt delighting in his teaching. |
vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; |
The three true knowledges have been attained, |
Tisso vijjā anuppattā, |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
For fifty-five years |
Pañcapaññāsavassāni, |
I have been a sitter. |
yato nesajjiko ahaṁ; |
For twenty-five years |
Pañcavīsativassāni, |
I have rooted out drowsiness. |
yato middhaṁ samūhataṁ. |
There were no breaths in or out |
Nāhu assāsapassāsā, |
for the one of steady mind, the Such One. |
ṭhitacittassa tādino; |
Firm in his peace, |
Anejo santimārabbha, |
the one with vision attained final Nibbāna. |
cakkhumā parinibbuto. |
With an unshrinking mind, |
Asallīnena cittena, |
he endured the feeling. |
vedanaṁ ajjhavāsayi; |
Like the extinguishing of a lamp, |
Pajjotasseva nibbānaṁ, |
was the liberation of his mind. |
vimokkho cetaso ahu. |
These now are the last |
Ete pacchimakā dāni, |
five contacts of the sage. |
munino phassapañcamā; |
There will be no other Dhammas, |
Nāññe dhammā bhavissanti, |
when the Sambuddha is fully extinguished. |
sambuddhe parinibbute. |
Now there is no new abode |
Natthi dāni punāvāso, |
in the realm of the gods, O net-maker. |
devakāyasmi jālini; |
The round of births is destroyed, |
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, |
now there is no new existence. |
natthi dāni punabbhavo. |
He by whom in a moment a thousandfold |
Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā, |
world is known, with its Brahmā realm, |
Loko saṁvidito sabrahmakappo; |
he is a master of psychic power, of passing away and rebirth, |
Vasī iddhiguṇe cutūpapāte, |
that bhikkhu sees the gods in due time. |
Kāle passati devatā sa bhikkhu. |
I was Annabhāra before, |
Annabhāro pure āsiṁ, |
poor, a grass-carrier. |
daliddo ghāsahārako; |
I served a renowned ascetic, |
Samaṇaṁ paṭipādesiṁ, |
Upariṭṭha. |
upariṭṭhaṁ yasassinaṁ. |
I was born in the Sakyan clan, |
Somhi sakyakule jāto, |
they know me as Anuruddha. |
anuruddhoti maṁ vidū; |
I was attended by dance and song, |
Upeto naccagītehi, |
awakened by cymbals and tambourines. |
sammatāḷappabodhano. |
Then I saw the Sambuddha, |
Athaddasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, |
the Teacher, fearless. |
satthāraṁ akutobhayaṁ; |
Having placed my confidence in him, |
Tasmiṁ cittaṁ pasādetvā, |
I went forth into homelessness. |
pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. |
I know my past lives, |
Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, |
where I lived before. |
yattha me vusitaṁ pure; |
I stood in the Tāvatiṁsa heaven, |
Tāvatiṁsesu devesu, |
in the state of Sakka. |
aṭṭhāsiṁ sakkajātiyā. |
Seven times I was a king of men, |
Sattakkhattuṁ manussindo, |
I ruled a kingdom. |
ahaṁ rajjamakārayiṁ; |
A conqueror of the four quarters, |
Cāturanto vijitāvī, |
the lord of the land of the rose-apple, |
jambusaṇḍassa issaro; |
without a stick, without a weapon, |
Adaṇḍena asatthena, |
I ruled with the Dhamma. |
dhammena anusāsayiṁ. |
From here seven, from there seven, |
Ito satta tato satta, |
fourteen rounds of rebirth, |
saṁsārāni catuddasa; |
I would know my abode, |
Nivāsamabhijānissaṁ, |
standing then in the world of the gods. |
devaloke ṭhito tadā. |
In the five-limbed concentration, |
Pañcaṅgike samādhimhi, |
peaceful and one-pointed, |
sante ekodibhāvite; |
when serenity was obtained, |
Paṭippassaddhiladdhamhi, |
my divine eye was purified. |
dibbacakkhu visujjhi me. |
I know the passing away and rebirth of beings, |
Cutūpapātaṁ jānāmi, |
their coming and going, |
sattānaṁ āgatiṁ gatiṁ; |
their state here and their state otherwise, |
Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṁ, |
standing in the five-limbed jhāna. |
jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito. |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
… and so on … |
… pe |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
… |
In the bamboo grove of the Vajjis, |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
at the exhaustion of my life, |
Vajjīnaṁ veḷuvagāme, |
underneath a bamboo thicket, |
ahaṁ jīvitasaṅkhayā; |
I will be extinguished without taints.” |
Heṭṭhato veḷugumbasmiṁ, |
… The Elder Anuruddha …. |
nibbāyissaṁ anāsavo”ti. |
|
… Anuruddho thero …. |
--- Thag16.10 Pārāpariyattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag16.10 The Verses of the Elder Pārāpariya --- |
Samaṇassa ahu cintā, |
A thought occurred to the ascetic, |
pupphitamhi mahāvane; |
in the great forest in bloom, |
Ekaggassa nisinnassa, |
as he was seated with a one-pointed mind, |
pavivittassa jhāyino. |
in seclusion, meditating. |
“Aññathā lokanāthamhi, |
“Things were different when the lord of the world, |
tiṭṭhante purisuttame; |
the supreme person, was alive. |
Iriyaṁ āsi bhikkhūnaṁ, |
The deportment of the bhikkhus was different, |
aññathā dāni dissati. |
now it is seen to be different. |
Sītavātaparittāṇaṁ, |
For protection from cold and wind, |
hirikopīnachādanaṁ; |
for covering their shame, |
Mattaṭṭhiyaṁ abhuñjiṁsu, |
they ate just enough, |
santuṭṭhā itarītare. |
content with this or that. |
Paṇītaṁ yadi vā lūkhaṁ, |
Whether it was fine or rough, |
appaṁ vā yadi vā bahuṁ; |
little or much, |
Yāpanatthaṁ abhuñjiṁsu, |
they ate for the sake of sustenance, |
agiddhā nādhimucchitā. |
not greedy, not infatuated. |
Jīvitānaṁ parikkhāre, |
For the requisites of life, |
bhesajje atha paccaye; |
medicine and other needs, |
Na bāḷhaṁ ussukā āsuṁ, |
they were not very eager, |
yathā te āsavakkhaye. |
as they were for the destruction of the taints. |
Araññe rukkhamūlesu, |
In the forest, at the foot of trees, |
kandarāsu guhāsu ca; |
in ravines and in caves, |
Vivekamanubrūhantā, |
cultivating seclusion, |
vihaṁsu tapparāyaṇā. |
they dwelt intent on that. |
Nīcā niviṭṭhā subharā, |
They were humble, of settled minds, easy to support, |
mudū atthaddhamānasā; |
gentle, with steadfast minds, |
Abyāsekā amukharā, |
without anxiety, not garrulous, |
atthacintā vasānugā. |
intent on the goal, masters of their will. |
Tato pāsādikaṁ āsi, |
Then their going, eating, and attending |
gataṁ bhuttaṁ nisevitaṁ; |
was graceful. |
Siniddhā teladhārāva, |
Their deportment was |
ahosi iriyāpatho. |
like a smooth stream of oil. |
Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, |
Those elders, with all taints completely destroyed, |
mahājhāyī mahāhitā; |
great meditators, of great benefit, |
Nibbutā dāni te therā, |
are now extinguished. |
parittā dāni tādisā. |
Few such are now. |
Kusalānañca dhammānaṁ, |
With the destruction of wholesome states |
paññāya ca parikkhayā; |
and of wisdom, |
Sabbākāravarūpetaṁ, |
the teaching of the Jina, endowed with all excellent qualities, |
lujjate jinasāsanaṁ. |
is being ruined. |
Pāpakānañca dhammānaṁ, |
The season of evil states |
kilesānañca yo utu; |
and of the defilements is at hand. |
Upaṭṭhitā vivekāya, |
Those who are the remnants of the true Dhamma |
ye ca saddhammasesakā. |
are ready for seclusion. |
Te kilesā pavaḍḍhantā, |
Those defilements, growing, |
āvisanti bahuṁ janaṁ; |
enter into many people. |
Kīḷanti maññe bālehi, |
They play, I think, with fools, |
ummattehiva rakkhasā. |
like demons with madmen. |
Kilesehābhibhūtā te, |
Overcome by the defilements, |
tena tena vidhāvitā; |
they run here and there, |
Narā kilesavatthūsu, |
men, in the objects of the defilements, |
sasaṅgāmeva ghosite. |
as if a battle had been declared. |
Pariccajitvā saddhammaṁ, |
Having abandoned the true Dhamma, |
aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare; |
they quarrel with one another. |
Diṭṭhigatāni anventā, |
Following their own views, |
idaṁ seyyoti maññare. |
they think, ‘This is better.’ |
Dhanañca puttaṁ bhariyañca, |
Having given up wealth, son, and wife, |
chaḍḍayitvāna niggatā; |
they have gone forth. |
Kaṭacchubhikkhahetūpi, |
But even for the sake of a spoonful of alms, |
akicchāni nisevare. |
they do what is improper. |
Udarāvadehakaṁ bhutvā, |
Having eaten their fill, |
sayantuttānaseyyakā; |
they lie down on their backs. |
Kathaṁ vattenti paṭibuddhā, |
When they are awake, they tell stories |
yā kathā satthugarahitā. |
that are censured by the Teacher. |
Sabbakārukasippāni, |
They learn all the crafts, |
cittiṁ katvāna sikkhare; |
having made them their focus. |
Avūpasantā ajjhattaṁ, |
Uncalmed within themselves, |
sāmaññatthotiacchati. |
they think, ‘This is the purpose of the ascetic life.’ |
Mattikaṁ telacuṇṇañca, |
They offer clay, oil, and powder, |
udakāsanabhojanaṁ; |
water, a seat, and food to laypeople, |
Gihīnaṁ upanāmenti, |
desiring more in return. |
ākaṅkhantā bahuttaraṁ. |
Tooth-sticks and kapittha fruits, |
Dantaponaṁ kapitthañca, |
flowers and things to eat, |
pupphaṁ khādaniyāni ca; |
and when alms-food is abundant, |
Piṇḍapāte ca sampanne, |
mangoes and myrobalans. |
ambe āmalakāni ca. |
In medicines, they are like physicians; |
Bhesajjesu yathā vejjā, |
in proper and improper tasks, like householders; |
kiccākicce yathā gihī; |
in adornment, like a courtesan; |
Gaṇikāva vibhūsāyaṁ, |
in authority, like kshatriyas. |
issare khattiyā yathā. |
They are deceitful, treacherous, |
Nekatikā vañcanikā, |
false witnesses, untrustworthy. |
kūṭasakkhī apāṭukā; |
With many schemes, |
Bahūhi parikappehi, |
they consume alms-food. |
āmisaṁ paribhuñjare. |
Following up with pretexts, pretexts, |
Lesakappe pariyāye, |
and schemes, |
parikappenudhāvitā; |
they gather much wealth |
Jīvikatthā upāyena, |
by means for their livelihood. |
saṅkaḍḍhanti bahuṁ dhanaṁ. |
They establish a following |
Upaṭṭhāpenti parisaṁ, |
for the sake of material gain, not for the sake of the Dhamma. |
kammato no ca dhammato; |
They teach the Dhamma to others |
Dhammaṁ paresaṁ desenti, |
for gain, not for the goal. |
lābhato no ca atthato. |
They quarrel over the Sangha’s gains, |
Saṅghalābhassa bhaṇḍanti, |
being outside the Sangha. |
saṅghato paribāhirā; |
Living on the gains of others, |
Paralābhopajīvantā, |
they are shameless and feel no shame. |
ahirīkā na lajjare. |
Some others are not so devoted, |
Nānuyuttā tathā eke, |
shaven-headed, wearing the patchwork robe. |
muṇḍā saṅghāṭipārutā; |
They wish only for veneration, |
Sambhāvanaṁyevicchanti, |
infatuated with gain and honor. |
lābhasakkāramucchitā. |
When things have come to such a state, |
Evaṁ nānappayātamhi, |
it is not easy now |
na dāni sukaraṁ tathā; |
to touch what has not been touched, |
Aphusitaṁ vā phusituṁ, |
or to guard what has been touched. |
phusitaṁ vānurakkhituṁ. |
Just as one would walk in a place of thorns |
Yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhi, |
without shoes, |
careyya anupāhano; |
having established mindfulness, |
Satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvāna, |
so a sage should walk in a village. |
evaṁ gāme munī care. |
Remembering the yogis of old, |
Saritvā pubbake yogī, |
recollecting their conduct, |
tesaṁ vattamanussaraṁ; |
even though it is the last age, |
Kiñcāpi pacchimo kālo, |
one may touch the deathless state. |
phuseyya amataṁ padaṁ. |
Having said this in the sāl-grove, |
Idaṁ vatvā sālavane, |
the ascetic with developed faculties, |
samaṇo bhāvitindriyo; |
the brahmin, attained final Nibbāna, |
Brāhmaṇo parinibbāyī, |
the sage whose rebirth is exhausted.” |
isi khīṇapunabbhavo”ti. |
… The Elder Pārāpariya … |
… Pārāpariyo thero … |
The Book of Twenties is finished. |
Vīsatinipāto niṭṭhito. |
The summary there: |
Tatruddānaṁ |
Adhimutta, Pārāpariya, |
Adhimutto pārāpariyo, |
Telakāni, Raṭṭhapāla, |
telakāni raṭṭhapālo; |
Mālukya, Sela, Bhaddiya, |
Mālukyaselo bhaddiyo, |
Aṅguli, the one with the divine eye, |
aṅguli dibbacakkhuko; |
Pārāpariya, these ten |
Pārāpariyo dasete, |
are celebrated in the Book of Twenty. |
vīsamhi parikittitā; |
There are two hundred verses, |
Gāthāyo dve satā honti, |
and forty-five more. |
pañcatālīsa uttarinti. |
♦ Nipāta 17 |
♦ The Book of Seventeens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag17.1 Phussattheragāthā |
Thag17.1 The Verses of the Elder Phussa |
Thag17.2 Sāriputtattheragāthā |
Thag17.2 The Verses of the Elder Sāriputta |
Thag17.3 Ānandattheragāthā |
Thag17.3 The Verses of the Elder Ānanda |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag17.1 Phussattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag17.1 The Verses of the Elder Phussa --- |
Pāsādike bahū disvā, |
The sage of the Paṇḍara clan, seeing many |
bhāvitatte susaṁvute; |
who were graceful, with developed minds, well-restrained, |
Isi paṇḍarasagotto, |
asked the one named Phussa: |
apucchi phussasavhayaṁ. |
“What will be their wishes, what their intentions, |
“Kiṁchandā kimadhippāyā, |
what their appearance in the future time? |
kimākappā bhavissare; |
Tell me this, as I ask.” |
Anāgatamhi kālamhi, |
“Listen to my word, |
taṁ me akkhāhi pucchito”. |
O sage of the Paṇḍara clan. |
“Suṇohi vacanaṁ mayhaṁ, |
Pay close attention, |
isipaṇḍarasavhaya; |
I will describe the future. |
Sakkaccaṁ upadhārehi, |
Many will be angry and resentful, |
ācikkhissāmyanāgataṁ. |
hypocritical, stubborn, and deceitful, |
Kodhanā upanāhī ca, |
envious and with differing views, |
makkhī thambhī saṭhā bahū; |
in the future. |
Ussukī nānāvādā ca, |
Thinking they know the deep Dhamma, |
bhavissanti anāgate. |
while only being at the shore, |
Aññātamānino dhamme, |
they will be frivolous, with no respect for the Dhamma, |
gambhīre tīragocarā; |
with no respect for one another. |
Lahukā agarū dhamme, |
Many dangers in the world |
aññamaññamagāravā. |
will arise in the future. |
Bahū ādīnavā loke, |
This well-taught Dhamma, |
uppajjissantyanāgate; |
the foolish will defile. |
Sudesitaṁ imaṁ dhammaṁ, |
Though lacking in virtue, in the Sangha, |
kilesessanti dummatī. |
they will speak with confidence. |
Guṇahīnāpi saṅghamhi, |
They will be powerful, |
voharantā visāradā; |
garrulous, and unlearned. |
Balavanto bhavissanti, |
Though possessing virtue, in the Sangha, |
mukharā assutāvino. |
speaking according to the truth, |
Guṇavantopi saṅghamhi, |
they will be weak, |
voharantā yathātthato; |
ashamed and not seeking the goal. |
Dubbalā te bhavissanti, |
Silver and gold, |
hirīmanā anatthikā. |
fields, property, goats and sheep, |
Rajataṁ jātarūpañca, |
and male and female slaves, the foolish |
khettaṁ vatthumajeḷakaṁ; |
will accept in the future. |
Dāsidāsañca dummedhā, |
The fools, prone to criticism, |
sādiyissantyanāgate. |
unconcentrated in their virtues, |
Ujjhānasaññino bālā, |
will wander about proud, |
sīlesu asamāhitā; |
delighting in quarrels, like deer. |
Unnaḷā vicarissanti, |
They will be arrogant, |
kalahābhiratā magā. |
wearing blue robes, |
Uddhatā ca bhavissanti, |
deceitful, stubborn, talkative, sharp-tongued, |
nīlacīvarapārutā; |
they will wander about as if they were noble ones. |
Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, |
With hair styled with oil, |
carissantyariyā viya. |
fickle, with painted eyes, |
Telasaṇṭhehi kesehi, |
they will go along the street, |
capalā añjanakkhikā; |
wearing ivory-colored robes. |
Rathiyāya gamissanti, |
They will despise the saffron robe, |
dantavaṇṇikapārutā. |
not disgusting to the liberated, |
Ajegucchaṁ vimuttehi, |
the banner of the Arahants, |
surattaṁ arahaddhajaṁ; |
being attached to white robes. |
Jigucchissanti kāsāvaṁ, |
They will be desirous of gain, |
odātesu samucchitā. |
lazy, of little energy. |
Lābhakāmā bhavissanti, |
Finding forest life troublesome, |
kusītā hīnavīriyā; |
they will live on the outskirts of villages. |
Kicchantā vanapatthāni, |
Those who will get gains, |
gāmantesu vasissare. |
always delighting in a wrong livelihood, |
Ye ye lābhaṁ labhissanti, |
following them, |
micchājīvaratā sadā; |
the unrestrained will associate with them. |
Te teva anusikkhantā, |
Those who do not get gains, |
bhajissanti asaṁyatā. |
they will not be honored. |
Ye ye alābhino lābhaṁ, |
Even if they are very virtuous wise ones, |
na te pujjā bhavissare; |
they will not associate with them then. |
Supesalepi te dhīre, |
Despising their own banner, |
sevissanti na te tadā. |
dyed with the color of the Terminalia tree, |
Milakkhurajanaṁ rattaṁ, |
some will wear the banner of sectarians, |
garahantā sakaṁ dhajaṁ; |
the white robe. |
Titthiyānaṁ dhajaṁ keci, |
And they will have no respect |
dhārissantyavadātakaṁ. |
for the saffron robe then. |
Agāravo ca kāsāve, |
And the bhikkhus will have no reflection |
tadā tesaṁ bhavissati; |
on the saffron robe. |
Paṭisaṅkhā ca kāsāve, |
The great and inconceivable reflection of the naga, |
bhikkhūnaṁ na bhavissati. |
overcome by suffering, pierced by an arrow, in pain, |
Abhibhūtassa dukkhena, |
arose. |
sallaviddhassa ruppato; |
For Chaddanta, seeing then |
Paṭisaṅkhā mahāghorā, |
the banner of the Arahants, dyed red, |
nāgassāsi acintiyā. |
at that very moment spoke verses |
Chaddanto hi tadā disvā, |
connected with the goal. |
surattaṁ arahaddhajaṁ; |
‘He who, not free from stains, |
Tāvadeva bhaṇī gāthā, |
would wear the saffron robe, |
gajo atthopasaṁhitā. |
devoid of self-control and truth, |
‘Anikkasāvo kāsāvaṁ, |
he is not worthy of the saffron robe. |
yo vatthaṁ paridhassati; |
But he who has vomited up his stains, |
Apeto damasaccena, |
is well-concentrated in his virtues, |
na so kāsāvamarahati. |
endowed with self-control and truth, |
Yo ca vantakasāvassa, |
he indeed is worthy of the saffron robe. |
sīlesu susamāhito; |
The foolish one of broken virtue, |
Upeto damasaccena, |
whose depravity is manifest, |
sa ve kāsāvamarahati. |
with a confused mind, without effort, |
Vipannasīlo dummedho, |
he is not worthy of the saffron robe. |
pākaṭo kāmakāriyo; |
But he who is endowed with virtue, |
Vibbhantacitto nissukko, |
free from lust, concentrated, |
na so kāsāvamarahati. |
with pure thoughts and intentions, |
Yo ca sīlena sampanno, |
he indeed is worthy of the saffron robe. |
vītarāgo samāhito; |
The proud, arrogant fool, |
Odātamanasaṅkappo, |
in whom there is no virtue, |
sa ve kāsāvamarahati. |
he is worthy of the white robe; |
Uddhato unnaḷo bālo, |
what will he do with the saffron one?’ |
sīlaṁ yassa na vijjati; |
And bhikkhus and bhikkhunīs, |
Odātakaṁ arahati, |
with corrupt minds, without respect, |
kāsāvaṁ kiṁ karissati. |
will oppress those of their kind |
Bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca, |
who have minds of loving-kindness in the future. |
duṭṭhacittā anādarā; |
Even when being taught by the elders, |
Tādīnaṁ mettacittānaṁ, |
the fools, just wearing the robe, |
niggaṇhissantyanāgate. |
the foolish ones will not listen, |
Sikkhāpentāpi therehi, |
their depravity being manifest. |
bālā cīvaradhāraṇaṁ; |
Those fools, trained in that way, |
Na suṇissanti dummedhā, |
with no respect for one another, |
pākaṭā kāmakāriyā. |
will not pay attention to their preceptors, |
Te tathā sikkhitā bālā, |
like a stubborn horse to its charioteer. |
aññamaññaṁ agāravā; |
Thus in the future time |
Nādiyissantupajjhāye, |
will be the practice |
khaḷuṅko viya sārathiṁ. |
of bhikkhus and bhikkhunīs, |
Evaṁ anāgataddhānaṁ, |
when the last age has come.’ |
paṭipatti bhavissati; |
Before this great and future |
Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca, |
terror comes, |
patte kālamhi pacchime.’ |
be easy to speak to, gentle, |
Purā āgacchate etaṁ, |
with respect for one another. |
anāgataṁ mahabbhayaṁ; |
Have minds of loving-kindness and compassion, |
Subbacā hotha sakhilā, |
be restrained in your virtues. |
aññamaññaṁ sagāravā. |
Be energetic and resolute, |
Mettacittā kāruṇikā, |
always with firm striving. |
Hotha sīlesu saṁvutā; |
Seeing heedlessness as a danger, |
Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, |
and heedfulness as security, |
Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkamā. |
develop the eightfold path, |
Pamādaṁ bhayato disvā, |
touching the deathless state.” |
Appamādañca khemato; |
… The Elder Phussa …. |
Bhāvethaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, |
|
Phusantā amataṁ padan”ti. |
|
… Phusso thero …. |
--- Thag17.2 Sāriputtattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag17.2 The Verses of the Elder Sāriputta --- |
“Yathācārī yathāsato satīmā, |
“One who practices thus, is thus mindful, with mindfulness, |
Yatasaṅkappajjhāyi appamatto; |
with controlled intentions, a meditator, heedful, |
Ajjhattarato samāhitatto, |
delighting within himself, with a concentrated mind, |
Eko santusito tamāhu bhikkhuṁ. |
alone and content, him they call a bhikkhu. |
Allaṁ sukkhaṁ vā bhuñjanto, |
Eating wet or dry food, |
Na bāḷhaṁ suhito siyā; |
one should not be too full. |
Ūnūdaro mitāhāro, |
With an empty stomach, eating in moderation, |
Sato bhikkhu paribbaje. |
a mindful bhikkhu should wander. |
Cattāro pañca ālope, |
Four or five mouthfuls, |
abhutvā udakaṁ pive; |
having not eaten, one should drink water. |
Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, |
This is enough for the comfortable living |
pahitattassa bhikkhuno. |
of a resolute bhikkhu. |
Kappiyaṁ tañce chādeti, |
This robe which is suitable, |
cīvaraṁ idamatthikaṁ; |
if it covers him, is enough for his needs. |
Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, |
This is enough for the comfortable living |
pahitattassa bhikkhuno. |
of a resolute bhikkhu. |
Pallaṅkena nisinnassa, |
When sitting cross-legged, |
jaṇṇuke nābhivassati; |
the rain does not fall on his knees. |
Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, |
This is enough for the comfortable living |
pahitattassa bhikkhuno. |
of a resolute bhikkhu. |
Yo sukhaṁ dukkhato adda, |
He who saw happiness as suffering, |
dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; |
and saw suffering as a dart, |
Ubhayantarena nāhosi, |
between the two there was nothing; |
kena lokasmi kiṁ siyā. |
by what in the world could what be? |
Mā me kadāci pāpiccho, |
May I never have evil wishes, |
kusīto hīnavīriyo; |
be lazy, of little energy, |
Appassuto anādaro, |
be of little learning, without respect; |
kena lokasmi kiṁ siyā. |
by what in the world could what be? |
Bahussuto ca medhāvī, |
But one who is very learned and wise, |
sīlesu susamāhito; |
well-concentrated in his virtues, |
Cetosamathamanuyutto, |
devoted to the calming of the mind, |
api muddhani tiṭṭhatu. |
may he stand even at the head. |
Yo papañcamanuyutto, |
He who is devoted to proliferation, |
papañcābhirato mago; |
a beast delighting in proliferation, |
Virādhayī so nibbānaṁ, |
he has failed to attain Nibbāna, |
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. |
the unsurpassed security from bondage. |
Yo ca papañcaṁ hitvāna, |
But he who, having abandoned proliferation, |
nippapañcapathe rato; |
delights in the path of non-proliferation, |
Ārādhayī so nibbānaṁ, |
he has attained Nibbāna, |
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. |
the unsurpassed security from bondage. |
Gāme vā yadi vāraññe, |
Whether in a village or in a forest, |
Ninne vā yadi vā thale; |
in a low place or on high ground, |
Yattha arahanto viharanti, |
wherever the Arahants dwell, |
Taṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ. |
that place is delightful. |
Ramaṇīyāni araññāni, |
Delightful are the forests, |
yattha na ramatī jano; |
where ordinary people do not delight. |
Vītarāgā ramissanti, |
Those free from lust will delight there, |
na te kāmagavesino. |
they are not seekers of sensual pleasure. |
Nidhīnaṁva pavattāraṁ, |
The one who one would see as a revealer of faults, |
yaṁ passe vajjadassinaṁ; |
like a revealer of treasures, |
Niggayhavādiṁ medhāviṁ, |
a wise man who speaks rebukingly, |
tādisaṁ paṇḍitaṁ bhaje; |
one should associate with such a wise man. |
Tādisaṁ bhajamānassa, |
For one who associates with such a one, |
seyyo hoti na pāpiyo. |
it is better, not worse. |
Ovadeyyānusāseyya, |
He would advise, he would instruct, |
asabbhā ca nivāraye; |
and he would restrain from what is unseemly. |
Satañhi so piyo hoti, |
He is indeed dear to the good, |
asataṁ hoti appiyo. |
he is not dear to the bad. |
Aññassa bhagavā buddho, |
The Blessed One, the Buddha, the one with vision, |
dhammaṁ desesi cakkhumā; |
taught the Dhamma to another. |
Dhamme desiyamānamhi, |
While the Dhamma was being taught, |
sotamodhesimatthiko. |
I inclined my ear, seeking the goal. |
Taṁ me amoghaṁ savanaṁ, |
That listening of mine was not in vain, |
vimuttomhi anāsavo. |
I am liberated, free from taints. |
Neva pubbenivāsāya, |
Not for the sake of past lives, |
napi dibbassa cakkhuno; |
nor for the sake of the divine eye, |
Cetopariyāya iddhiyā, |
not for the sake of psychic power, knowledge of others’ minds, |
cutiyā upapattiyā; |
of passing away and rebirth, |
Sotadhātuvisuddhiyā, |
nor for the sake of the purification of the ear-element, |
paṇidhī me na vijjati”. |
is there any resolution of mine.” |
“Rukkhamūlaṁva nissāya, |
“Like one relying on the foot of a tree, |
muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; |
shaven-headed, wearing a patchwork robe, |
Paññāya uttamo thero, |
the elder, supreme in wisdom, |
upatissova jhāyati. |
Upatissa, meditates. |
Avitakkaṁ samāpanno, |
Having attained to a state without thought, |
sammāsambuddhasāvako; |
a disciple of the Perfectly Enlightened One, |
Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, |
he is endowed with the noble silence, |
upeto hoti tāvade. |
for a certain time. |
Yathāpi pabbato selo, |
Just as a rocky mountain, |
acalo suppatiṭṭhito; |
unmoving and well-established, |
Evaṁ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, |
so, due to the destruction of delusion, a bhikkhu, |
pabbatova na vedhati”. |
like a mountain, does not tremble.” |
“Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, |
“For a person without blemish, |
niccaṁ sucigavesino; |
always seeking purity, |
Vālaggamattaṁ pāpassa, |
a hair’s tip of evil |
abbhamattaṁva khāyati. |
seems as large as a cloud. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; |
I do not delight in life. |
Nikkhipissaṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, |
I will lay down this body, |
sampajāno patissato. |
fully aware and mindful. |
Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, |
I do not delight in death, |
nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; |
I do not delight in life. |
Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, |
I await my time, |
nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā”. |
like a hireling his wages.” |
“Ubhayena midaṁ maraṇameva, |
“By both means, this is indeed death. |
Nāmaraṇaṁ pacchā vā pure vā; |
There is no non-death, either later or before. |
Paṭipajjatha mā vinassatha, |
Practice, do not be destroyed. |
Khaṇo vo mā upaccagā. |
Let not the moment pass you by. |
Nagaraṁ yathā paccantaṁ, |
Just as a border city, |
guttaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; |
guarded inside and out, |
Evaṁ gopetha attānaṁ, |
so you should guard yourself. |
khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; |
Let not the moment pass you by. |
Khaṇātītā hi socanti, |
For those who have let the moment pass grieve |
nirayamhi samappitā”. |
when they are consigned to hell.” |
“Upasanto uparato, |
“Peaceful, restrained, |
mantabhāṇī anuddhato; |
speaking wisely, not arrogant, |
Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, |
he shakes off evil states, |
dumapattaṁva māluto. |
as the wind shakes a leaf from a tree. |
Upasanto uparato, |
Peaceful, restrained, |
mantabhāṇī anuddhato; |
speaking wisely, not arrogant, |
Appāsi pāpake dhamme, |
he has shaken off evil states, |
dumapattaṁva māluto. |
as the wind shakes a leaf from a tree. |
Upasanto anāyāso, |
Peaceful, without trouble, |
vippasanno anāvilo; |
clear and untroubled, |
Kalyāṇasīlo medhāvī, |
of good virtue, wise, |
dukkhassantakaro siyā”. |
he would be an ender of suffering.” |
“Na vissase ekatiyesu evaṁ, |
“One should not trust in some, |
Agārisu pabbajitesu cāpi; |
both householders and those gone forth. |
Sādhūpi hutvā na asādhu honti, |
Even though they are good, they become not good; |
Asādhu hutvā puna sādhu honti. |
having been not good, they become good again. |
Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, |
Sensual desire and ill will, |
thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; |
and sloth and drowsiness for a bhikkhu, |
Uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā ca, |
restlessness and doubt, |
pañcete cittakelisā. |
these five are defilements of the mind. |
Yassa sakkariyamānassa, |
He for whom, when being honored |
asakkārena cūbhayaṁ; |
and also when being dishonored, |
Samādhi na vikampati, |
his concentration does not waver, |
appamādavihārino. |
who dwells with diligence, |
Taṁ jhāyinaṁ sātatikaṁ, |
him, the meditator, the persevering one, |
sukhumadiṭṭhivipassakaṁ; |
the seer of subtle views, |
Upādānakkhayārāmaṁ, |
who delights in the destruction of clinging, |
āhu sappuriso iti. |
they call a good person. |
Mahāsamuddo pathavī, |
The great ocean, the earth, |
pabbato anilopi ca; |
a mountain, and the wind, |
Upamāya na yujjanti, |
are not fit for a comparison |
satthu varavimuttiyā. |
with the excellent liberation of the Teacher. |
Cakkānuvattako thero, |
The elder who follows the wheel, |
mahāñāṇī samāhito; |
of great knowledge, concentrated, |
Pathavāpaggisamāno, |
like the earth, water, and fire, |
na rajjati na dussati. |
is not attached, is not repelled. |
Paññāpāramitaṁ patto, |
Having reached the perfection of wisdom, |
mahābuddhi mahāmati; |
of great intelligence, of great understanding, |
Ajaḷo jaḷasamāno, |
not a simpleton, though like a simpleton, |
sadā carati nibbuto. |
he always wanders, extinguished. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
Strive with heedfulness, |
Sampādethappamādena, |
this is my instruction. |
esā me anusāsanī; |
Come, I will attain final Nibbāna, |
Handāhaṁ parinibbissaṁ, |
I am completely liberated in every way.” |
vippamuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. |
… The Elder Sāriputta … |
… Sāriputto thero … |
--- Thag17.3 Ānandattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag17.3 The Verses of the Elder Ānanda --- |
“Pisuṇena ca kodhanena ca, |
“With a slanderer and an angry person, |
Maccharinā ca vibhūtanandinā; |
and with a miser and one who delights in ostentation, |
Sakhitaṁ na kareyya paṇḍito, |
a wise person should not make friends; |
Pāpo kāpurisena saṅgamo. |
association with a vile man is evil. |
Saddhena ca pesalena ca, |
With a faithful and gentle person, |
Paññavatā bahussutena ca; |
and with a wise and very learned person, |
Sakhitaṁ kareyya paṇḍito, |
a wise person should make friends; |
Bhaddo sappurisena saṅgamo. |
association with a good person is good. |
Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, |
Behold the painted puppet, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
for which there is no lasting stability. |
yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. |
Behold the painted puppet, |
Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, |
… and so on … |
… pe |
it shines with its clothes. |
… |
Its feet dyed with lac, |
vatthehi sobhati. |
… and so on … |
Alattakakatā, |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
… pe |
Its hair done in eight braids, |
… |
… and so on … |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Aṭṭhapadakatā, |
Like a new painted cosmetic box, |
… pe |
… and so on … |
… |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
no ca pāragavesino. |
Very learned, an eloquent speaker, |
Añjanīva navā, |
an attendant of the Buddha, |
… pe |
with his burden laid down, detached, |
… |
Gotama lies down to rest. |
no ca pāragavesino. |
With taints destroyed, detached, |
Bahussuto cittakathī, |
beyond attachments, well-extinguished, |
buddhassa paricārako; |
he bears his final body, |
Pannabhāro visaññutto, |
having gone beyond birth and death. |
seyyaṁ kappeti gotamo. |
In whom the Dhammas are established, |
Khīṇāsavo visaññutto, |
of the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, |
saṅgātīto sunibbuto; |
on the path leading to Nibbāna, |
Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, |
this Gotama stands. |
jātimaraṇapāragū. |
I have learned eighty-two thousand from the Buddha, |
Yasmiṁ patiṭṭhitā dhammā, |
and two thousand from the bhikkhus; |
buddhassādiccabandhuno; |
eighty-four thousand |
Nibbānagamane magge, |
are the Dhammas that I have mastered. |
soyaṁ tiṭṭhati gotamo. |
A person of little learning |
Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṁ, |
ages like an ox. |
dve sahassāni bhikkhuto; |
His flesh increases, |
Caturāsītisahassāni, |
his wisdom does not increase. |
ye me dhammā pavattino. |
He who, being very learned, |
Appassutāyaṁ puriso, |
despises one of little learning with his learning, |
balibaddova jīrati; |
he seems to me like a blind man |
Maṁsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, |
holding a lamp. |
paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati. |
One should attend on a very learned person, |
Bahussuto appassutaṁ, |
and one should not lose what has been learned. |
yo sutenātimaññati; |
That is the root of the holy life; |
Andho padīpadhārova, |
therefore one should be an upholder of the Dhamma. |
tatheva paṭibhāti maṁ. |
Knowing the before and the after, knowing the meaning, |
Bahussutaṁ upāseyya, |
skilled in exegesis and words, |
sutañca na vināsaye; |
he grasps what is well-grasped, |
Taṁ mūlaṁ brahmacariyassa, |
and he examines the meaning. |
tasmā dhammadharo siyā. |
He is made willing by patience, |
Pubbāparaññū atthaññū, |
having striven, he evaluates it. |
niruttipadakovido; |
At the right time he exerts himself, |
Suggahītañca gaṇhāti, |
well-concentrated within himself. |
atthañcopaparikkhati. |
A very learned person, an upholder of the Dhamma, |
Khantyā chandikato hoti, |
wise, a disciple of the Buddha, |
ussahitvā tuleti taṁ; |
one who wishes for the understanding of the Dhamma, |
Samaye so padahati, |
should associate with such a one. |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhito. |
Very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, |
Bahussutaṁ dhammadharaṁ, |
the treasurer of the great sage, |
sappaññaṁ buddhasāvakaṁ; |
the eye of the whole world, |
Dhammaviññāṇamākaṅkhaṁ, |
the very learned one is worthy of worship. |
taṁ bhajetha tathāvidhaṁ. |
Delighting in the Dhamma, rejoicing in the Dhamma, |
Bahussuto dhammadharo, |
reflecting on the Dhamma, |
kosārakkho mahesino; |
a bhikkhu, remembering the Dhamma, |
Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, |
does not fall away from the true Dhamma. |
pūjanīyo bahussuto. |
One burdened by stinginess with the body, |
Dhammārāmo dhammarato, |
who does not strive when he is losing, |
dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; |
for one greedy for bodily comfort, |
Dhammaṁ anussaraṁ bhikkhu, |
whence the comfort of an ascetic? |
saddhammā na parihāyati. |
All the directions are not clear, |
Kāyamaccheragaruno, |
the Dhammas do not appear to me. |
hiyyamāne anuṭṭhahe; |
When my good friend has gone, |
Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, |
it seems like darkness. |
kuto samaṇaphāsutā. |
For one whose companion has passed away, |
Na pakkhanti disā sabbā, |
whose Teacher has passed on, |
dhammā na paṭibhanti maṁ; |
there is no such friend |
Gate kalyāṇamittamhi, |
as mindfulness of the body. |
andhakāraṁva khāyati. |
Those who are old have passed away, |
Abbhatītasahāyassa, |
I do not get on with the new ones. |
atītagatasatthuno; |
Today I meditate alone, |
Natthi etādisaṁ mittaṁ, |
like a bird when the rains have come.” |
yathā kāyagatā sati. |
“Those who are coming to see me, |
Ye purāṇā atītā te, |
many of various persuasions, |
navehi na sameti me; |
do not prevent them, O hearers, |
Svajja ekova jhāyāmi, |
let them see, it is time for me.” |
vassupetova pakkhimā”. |
“Those who are coming to see me, |
“Dassanāya abhikkante, |
many of various persuasions, |
nānāverajjake bahū; |
the Teacher gives them the opportunity, |
Mā vārayittha sotāro, |
the one with vision does not prevent them. |
passantu samayo mamaṁ”. |
For twenty-five years, |
“Dassanāya abhikkante, |
while I was a trainee, |
nānāverajjake puthu; |
no thought of sensual pleasure arose in me; |
Karoti satthā okāsaṁ, |
see the excellence of the Dhamma. |
na nivāreti cakkhumā. |
For twenty-five years, |
Paṇṇavīsativassāni, |
while I was a trainee, |
sekhabhūtassa me sato; |
no thought of hatred arose in me; |
Na kāmasaññā uppajji, |
see the excellence of the Dhamma. |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ. |
For twenty-five years |
Paṇṇavīsativassāni, |
I attended on the Blessed One |
sekhabhūtassa me sato; |
with loving bodily action, |
Na dosasaññā uppajji, |
like a shadow that does not depart. |
passa dhammasudhammataṁ. |
For twenty-five years |
Paṇṇavīsativassāni, |
I attended on the Blessed One |
bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; |
with loving verbal action, |
Mettena kāyakammena, |
like a shadow that does not depart. |
chāyāva anapāyinī. |
For twenty-five years |
Paṇṇavīsativassāni, |
I attended on the Blessed One |
bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; |
with loving mental action, |
Mettena vacīkammena, |
like a shadow that does not depart. |
chāyāva anapāyinī. |
When the Buddha was walking, |
Paṇṇavīsativassāni, |
I walked behind him. |
bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; |
When the Dhamma was being taught, |
Mettena manokammena, |
knowledge arose in me. |
chāyāva anapāyinī. |
I have things to do, |
Buddhassa caṅkamantassa, |
I am a trainee with an unattained mind. |
piṭṭhito anucaṅkamiṁ; |
And the final Nibbāna of the Teacher, |
Dhamme desiyamānamhi, |
who was compassionate to us. |
ñāṇaṁ me udapajjatha. |
Then there was what was dreadful, |
Ahaṁ sakaraṇīyomhi, |
then there was what was hair-raising, |
sekho appattamānaso; |
when the Sambuddha, endowed with all excellent qualities, |
Satthu ca parinibbānaṁ, |
attained final Nibbāna.” |
yo amhaṁ anukampako. |
“Very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, |
Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, |
the treasurer of the great sage, |
tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ; |
the eye of the whole world, |
Sabbākāravarūpete, |
Ānanda has attained final Nibbāna. |
sambuddhe parinibbute”. |
Very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, |
“Bahussuto dhammadharo, |
the treasurer of the great sage, |
kosārakkho mahesino; |
the eye of the whole world, |
Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, |
in the darkness, a dispeller of gloom. |
ānando parinibbuto. |
The sage who was possessed of deportment, mindfulness, |
Bahussuto dhammadharo, |
and steadfastness, |
kosārakkho mahesino; |
the elder, the upholder of the true Dhamma, |
Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, |
Ānanda, the mine of jewels.” |
andhakāre tamonudo. |
“The Teacher has been served by me, |
Gatimanto satimanto, |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
dhitimanto ca yo isi; |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
Saddhammadhārako thero, |
now there is no new existence.” |
ānando ratanākaro”. |
… The Elder Ānanda … |
“Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The Book of Thirties is finished. |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
The summary there: |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
Phussa, Patissa, Ānanda, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. |
these three are celebrated. |
… Ānando thero … |
The verses there are counted |
Tiṁsanipāto niṭṭhito. |
as one hundred and five more. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
|
Phusso patisso ānando, |
|
tayotime pakittitā; |
|
Gāthāyo tattha saṅkhātā, |
|
sataṁ pañca ca uttarīti. |
♦ Nipāta 18 |
♦ The Book of Eighteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag18.1 Mahākassapattheragāthā |
Thag18.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākassapa |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag18.1 Mahākassapattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag18.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahākassapa --- |
“Na gaṇena purakkhato care, |
“One should not wander preceded by a group. |
Vimano hoti samādhi dullabho; |
One becomes distracted, concentration is hard to get. |
Nānājanasaṅgaho dukho, |
Association with many people is suffering; |
Iti disvāna gaṇaṁ na rocaye. |
having seen this, one should not approve of a group. |
Na kulāni upabbaje muni, |
A sage should not frequent families. |
Vimano hoti samādhi dullabho; |
One becomes distracted, concentration is hard to get. |
So ussukko rasānugiddho, |
He who is eager and greedy for flavors |
Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. |
misses the goal that brings happiness. |
Paṅkoti hi naṁ avedayuṁ, |
‘A swamp,’ they have indeed called it, |
Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; |
this veneration and worship in families. |
Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, |
A subtle, hard-to-extract dart; |
Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho. |
honor is hard for a vile man to relinquish. |
Senāsanamhā oruyha, |
Descending from my lodging, |
nagaraṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ; |
I entered the city for alms. |
Bhuñjantaṁ purisaṁ kuṭṭhiṁ, |
I dutifully attended on |
sakkaccaṁ taṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ. |
a man with leprosy who was eating. |
So me pakkena hatthena, |
He, with his diseased hand, |
ālopaṁ upanāmayi; |
offered me a morsel of food. |
Ālopaṁ pakkhipantassa, |
As he was putting the morsel in, |
aṅguli cettha chijjatha. |
a finger broke off right there. |
Kuṭṭamūlañca nissāya, |
Leaning against the base of a wall, |
ālopaṁ taṁ abhuñjisaṁ; |
I ate that morsel of food. |
Bhuñjamāne vā bhutte vā, |
While eating or when it was eaten, |
jegucchaṁ me na vijjati. |
no disgust arose in me. |
Uttiṭṭhapiṇḍo āhāro, |
Food from scraps left over, |
pūtimuttañca osadhaṁ; |
and foul-smelling urine as medicine, |
Senāsanaṁ rukkhamūlaṁ, |
a lodging at the foot of a tree, |
paṁsukūlañca cīvaraṁ; |
and a robe of refuse-rags; |
Yassete abhisambhutvā, |
he for whom these things have come to be, |
sa ve cātuddiso naro. |
he indeed is a man of the four quarters. |
Yattha eke vihaññanti, |
Where some are afflicted, |
āruhantā siluccayaṁ; |
climbing a rocky mountain, |
Tassa buddhassa dāyādo, |
the heir of that Buddha, |
sampajāno patissato; |
fully aware and mindful, |
Iddhibalenupatthaddho, |
supported by his psychic power, |
kassapo abhirūhati. |
Kassapa ascends. |
Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, |
Having returned from his alms-round, |
selamāruyha kassapo; |
Kassapa, having climbed the rock, |
Jhāyati anupādāno, |
meditates without grasping, |
pahīnabhayabheravo. |
with fear and dread abandoned. |
Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, |
Having returned from his alms-round, |
selamāruyha kassapo; |
Kassapa, having climbed the rock, |
Jhāyati anupādāno, |
meditates without grasping, |
ḍayhamānesu nibbuto. |
extinguished among those who are burning. |
Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, |
Having returned from his alms-round, |
selamāruyha kassapo; |
Kassapa, having climbed the rock, |
Jhāyati anupādāno, |
meditates without grasping, |
katakicco anāsavo. |
his task done, free from taints. |
Karerimālāvitatā, |
The parts of the earth, covered with garlands of Kareri flowers, |
bhūmibhāgā manoramā; |
are delightful. |
Kuñjarābhirudā rammā, |
Charming, with the calls of elephants, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā, |
Of the color of a blue-black cloud, resplendent, |
vārisītā sucindharā; |
with cool water and clear streams, |
Indagopakasañchannā, |
covered with Indagopaka insects, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Nīlabbhakūṭasadisā, |
Like the peaks of blue-black clouds, |
kūṭāgāravarūpamā; |
like the form of the best of gabled houses, |
Vāraṇābhirudā rammā, |
charming, with the calls of elephants, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Abhivuṭṭhā rammatalā, |
Their lovely surfaces rained upon, |
nagā isibhi sevitā; |
frequented by sages, |
Abbhunnaditā sikhīhi, |
echoing with the cries of peacocks, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Alaṁ jhāyitukāmassa, |
Enough for me, who wishes to meditate, |
pahitattassa me sato; |
resolute and mindful. |
Alaṁ me atthakāmassa, |
Enough for me, who seeks the goal, |
pahitattassa bhikkhuno. |
a resolute bhikkhu. |
Alaṁ me phāsukāmassa, |
Enough for me, who wishes for comfort, |
pahitattassa bhikkhuno; |
a resolute bhikkhu. |
Alaṁ me yogakāmassa, |
Enough for me, who wishes for the yoke, |
pahitattassa tādino. |
a resolute and Such One. |
Umāpupphena samānā, |
Like flax flowers, |
gaganāvabbhachāditā; |
covered by the clouds of the sky, |
Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā, |
frequented by flocks of various birds, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Anākiṇṇā gahaṭṭhehi, |
Not crowded with householders, |
migasaṅghanisevitā; |
frequented by herds of deer, |
Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā, |
frequented by flocks of various birds, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Acchodikā puthusilā, |
With clear water and broad rocks, |
gonaṅgulamigāyutā; |
frequented by monkeys and deer, |
Ambusevālasañchannā, |
covered with moss and water weeds, |
te selā ramayanti maṁ. |
those rocky crags delight me. |
Na pañcaṅgikena turiyena, |
Not with a five-piece orchestra |
Rati me hoti tādisī; |
is my delight such |
Yathā ekaggacittassa, |
as for one with a one-pointed mind, |
Sammā dhammaṁ vipassato. |
rightly seeing the Dhamma. |
Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, |
One shouldn’t take on much work, |
Parivajjeyya janaṁ na uyyame; |
one should avoid people, one shouldn’t be busy. |
Ussukko so rasānugiddho, |
One who is eager and greedy for flavors |
Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. |
misses the goal that brings happiness. |
Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, |
One shouldn’t take on much work, |
Parivajjeyya anattaneyyametaṁ; |
one should avoid what is not one’s own. |
Kicchati kāyo kilamati, |
The body gets tired, it becomes weary; |
Dukkhito so samathaṁ na vindati. |
being in pain, one does not find peace. |
Oṭṭhappahatamattena, |
With just the pressing of his lips, |
attānampi na passati; |
he does not see even himself. |
Patthaddhagīvo carati, |
He wanders with his neck held stiff, |
ahaṁ seyyoti maññati. |
thinking, ‘I am better.’ |
Aseyyo seyyasamānaṁ, |
The fool, though not better, |
bālo maññati attānaṁ; |
thinks himself better. |
Na taṁ viññū pasaṁsanti, |
The wise do not praise him, |
patthaddhamānasaṁ naraṁ. |
a man of stubborn mind. |
Yo ca seyyohamasmīti, |
But he who does not waver in the distinctions, |
nāhaṁ seyyoti vā pana; |
‘I am better,’ or ‘I am not better,’ |
Hīno taṁsadiso vāti, |
or ‘I am inferior,’ or ‘I am equal to this one.’ |
vidhāsu na vikampati. |
A wise person, Such, like that, |
Paññavantaṁ tathā tādiṁ, |
well-concentrated in his virtues, |
sīlesu susamāhitaṁ; |
and in the unsurpassed calming of the mind, |
Cetosamathamanuttaṁ, |
him the wise indeed praise. |
tañce viññū pasaṁsare. |
He in whom respect for his fellow practitioners |
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, |
is not found, |
gāravo nūpalabbhati; |
is as far from the true Dhamma |
Ārakā hoti saddhammā, |
as the sky is from the earth. |
nabhato puthavī yathā. |
But those for whom a sense of shame and fear of wrongdoing |
Yesañca hiriottappaṁ, |
are always well-established, |
sadā sammā upaṭṭhitaṁ; |
their holy life has grown, |
Virūḷhabrahmacariyā te, |
their rebirth is destroyed. |
tesaṁ khīṇā punabbhavā. |
The proud and fickle bhikkhu, |
Uddhato capalo bhikkhu, |
covered with a refuse-rag, |
paṁsukūlena pāruto; |
is like a monkey in a lion’s skin; |
Kapīva sīhacammena, |
he does not shine on account of that. |
na so tenupasobhati. |
The one who is not proud, not fickle, |
Anuddhato acapalo, |
skilled, with restrained faculties, |
nipako saṁvutindriyo; |
he shines with a refuse-rag, |
Sobhati paṁsukūlena, |
like a lion in a mountain cave. |
sīhova girigabbhare. |
These many gods, |
Ete sambahulā devā, |
powerful and glorious, |
iddhimanto yasassino; |
ten thousand gods, |
Dasadevasahassāni, |
all of them of the Brahmā realm, |
sabbe te brahmakāyikā. |
paying homage to the general of the Dhamma, |
Dhammasenāpatiṁ vīraṁ, |
the hero, the great meditator, concentrated, |
mahājhāyiṁ samāhitaṁ; |
Sāriputta, they stand |
Sāriputtaṁ namassantā, |
with hands raised in reverence. |
tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. |
‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men, |
‘Namo te purisājañña, |
homage to you, O supreme person, |
namo te purisuttama; |
of whom we do not know |
Yassa te nābhijānāma, |
even on what you rely for your meditation. |
yampi nissāya jhāyati. |
Wonderful indeed is it of the Buddhas, |
Accheraṁ vata buddhānaṁ, |
their domain is profound. |
gambhīro gocaro sako; |
We who do not know, |
Ye mayaṁ nābhijānāma, |
are like those who pierce a hair with an arrow, having come close.’ |
vālavedhisamāgatā’. |
Seeing Sāriputta thus |
Taṁ tathā devakāyehi, |
worshipped by the company of gods, worthy of worship, |
pūjitaṁ pūjanārahaṁ; |
a smile arose on Kappina’s face then. |
Sāriputtaṁ tadā disvā, |
As far as the Buddha’s domain extends, |
kappinassa sitaṁ ahu. |
except for the great sage, |
Yāvatā buddhakhettamhi, |
I am the one distinguished in the ascetic qualities; |
ṭhapayitvā mahāmuniṁ; |
there is no one equal to me. |
Dhutaguṇe visiṭṭhohaṁ, |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
sadiso me na vijjati. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
now there is no new existence. |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
He is not stained by a robe, nor by a lodging, |
natthi dāni punabbhavo. |
nor by food. |
Na cīvare na sayane, |
Gotama is immeasurable, |
bhojane nupalimpati; |
like a pure lotus flower, |
Gotamo anappameyyo, |
on water, inclined to renunciation, |
muḷālapupphaṁ vimalaṁva; |
gone forth from the three realms of existence. |
Ambunā nekkhammaninno, |
He has the foundations of mindfulness as his neck, |
tibhavābhinissaṭo. |
the great sage has faith as his hands, |
Satipaṭṭhānagīvo so, |
wisdom as his head, of great knowledge, |
saddhāhattho mahāmuni; |
he always wanders, extinguished.” |
Paññāsīso mahāñāṇī, |
… The Elder Mahākassapa … |
sadā carati nibbuto”ti. |
The Book of Forties is finished. |
… Mahākassapo thero … |
The summary there: |
Cattālīsanipāto niṭṭhito. |
In the Book of Forty, the one named Mahākassapa |
Tatruddānaṁ |
is the only elder, and the verses |
Cattālīsanipātamhi, |
are forty and two as well. |
mahākassapasavhayo; |
|
Ekova thero gāthāyo, |
|
cattālīsa duvepi cāti. |
♦ Nipāta 19 |
♦ The Book of Ninteens |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag19.1 Tālapuṭattheragāthā |
Thag19.1 The Verses of the Elder Tālapuṭa |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag19.1 Tālapuṭattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag19.1 The Verses of the Elder Tālapuṭa --- |
“Kadā nuhaṁ pabbatakandarāsu, |
“When will I live alone, |
Ekākiyo addutiyo vihassaṁ; |
without a second, in mountain caves, |
Aniccato sabbabhavaṁ vipassaṁ, |
seeing all existence as impermanent? |
Taṁ me idaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
That of mine, when will it be? |
Kadā nuhaṁ bhinnapaṭandharo muni, |
When will I, a sage wearing patched-up robes, |
Kāsāvavattho amamo nirāso; |
in a saffron robe, without possessions, without longing, |
Rāgañca dosañca tatheva mohaṁ, |
having slain lust and hatred and also delusion, |
Hantvā sukhī pavanagato vihassaṁ. |
live happily, gone to the forest? |
Kadā aniccaṁ vadharoganīḷaṁ, |
When will I, seeing this body as impermanent, |
Kāyaṁ imaṁ maccujarāyupaddutaṁ; |
a nest of slaughter and disease, oppressed by death and old age, |
Vipassamāno vītabhayo vihassaṁ, |
live without fear, |
Eko vane taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
alone in the forest? When will that be? |
Kadā nuhaṁ bhayajananiṁ dukhāvahaṁ, |
When will I, taking the sharp sword of wisdom, |
Taṇhālataṁ bahuvidhānuvattaniṁ; |
cut the creeper of craving, which brings fear and suffering, |
Paññāmayaṁ tikhiṇamasiṁ gahetvā, |
which follows in many ways? |
Chetvā vase tampi kadā bhavissati. |
When will that be, to live having cut it? |
Kadā nu paññāmayamuggatejaṁ, |
When will I, quickly taking the sword of the sages, |
Satthaṁ isīnaṁ sahasādiyitvā; |
of fierce power, made of wisdom, |
Māraṁ sasenaṁ sahasā bhañjissaṁ, |
quickly break Māra with his army? |
Sīhāsane taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
On the lion’s throne, when will that be? |
Kadā nuhaṁ sabbhi samāgamesu, |
When will I be seen in the gatherings of the good, |
Diṭṭho bhave dhammagarūhi tādibhi; |
by the Such Ones who respect the Dhamma, |
Yāthāvadassīhi jitindriyehi, |
who see things as they are, with conquered senses, |
Padhāniyo taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
the striver? When will that be? |
Kadā nu maṁ tandi khudā pipāsā, |
When will weariness, hunger, and thirst, |
Vātātapā kīṭasarīsapā vā; |
and wind, heat, insects, and reptiles, |
Na bādhayissanti na taṁ giribbaje, |
not afflict me in the Giribbaja hills? |
Atthatthiyaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
Intent on the goal, when will that be? |
Kadā nu kho yaṁ viditaṁ mahesinā, |
When will I indeed, with a concentrated and mindful mind, |
Cattāri saccāni sududdasāni; |
go with wisdom to the four truths, very hard to see, |
Samāhitatto satimā agacchaṁ, |
which were understood by the great sage? |
Paññāya taṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
That, when will that be? |
Kadā nu rūpe amite ca sadde, |
When will I, with the senses calmed, |
Gandhe rase phusitabbe ca dhamme; |
see with wisdom forms and countless sounds, |
Ādittatohaṁ samathehi yutto, |
smells, tastes, and things to be touched and thoughts, |
Paññāya dacchaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. |
as burning? That of mine, when will it be? |
Kadā nuhaṁ dubbacanena vutto, |
When will I, being spoken to with harsh words, |
Tato nimittaṁ vimano na hessaṁ; |
not be downcast on account of that? |
Atho pasatthopi tato nimittaṁ, |
And when praised, on account of that, |
Tuṭṭho na hessaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. |
not be pleased? That of mine, when will it be? |
Kadā nu kaṭṭhe ca tiṇe latā ca, |
When will I weigh equally |
Khandhe imehaṁ amite ca dhamme; |
sticks, grass, and creepers, |
Ajjhattikāneva ca bāhirāni ca, |
and these aggregates and countless things, |
Samaṁ tuleyyaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. |
both internal and external? That of mine, when will it be? |
Kadā nu maṁ pāvusakālamegho, |
When will the rain-cloud of the rainy season, |
Navena toyena sacīvaraṁ vane; |
with new water, rain on my robe in the forest, |
Isippayātamhi pathe vajantaṁ, |
as I walk on the path frequented by sages? |
Ovassate taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
When will that be? |
Kadā mayūrassa sikhaṇḍino vane, |
When will I, hearing the cry of the crested peacock, |
Dijassa sutvā girigabbhare rutaṁ; |
the bird in the forest, in a mountain cave, |
Paccuṭṭhahitvā amatassa pattiyā, |
having risen up for the attainment of the deathless, |
Sañcintaye taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
reflect on that? When will that be? |
Kadā nu gaṅgaṁ yamunaṁ sarassatiṁ, |
When will I cross the Ganges, the Yamunā, the Sarasvatī, |
Pātālakhittaṁ vaḷavāmukhañca; |
and the Pātāla chasm and the Vaḷavāmukha, |
Asajjamāno patareyyamiddhiyā, |
without getting stuck, by psychic power? |
Vibhiṁsanaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
The shattering of them, when will that be? |
Kadā nu nāgova asaṅgacārī, |
When will I, like a naga wandering without attachment, |
Padālaye kāmaguṇesu chandaṁ; |
shatter my desire for the strands of sensual pleasure, |
Nibbajjayaṁ sabbasubhaṁ nimittaṁ, |
rejecting all beautiful signs, |
Jhāne yuto taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
yoked to jhāna? When will that be? |
Kadā iṇaṭṭova daliddako nidhiṁ, |
When will I, like a poor debtor oppressed by creditors, |
Ārādhayitvā dhanikehi pīḷito; |
having found a treasure, |
Tuṭṭho bhavissaṁ adhigamma sāsanaṁ, |
be pleased, having attained the teaching |
Mahesino taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. |
of the great sage? When will that be? |
Bahūni vassāni tayāmhi yācito, |
For many years I have been begged by you: |
‘Agāravāsena alaṁ nu te idaṁ’; |
‘Enough now of this life in a house for you.’ |
Taṁ dāni maṁ pabbajitaṁ samānaṁ, |
Now that I have gone forth, |
Kiṅkāraṇā citta tuvaṁ na yuñjasi. |
for what reason, O mind, do you not apply yourself? |
Nanu ahaṁ citta tayāmhi yācito, |
Was I not indeed begged by you, O mind: |
‘Giribbaje citrachadā vihaṅgamā’; |
‘In the Giribbaja hills, birds with colorful plumage, |
Mahindaghosatthanitābhigajjino, |
thundering with the great sound of Indra, |
Te taṁ ramessanti vanamhi jhāyinaṁ. |
they will delight you as you meditate in the forest.’ |
Kulamhi mitte ca piye ca ñātake, |
In my family, among my friends and dear relatives, |
Khiḍḍāratiṁ kāmaguṇañca loke; |
and the delight of play and sensual pleasure in the world, |
Sabbaṁ pahāya imamajjhupāgato, |
having abandoned all this, I have come to this. |
Athopi tvaṁ citta na mayha tussasi. |
And yet, O mind, you are not pleased with me. |
Mameva etaṁ na hi tvaṁ paresaṁ, |
This is my business, not yours. |
Sannāhakāle paridevitena kiṁ; |
What is the use of lamenting at the time of arming? |
Sabbaṁ idaṁ calamiti pekkhamāno, |
Seeing that all this is fickle, |
Abhinikkhamiṁ amatapadaṁ jigīsaṁ. |
I went forth, desiring to conquer the deathless state. |
Suyuttavādī dvipadānamuttamo, |
The supreme of two-footed beings, who speaks well, |
Mahābhisakko naradammasārathi; |
the great physician, the charioteer of men to be tamed, said: |
‘Cittaṁ calaṁ makkaṭasannibhaṁ iti, |
‘The mind is fickle, like a monkey, |
Avītarāgena sudunnivārayaṁ’. |
very hard to restrain for one who is not free from lust.’ |
Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, |
Sensual pleasures are indeed various, sweet, and delightful, |
Aviddasū yattha sitā puthujjanā; |
where ignorant ordinary people are attached. |
Te dukkhamicchanti punabbhavesino, |
They wish for suffering, being desirers of further existence, |
Cittena nītā niraye nirākatā. |
led by the mind, they are cast into hell. |
‘Mayūrakoñcābhirutamhi kānane, |
‘In the forest resounding with peacocks and koñca birds, |
Dīpīhi byagghehi purakkhato vasaṁ; |
dwelling, preceded by leopards and tigers, |
Kāye apekkhaṁ jaha mā virādhaya’, |
give up longing for the body, do not fail,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Bhāvehi jhānāni ca indriyāni ca, |
‘Develop the jhānas and the faculties, |
Balāni bojjhaṅgasamādhibhāvanā; |
the powers, the factors of enlightenment and the cultivation of concentration. |
Tisso ca vijjā phusa buddhasāsane’, |
Touch the three true knowledges in the Buddha’s teaching,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Bhāvehi maggaṁ amatassa pattiyā, |
‘Develop the path for the attainment of the deathless, |
Niyyānikaṁ sabbadukhakkhayogadhaṁ; |
the path of deliverance, leading to the end of all suffering, |
Aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ’, |
the eightfold path that purifies all defilements,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Dukkhanti khandhe paṭipassa yoniso, |
‘See the aggregates wisely as suffering, |
Yato ca dukkhaṁ samudeti taṁ jaha; |
and abandon that from which suffering arises. |
Idheva dukkhassa karohi antaṁ’, |
Make an end of suffering right here,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Aniccaṁ dukkhanti vipassa yoniso, |
‘See wisely that it is impermanent and suffering, |
Suññaṁ anattāti aghaṁ vadhanti ca; |
empty and not-self, and that it is a disease and a slaughter-house. |
Manovicāre uparundha cetaso’, |
Restrain the wanderings of the mind,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Muṇḍo virūpo abhisāpamāgato, |
‘Shaven-headed, of ugly appearance, having received a curse, |
Kapālahatthova kulesu bhikkhasu; |
with a bowl in your hand, a beggar among families, |
Yuñjassu satthuvacane mahesino’, |
apply yourself to the word of the Teacher, the great sage,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Susaṁvutatto visikhantare caraṁ, |
‘Walking between the houses with well-restrained self, |
Kulesu kāmesu asaṅgamānaso; |
with a mind unattached to sensual pleasures in families, |
Cando yathā dosinapuṇṇamāsiyā’, |
like the moon on a dark, full-moon night,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
‘Āraññiko hohi ca piṇḍapātiko, |
‘Be a forest-dweller and an alms-food-eater, |
Sosāniko hohi ca paṁsukūliko; |
be a charnel-ground-dweller and a refuse-rag-wearer. |
Nesajjiko hohi sadā dhute rato’, |
Be a sitter and always delight in the ascetic practices,’ |
Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. |
so you urged me before, O mind. |
Ropetva rukkhāni yathā phalesī, |
Having planted trees as if for their fruit, |
Mūle taruṁ chettu tameva icchasi; |
you wish to cut the very same tree at the root. |
Tathūpamaṁ cittamidaṁ karosi, |
You are making this mind like that, |
Yaṁ maṁ aniccamhi cale niyuñjasi. |
since you urge me on in what is impermanent and fickle. |
Arūpa dūraṅgama ekacāri, |
Formless, far-going, wandering alone, |
Na te karissaṁ vacanaṁ idānihaṁ; |
I will not do your word now. |
Dukkhā hi kāmā kaṭukā mahabbhayā, |
For sensual pleasures are suffering, bitter, of great fear; |
Nibbānamevābhimano carissaṁ. |
I will wander with my mind set on Nibbāna. |
Nāhaṁ alakkhyā ahirikkatāya vā, |
Not for the sake of bad luck or shamelessness, |
Na cittahetū na ca dūrakantanā; |
not for the sake of my mind nor because of a distant love, |
Ājīvahetū ca ahaṁ na nikkhamiṁ, |
nor for the sake of a livelihood did I go forth, |
Kato ca te citta paṭissavo mayā. |
and a promise was made to you by me, O mind. |
‘Appicchatā sappurisehi vaṇṇitā, |
‘Having few wants is praised by good men, |
Makkhappahānaṁ vupasamo dukhassa’; |
the abandoning of hypocrisy is the calming of suffering’; |
Itissu maṁ citta tadā niyuñjasi, |
so you urged me then, O mind, |
Idāni tvaṁ gacchasi pubbaciṇṇaṁ. |
now you go back to your old ways. |
Taṇhā avijjā ca piyāpiyañca, |
Craving and ignorance, and what is dear and not dear, |
Subhāni rūpāni sukhā ca vedanā; |
and beautiful forms and pleasant feelings, |
Manāpiyā kāmaguṇā ca vantā, |
and delightful sensual pleasures have been vomited up; |
Vante ahaṁ āvamituṁ na ussahe. |
I am not able to vomit up what has been vomited. |
Sabbattha te citta vaco kataṁ mayā, |
Everywhere your word has been done by me, O mind, |
Bahūsu jātīsu na mesi kopito; |
in many births I have not been angered by you. |
Ajjhattasambhavo kataññutāya te, |
Born within, for the sake of gratitude to you, |
Dukkhe ciraṁ saṁsaritaṁ tayā kate. |
I have wandered long in suffering, done by you. |
Tvaññeva no citta karosi brāhmaṇo, |
You alone, O mind, make us brahmins, |
Tvaṁ khattiyo rājadasī karosi; |
you make us kshatriyas and kings. |
Vessā ca suddā ca bhavāma ekadā, |
And we become vessas and suddas at one time, |
Devattanaṁ vāpi taveva vāhasā. |
and also attain the state of gods through your power. |
Taveva hetū asurā bhavāmase, |
Because of you we become asuras, |
Tvaṁmūlakaṁ nerayikā bhavāmase; |
because of you we become beings in hell. |
Atho tiracchānagatāpi ekadā, |
And at one time we go to the animal realm, |
Petattanaṁ vāpi taveva vāhasā. |
and also attain the state of ghosts through your power. |
Nanu dubbhissasi maṁ punappunaṁ, |
Surely you will deceive me again and again, |
Muhuṁ muhuṁ cāraṇikaṁva dassayaṁ; |
showing me again and again like a wandering actor. |
Ummattakeneva mayā palobhasi, |
You entice me as if with madness; |
Kiñcāpi te citta virādhitaṁ mayā. |
what have I failed to do for you, O mind? |
Idaṁ pure cittamacāri cārikaṁ, |
Formerly this mind wandered on its journeys, |
Yenicchakaṁ yatthakāmaṁ yathāsukhaṁ; |
where it wished, where it liked, as it pleased. |
Tadajjahaṁ niggahessāmi yoniso, |
Today I will restrain it wisely, |
Hatthippabhinnaṁ viya aṅkusaggaho. |
like a mahout an elephant in must. |
Satthā ca me lokamimaṁ adhiṭṭhahi, |
The Teacher has established this world for me |
Aniccato addhuvato asārato; |
as impermanent, not lasting, without substance. |
Pakkhanda maṁ citta jinassa sāsane, |
Plunge me, O mind, into the teaching of the Jina, |
Tārehi oghā mahatā suduttarā. |
carry me across the great, very hard-to-cross flood. |
Na te idaṁ citta yathā purāṇakaṁ, |
This is not for you, O mind, as it was before, |
Nāhaṁ alaṁ tuyha vase nivattituṁ; |
I am not able to fall under your power. |
Mahesino pabbajitomhi sāsane, |
I have gone forth in the teaching of the great sage; |
Na mādisā honti vināsadhārino. |
those like me are not bearers of destruction. |
Nagā samuddā saritā vasundharā, |
Mountains, oceans, rivers, the earth, |
Disā catasso vidisā adho divā; |
the four directions, the intermediate directions, below, the sky, |
Sabbe aniccā tibhavā upaddutā, |
all are impermanent, the three realms are afflicted. |
Kuhiṁ gato citta sukhaṁ ramissasi. |
Where, having gone, O mind, will you delight happily? |
Dhitipparaṁ kiṁ mama citta kāhisi, |
Going beyond steadfastness, what will you do to me, O mind? |
Na te alaṁ citta vasānuvattako; |
I am not able to follow your will, O mind. |
Na jātu bhastaṁ ubhatomukhaṁ chupe, |
One should not touch a bag open at both ends; |
Dhiratthu pūraṁ nava sotasandaniṁ. |
fie on this body full of the nine flowing streams. |
Varāhaeṇeyyavigāḷhasevite, |
Frequented by boars and deer, |
Pabbhārakuṭṭe pakateva sundare; |
in a mountain cleft made as if beautiful, |
Navambunā pāvusasitthakānane, |
in the forest watered with new water by the rains, |
Tahiṁ guhāgehagato ramissasi. |
there, having gone to a cave-house, you will delight. |
Sunīlagīvā susikhā supekhunā, |
With beautiful blue necks, beautiful crests, beautiful plumes, |
Sucittapattacchadanā vihaṅgamā; |
with beautifully colored feather-coverings, the birds, |
Sumañjughosatthanitābhigajjino, |
thundering with a beautiful, gentle sound, |
Te taṁ ramessanti vanamhi jhāyinaṁ. |
they will delight you as you meditate in the forest. |
Vuṭṭhamhi deve caturaṅgule tiṇe, |
When the god has rained on the four-inch grass, |
Sampupphite meghanibhamhi kānane; |
in the cloud-like forest in full bloom, |
Nagantare viṭapisamo sayissaṁ, |
I will lie down like a branch in a mountain cleft, |
Taṁ me mudū hehiti tūlasannibhaṁ. |
that will be soft for me, like cotton. |
Tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro, |
And I will act thus as if I were the master, |
Yaṁ labbhati tenapi hotu me alaṁ; |
with what I get, let that be enough for me. |
Na tāhaṁ kassāmi yathā atandito, |
I will not act thus as if tireless, |
Biḷārabhastaṁva yathā sumadditaṁ. |
like a well-beaten cat-skin bag. |
Tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro, |
And I will act thus as if I were the master, |
Yaṁ labbhati tenapi hotu me alaṁ; |
with what I get, let that be enough for me. |
Viriyena taṁ mayha vasānayissaṁ, |
With energy I will bring it under my control, |
Gajaṁva mattaṁ kusalaṅkusaggaho. |
like a skilled mahout with a goad a maddened elephant. |
Tayā sudantena avaṭṭhitena hi, |
With you well-tamed and established, indeed, |
Hayena yoggācariyova ujjunā; |
like a good charioteer with a straight horse, |
Pahomi maggaṁ paṭipajjituṁ sivaṁ, |
I am able to practice the auspicious path, |
Cittānurakkhīhi sadā nisevitaṁ. |
always frequented by those who guard their minds. |
Ārammaṇe taṁ balasā nibandhisaṁ, |
I will bind you firmly to the object, |
Nāgaṁva thambhamhi daḷhāya rajjuyā; |
like a naga to a post with a strong rope. |
Taṁ me suguttaṁ satiyā subhāvitaṁ, |
Well-guarded by me with mindfulness, well-developed, |
Anissitaṁ sabbabhavesu hehisi. |
you will be unattached to all existences. |
Paññāya chetvā vipathānusārinaṁ, |
Having cut off the follower of the wrong path with wisdom, |
Yogena niggayha pathe nivesiya; |
having restrained him with the yoke and established him on the path, |
Disvā samudayaṁ vibhavañca sambhavaṁ, |
having seen the origin, the passing away, and the arising, |
Dāyādako hehisi aggavādino. |
you will be an heir of the one who speaks the supreme. |
Catubbipallāsavasaṁ adhiṭṭhitaṁ, |
Established in the power of the four perversions, |
Gāmaṇḍalaṁva parinesi citta maṁ; |
you lead me about like a village boy, O mind. |
Nanu saṁyojanabandhanacchidaṁ, |
Surely you will serve the compassionate great sage, |
Saṁsevase kāruṇikaṁ mahāmuniṁ. |
the one who cuts the bonds of the fetters. |
Migo yathā seri sucittakānane, |
Like a deer at ease in a beautiful forest, |
Rammaṁ giriṁ pāvusaabbhamāliniṁ; |
on a charming mountain garlanded with rain-clouds, |
Anākule tattha nage ramissaṁ, |
I will delight on that untroubled mountain; |
Asaṁsayaṁ citta parā bhavissasi. |
without a doubt, O mind, you will be defeated. |
Ye tuyha chandena vasena vattino, |
Those who are under your will and power, |
Narā ca nārī ca anubhonti yaṁ sukhaṁ; |
men and women, whatever happiness they experience, |
Aviddasū māravasānuvattino, |
the ignorant, who follow the power of Māra, |
Bhavābhinandī tava citta sāvakā”ti. |
they delight in existence, your disciples, O mind.” |
… Tālapuṭo thero … |
… The Elder Tālapuṭa … |
Paññāsanipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Book of Fifties is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Paññāsamhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Fifty, |
eko tālapuṭo suci; |
the pure Tālapuṭa is the only one. |
Gāthāyo tattha paññāsa, |
The verses there are fifty, |
puna pañca ca uttarīti. |
and five more besides. |
♦ Nipāta 20 |
♦ The Book of Twenties |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag20.1 Mahāmoggallānattheragāthā |
Thag20.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahāmoggallāna |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag20.1 Mahāmoggallānattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag20.1 The Verses of the Elder Mahāmoggallāna --- |
“Āraññikā piṇḍapātikā, |
“Forest-dwellers, alms-food-eaters, |
uñchāpattāgate ratā; |
delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, |
Dālemu maccuno senaṁ, |
let us shatter the army of death, |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhitā. |
well-concentrated within ourselves. |
Āraññikā piṇḍapātikā, |
Forest-dwellers, alms-food-eaters, |
uñchāpattāgate ratā; |
delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, |
Dhunāma maccuno senaṁ, |
we will shake the army of death, |
naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro. |
as an elephant a reed hut. |
Rukkhamūlikā sātatikā, |
Tree-root-dwellers, persevering, |
uñchāpattāgate ratā; |
delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, |
Dālemu maccuno senaṁ, |
let us shatter the army of death, |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhitā. |
well-concentrated within ourselves. |
Rukkhamūlikā sātatikā, |
Tree-root-dwellers, persevering, |
uñchāpattāgate ratā; |
delighting in what comes from gleaning with the alms-bowl, |
Dhunāma maccuno senaṁ, |
we will shake the army of death, |
naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro”. |
as an elephant a reed hut.” |
“Aṭṭhikaṅkalakuṭike, |
“In a hut of bones, |
maṁsanhārupasibbite; |
sewn together with flesh and sinews, |
Dhiratthu pure duggandhe, |
fie on this foul-smelling body, |
paragatte mamāyase. |
which you claim as your own. |
Gūthabhaste taconaddhe, |
A bag of excrement, wrapped in skin, |
uragaṇḍipisācini; |
a she-demon with a swollen belly, |
Nava sotāni te kāye, |
nine streams are in your body, |
yāni sandanti sabbadā. |
which flow always. |
Tava sarīraṁ navasotaṁ, |
Your body has nine streams, |
Duggandhakaraṁ paribandhaṁ; |
it is foul-smelling, a bond. |
Bhikkhu parivajjayate taṁ, |
A bhikkhu avoids it, |
Mīḷhaṁ ca yathā sucikāmo. |
as one who desires purity avoids excrement. |
Evañce taṁ jano jaññā, |
If people knew you |
yathā jānāmi taṁ ahaṁ; |
as I know you, |
Ārakā parivajjeyya, |
they would avoid you from afar, |
gūthaṭṭhānaṁva pāvuse”. |
as a place of excrement in the rainy season.” |
“Evametaṁ mahāvīra, |
“Thus it is, great hero, |
yathā samaṇa bhāsasi; |
as you say, O ascetic. |
Ettha ceke visīdanti, |
Here some sink down, |
paṅkamhiva jaraggavo”. |
like an old ox in the mud.” |
“Ākāsamhi haliddiyā, |
“He who would think of dyeing |
yo maññetha rajetave; |
the sky with turmeric, |
Aññena vāpi raṅgena, |
or with any other color, |
vighātudayameva taṁ. |
it would be a source of trouble for him. |
Tadākāsasamaṁ cittaṁ, |
That mind, like the sky, |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ; |
is well-concentrated within. |
Mā pāpacitte āsādi, |
Do not approach it with an evil mind, |
aggikhandhaṁva pakkhimā”. |
like a moth a mass of fire.” |
“Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, |
“Behold the painted puppet, |
arukāyaṁ samussitaṁ; |
a heap of sores, piled up, |
Āturaṁ bahusaṅkappaṁ, |
sick, much thought of, |
yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. |
for which there is no lasting stability. |
Passa cittakataṁ rūpaṁ, |
Behold the painted form, |
maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; |
with a jewel and an earring, |
Aṭṭhiṁ tacena onaddhaṁ, |
a bone wrapped in skin, |
saha vatthehi sobhati. |
it shines with its clothes. |
Alattakakatā pādā, |
Its feet dyed with lac, |
mukhaṁ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṁ; |
its face smeared with powder, |
Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, |
enough to delude a fool, |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, |
Its hair done in eight braids, |
nettā añjanamakkhitā; |
its eyes smeared with ointment, |
Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, |
enough to delude a fool, |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Añjanīva navā cittā, |
Like a new painted cosmetic box, |
pūtikāyo alaṅkato; |
a foul body adorned, |
Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, |
enough to delude a fool, |
no ca pāragavesino. |
but not for one seeking the far shore. |
Odahi migavo pāsaṁ, |
The hunter set the trap, |
nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; |
the deer did not approach the snare. |
Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, |
Having eaten the bait, we go, |
kaddante migabandhake. |
while the deer-catchers lament. |
Chinno pāso migavassa, |
The hunter’s trap is broken, |
nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; |
the deer did not approach the snare. |
Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, |
Having eaten the bait, we go, |
socante migaluddake”. |
while the deer-hunters grieve.” |
“Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, |
“Then there was what was dreadful, |
tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ; |
then there was what was hair-raising, |
Anekākārasampanne, |
when Sāriputta, endowed with many qualities, |
sāriputtamhi nibbute. |
was extinguished. |
Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, |
Impermanent indeed are formations, |
uppādavayadhammino; |
of the nature to arise and pass away. |
Upajjitvā nirujjhanti, |
Having arisen, they cease; |
tesaṁ vūpasamo sukho. |
their calming is happiness. |
Sukhumaṁ te paṭivijjhanti, |
They penetrate the subtle, |
vālaggaṁ usunā yathā; |
as one pierces a hair-tip with an arrow, |
Ye pañcakkhandhe passanti, |
those who see the five aggregates |
parato no ca attato. |
as other, not as self. |
Ye ca passanti saṅkhāre, |
And those who see formations |
parato no ca attato; |
as other, not as self, |
Paccabyādhiṁsu nipuṇaṁ, |
they have penetrated the subtle, |
vālaggaṁ usunā yathā. |
as one pierces a hair-tip with an arrow. |
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, |
As if struck by a sword, |
ḍayhamānova matthake; |
or as if his head were on fire, |
Kāmarāgappahānāya, |
a bhikkhu should wander mindfully |
sato bhikkhu paribbaje. |
for the abandoning of sensual lust. |
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, |
As if struck by a sword, |
ḍayhamānova matthake; |
or as if his head were on fire, |
Bhavarāgappahānāya, |
a bhikkhu should wander mindfully |
sato bhikkhu paribbaje. |
for the abandoning of the lust for existence. |
Codito bhāvitattena, |
Urged on by one with a developed mind, |
sarīrantimadhārinā; |
the bearer of the final body, |
Migāramātupāsādaṁ, |
I shook the palace of Migāra’s mother |
pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayiṁ. |
with my big toe. |
Nayidaṁ sithilamārabbha, |
This is not to be achieved by slack effort, |
nayidaṁ appena thāmasā; |
this is not to be achieved with little strength, |
Nibbānamadhigantabbaṁ, |
the attainment of Nibbāna, |
sabbaganthapamocanaṁ. |
the release from all bonds. |
Ayañca daharo bhikkhu, |
And this young bhikkhu, |
ayamuttamaporiso; |
this supreme person, |
Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, |
bears his final body, |
jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ. |
having conquered Māra and his army. |
Vivaramanupabhanti vijjutā, |
Lightning flashes fall |
Vebhārassa ca paṇḍavassa ca; |
on Vebhāra and Paṇḍava. |
Nagavivaragato jhāyati, |
Gone to the cleft of the mountains, he meditates, |
Putto appaṭimassa tādino. |
the son of the peerless Such One. |
Upasanto uparato, |
Peaceful, restrained, |
pantasenāsano muni; |
a sage in a remote lodging, |
Dāyādo buddhaseṭṭhassa, |
the heir of the supreme Buddha, |
brahmunā abhivandito”. |
is worshipped by Brahmā.” |
“Upasantaṁ uparataṁ, |
“The peaceful, restrained, |
pantasenāsanaṁ muniṁ; |
sage in a remote lodging, |
Dāyādaṁ buddhaseṭṭhassa, |
the heir of the supreme Buddha, |
vanda brāhmaṇa kassapaṁ. |
worship him, brahmin Kassapa. |
Yo ca jātisataṁ gacche, |
And he who would go through a hundred births, |
sabbā brāhmaṇajātiyo; |
all of them brahmin births, |
Sottiyo vedasampanno, |
a scholar, a master of the Veda, |
manussesu punappunaṁ. |
again and again among men, |
Ajjhāyakopi ce assa, |
and if he were a great scholar, |
tiṇṇaṁ vedāna pāragū; |
a master of the three Vedas, |
Etassa vandanāyetaṁ, |
his worship would not be worth |
kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. |
the sixteenth part of this one’s. |
Yo so aṭṭha vimokkhāni, |
He who experienced the eight liberations |
purebhattaṁ aphassayi; |
before his meal, |
Anulomaṁ paṭilomaṁ, |
in forward and reverse order, |
tato piṇḍāya gacchati. |
then goes for alms. |
Tādisaṁ bhikkhuṁ māsādi, |
Do not harm such a bhikkhu, |
māttānaṁ khaṇi brāhmaṇa; |
do not harm yourself, brahmin. |
Abhippasādehi manaṁ, |
Make your mind confident |
arahantamhi tādine; |
in the Arahant, the Such One. |
Khippaṁ pañjaliko vanda, |
Quickly, with hands clasped in reverence, worship him, |
mā te vijaṭi matthakaṁ”. |
lest your head be split apart.” |
“Neso passati saddhammaṁ, |
“He does not see the true Dhamma, |
saṁsārena purakkhato; |
preceded by the round of rebirth, |
Adhogamaṁ jimhapathaṁ, |
he follows the crooked path, the wrong way. |
kummaggamanudhāvati. |
Like a worm smeared with excrement, |
Kimīva mīḷhasallitto, |
infatuated with the formations, |
saṅkhāre adhimucchito; |
sunk in gain and honor, |
Pagāḷho lābhasakkāre, |
the empty fool goes on.” |
tuccho gacchati poṭṭhilo”. |
“And see this one coming, |
“Imañca passa āyantaṁ, |
Sāriputta, of beautiful appearance, |
sāriputtaṁ sudassanaṁ; |
liberated in both ways, |
Vimuttaṁ ubhatobhāge, |
well-concentrated within himself. |
ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ. |
With his dart removed, his fetters destroyed, |
Visallaṁ khīṇasaṁyogaṁ, |
with the three true knowledges, who has escaped death, |
tevijjaṁ maccuhāyinaṁ; |
worthy of offerings from men, |
Dakkhiṇeyyaṁ manussānaṁ, |
the unsurpassed field of merit.” |
puññakkhettaṁ anuttaraṁ”. |
“These many gods, |
“Ete sambahulā devā, |
powerful and glorious, |
iddhimanto yasassino; |
ten thousand gods, |
Dasa devasahassāni, |
all of them attendants of Brahmā, |
sabbe brahmapurohitā; |
paying homage to Moggallāna, |
Moggallānaṁ namassantā, |
stand with hands raised in reverence. |
tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. |
‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men, |
‘Namo te purisājañña, |
homage to you, O supreme person, |
namo te purisuttama; |
whose taints are destroyed, |
Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, |
you are worthy of offerings, O venerable sir.’ |
dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisa’. |
Worshipped by the king of men, |
Pūjito naradevena, |
born to overcome death, |
uppanno maraṇābhibhū; |
he is not stained by the formations, |
Puṇḍarīkaṁva toyena, |
like a white lotus by water. |
saṅkhārenupalippati. |
He by whom in a moment a thousandfold world |
Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā loko, |
is known, with its Brahmā realm, a master, |
Saṁvidito sabrahmakappo vasi; |
in psychic power, in passing away and rebirth, in time, |
Iddhiguṇe cutupapāte kāle, |
that bhikkhu sees the gods.” |
Passati devatā sa bhikkhu”. |
“In wisdom, like Sāriputta, |
“Sāriputtova paññāya, |
in virtue and in peace, |
sīlena upasamena ca; |
a bhikkhu who has gone to the far shore, |
Yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, |
would be at most his equal. |
etāvaparamo siyā. |
I can create a hundred thousand |
Koṭisatasahassassa, |
bodies in an instant. |
Attabhāvaṁ khaṇena nimmine; |
I am skilled in transformations, |
Ahaṁ vikubbanāsu kusalo, |
I am a master of psychic power. |
Vasībhūtomhi iddhiyā. |
Having gone to the perfection of mastery in concentration and knowledge, |
Samādhivijjāvasipāramīgato, |
of the Moggallāna clan, in the teaching of the Fearless One, |
Moggallānagotto asitassa sāsane; |
the wise one with concentrated faculties has cut through, |
Dhīro samucchindi samāhitindriyo, |
as a naga a binding of pūtika creepers. |
Nāgo yathā pūtilataṁva bandhanaṁ. |
The Teacher has been served by me, |
Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; |
The heavy burden has been laid down, |
Ohito garuko bhāro, |
the guide to existence is rooted out. |
bhavanetti samūhatā. |
The purpose for which I went forth |
Yassa catthāya pabbajito, |
from home into homelessness, |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
that goal has been reached by me: |
So me attho anuppatto, |
the destruction of all fetters. |
sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. |
What kind of hell was it |
Kīdiso nirayo āsi, |
where Dussī was baked, |
yattha dussī apaccatha; |
having assailed the disciple Vidhura |
Vidhuraṁ sāvakamāsajja, |
and the brahmin Kakusandha? |
kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṁ. |
There were a hundred iron stakes, |
Sataṁ āsi ayosaṅkū, |
all bringing individual pain. |
sabbe paccattavedanā; |
Such was the hell |
Īdiso nirayo āsi, |
where Dussī was baked, |
yattha dussī apaccatha; |
having assailed the disciple Vidhura |
Vidhuraṁ sāvakamāsajja, |
and the brahmin Kakusandha. |
kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṁ. |
He who knows this, |
Yo etamabhijānāti, |
a bhikkhu, a disciple of the Buddha, |
bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako; |
having assailed such a bhikkhu, |
Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
In the middle of the ocean stand |
Majjhesarasmiṁ tiṭṭhanti, |
mansions that last for an eon, |
vimānā kappaṭhāyino; |
of the color of beryl, radiant, |
Veḷuriyavaṇṇā rucirā, |
flaming and shining. |
accimanto pabhassarā; |
Apsaras dance there, |
Accharā tattha naccanti, |
of many various colors. |
puthu nānattavaṇṇiyo. |
He who knows this, |
Yo etamabhijānāti, |
… and so on … |
… pe |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
… |
He who, being urged by the Buddha, |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
while the Sangha of bhikkhus looked on, |
Yo ve buddhena codito, |
shook the palace of Migāra’s mother |
bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhato; |
with his big toe. |
Migāramātupāsādaṁ, |
He who knows this, |
pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi. |
… and so on … |
Yo etamabhijānāti, |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
… pe |
He shook the Vejayanta palace |
… |
with his big toe, |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
supported by his psychic power, |
Yo vejayantapāsādaṁ, |
and he made the gods tremble. |
pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi; |
He who knows this, |
Iddhibalenupatthaddho, |
… and so on … |
saṁvejesi ca devatā. |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
Yo etamabhijānāti, |
He questioned Sakka |
… pe |
in the Vejayanta palace: |
… |
‘Do you know, friend, |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
the liberations through the destruction of craving?’ |
Yo vejayantapāsāde, |
To him Sakka answered |
sakkaṁ so paripucchati; |
the question asked, as it was. |
Api āvuso jānāsi, |
“He who knows this, |
taṇhakkhayavimuttiyo; |
… and so on … |
Tassa sakko viyākāsi, |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
pañhaṁ puṭṭho yathātathaṁ”. |
He questioned Brahmā, |
“Yo etamabhijānāti, |
standing in the Sudhammā assembly: |
… pe |
‘Friend, do you still have that view |
… |
that you had before? |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
Do you see the radiance |
Yo brahmānaṁ paripucchati, |
passing beyond the Brahmā world?’ |
Sudhammāyaṁ ṭhito sabhaṁ; |
To him Brahmā answered |
Ajjāpi tyāvuso sā diṭṭhi, |
the question asked, as it was: |
Yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu; |
‘Sir, I do not have that view |
Passasi vītivattantaṁ, |
that I had before. |
Brahmaloke pabhassaraṁ. |
I see the radiance |
Tassa brahmā viyākāsi, |
passing beyond the Brahmā world. |
pañhaṁ puṭṭho yathātathaṁ; |
How could I today say |
Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi, |
that I am eternal, everlasting?’ |
yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu. |
“He who knows this, |
Passāmi vītivattantaṁ, |
… and so on … |
brahmaloke pabhassaraṁ; |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
Sohaṁ ajja kathaṁ vajjaṁ, |
He who touched the peak of Mahāneru |
ahaṁ niccomhi sassato”. |
with his liberation, |
“Yo etamabhijānāti, |
the forest of the Pubbavidehas, |
… pe |
and the men who lie on the earth. |
… |
He who knows this, |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
a bhikkhu, a disciple of the Buddha, |
Yo mahāneruno kūṭaṁ, |
having assailed such a bhikkhu, |
vimokkhena aphassayi; |
O Black One, you will come to suffering. |
Vanaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ, |
Indeed, a fire does not think, |
ye ca bhūmisayā narā. |
‘I am burning a fool.’ |
Yo etamabhijānāti, |
A fool, having approached a blazing fire, |
bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako; |
is burned by it. |
Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, |
Even so you, Māra, |
kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. |
having assailed the Tathāgata, |
Na ve aggi cetayati, |
will burn yourself, |
ahaṁ bālaṁ ḍahāmīti; |
like a fool touching a fire. |
Bālova jalitaṁ aggiṁ, |
Māra has begotten demerit, |
āsajja naṁ paḍayhati. |
having assailed the Tathāgata. |
Evamevaṁ tuvaṁ māra, |
What do you think, O evil one, |
āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; |
that my evil does not ripen? |
Sayaṁ ḍahissasi attānaṁ, |
Your evil is accumulating, |
bālo aggiṁva samphusaṁ. |
for a long time, O end-maker. |
Apuññaṁ pasavī māro, |
Māra, give up hope in the Buddha, |
āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; |
do not have hopes for the bhikkhus.” |
Kiṁ nu maññasi pāpima, |
“Thus the bhikkhu rebuked Māra |
na me pāpaṁ vipaccati. |
in the Bhesakaḷā forest. |
Karato te cīyate pāpaṁ, |
Then that dejected yakkha |
cirarattāya antaka; |
disappeared right there.” |
Māra nibbinda buddhamhā, |
Thus the venerable Elder Mahāmoggallāna spoke the verses. |
āsaṁ mākāsi bhikkhusu”. |
The Book of Sixties is finished. |
“Iti māraṁ atajjesi, |
The summary there: |
bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane; |
In the Book of Sixty, |
Tato so dummano yakkho, |
Moggallāna of great psychic power |
tatthevantaradhāyathā”ti. |
is the only elder, and the verses |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. |
are sixty-eight. |
Saṭṭhinipāto niṭṭhito. |
|
Tatruddānaṁ |
|
Saṭṭhikamhi nipātamhi, |
|
moggallāno mahiddhiko; |
|
Ekova theragāthāyo, |
|
aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhavanti tāti. |
♦ Nipāta 21 |
♦ The Book of Twenty-Ones |
♦ Vagga 1 |
♦ Chapter 1 |
Thag21.1 Vaṅgīsattheragāthā |
Thag21.1 The Verses of the Elder Vaṅgīsa |
---------------------------------------- |
---------------------------------------- |
--- Thag21.1 Vaṅgīsattheragāthā --- |
--- Thag21.1 The Verses of the Elder Vaṅgīsa --- |
“Nikkhantaṁ vata maṁ santaṁ, |
“I, who have gone forth |
agārasmānagāriyaṁ; |
from home into homelessness, |
Vitakkā upadhāvanti, |
am assailed by these thoughts, |
pagabbhā kaṇhato ime. |
these impudent ones from the Black One. |
Uggaputtā mahissāsā, |
Mighty archers, sons of nobles, |
sikkhitā daḷhadhammino; |
well-trained, with strong bows, |
Samantā parikireyyuṁ, |
would surround me from all sides, |
sahassaṁ apalāyinaṁ. |
a thousand who would not flee. |
Sacepi ettakā bhiyyo, |
Even if more women |
āgamissanti itthiyo; |
than that should come, |
Neva maṁ byādhayissanti, |
they would not disturb me, |
dhamme samhi patiṭṭhito. |
for I am established in the Dhamma. |
Sakkhī hi me sutaṁ etaṁ, |
I have indeed heard this as a witness |
buddhassādiccabandhuno; |
from the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, |
Nibbānagamanaṁ maggaṁ, |
the path leading to Nibbāna, |
tattha me nirato mano. |
and my mind delights in that. |
Evañce maṁ viharantaṁ, |
If you should approach me |
pāpima upagacchasi; |
dwelling thus, O evil one, |
Tathā maccu karissāmi, |
I will act in such a way, O death, |
na me maggampi dakkhasi. |
that you will not see my path. |
Aratiñca ratiñca pahāya, |
Having abandoned discontent and delight, |
Sabbaso gehasitañca vitakkaṁ; |
and all thought based on the home, |
Vanathaṁ na kareyya kuhiñci, |
one would not make an obsession anywhere; |
Nibbanatho avanatho sa bhikkhu. |
he who is without obsession, without obsession, is that bhikkhu. |
Yamidha pathaviñca vehāsaṁ, |
Whatever in this earth and sky, |
Rūpagataṁ jagatogadhaṁ kiñci; |
whatever has form, is sunk in the world, |
Parijīyati sabbamaniccaṁ, |
all that is perishing, impermanent; |
Evaṁ samecca caranti mutattā. |
having understood thus, they wander with their minds released. |
Upadhīsu janā gadhitāse, |
People are attached to attachments, |
Diṭṭhasute paṭighe ca mute ca; |
in what is seen and heard, in what is thought and sensed. |
Ettha vinodaya chandamanejo, |
Here one should remove desire, unagitated; |
Yo hettha na limpati muni tamāhu. |
he who is not stained here, him they call a sage. |
Atha saṭṭhisitā savitakkā, |
And the sixty attachments with their thoughts, |
Puthujjanatāya adhammā niviṭṭhā; |
based on the common life, established in non-Dhamma, |
Na ca vaggagatassa kuhiñci, |
he who is not in any group, |
No pana duṭṭhullagāhī sa bhikkhu. |
nor is that bhikkhu a holder of gross views. |
Dabbo cirarattasamāhito, |
A clever one, long-concentrated, |
Akuhako nipako apihālu; |
not a hypocrite, skilled, without longing, |
Santaṁ padaṁ ajjhagamā muni, |
the sage has attained the peaceful state; |
Paṭicca parinibbuto kaṅkhati kālaṁ. |
having realized, he awaits his time, fully extinguished. |
Mānaṁ pajahassu gotama, |
Abandon conceit, Gotama, |
Mānapathañca jahassu asesaṁ; |
abandon the path of conceit completely. |
Mānapathamhi sa mucchito, |
Infatuated on the path of conceit, |
Vippaṭisārīhuvā cirarattaṁ. |
you will be full of remorse for a long time. |
Makkhena makkhitā pajā, |
People smeared with hypocrisy, |
Mānahatā nirayaṁ papatanti; |
struck down by conceit, fall into hell. |
Socanti janā cirarattaṁ, |
People grieve for a long time, |
Mānahatā nirayaṁ upapannā. |
struck down by conceit, they have gone to hell. |
Na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci, |
Indeed, a bhikkhu never grieves, |
Maggajino sammā paṭipanno; |
a conqueror of the path, rightly practiced. |
Kittiñca sukhañcānubhoti, |
He experiences fame and happiness; |
Dhammadasoti tamāhu tathattaṁ. |
they call him a seer of the Dhamma, because he is so. |
Tasmā akhilo idha padhānavā, |
Therefore, being without hindrances here, being energetic, |
Nīvaraṇāni pahāya visuddho; |
having abandoned the hindrances, being pure, |
Mānañca pahāya asesaṁ, |
and having abandoned conceit completely, |
Vijjāyantakaro samitāvī”. |
he is a knower of the end of knowledge, pacified.” |
“Kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi, |
“I am burning with sensual lust, |
cittaṁ me pariḍayhati; |
my mind is on fire. |
Sādhu nibbāpanaṁ brūhi, |
Please tell me the quenching, |
anukampāya gotama”. |
out of compassion, Gotama.” |
“Saññāya vipariyesā, |
“Because of a perversion of perception, |
cittaṁ te pariḍayhati; |
your mind is on fire. |
Nimittaṁ parivajjehi, |
Avoid the sign |
subhaṁ rāgūpasaṁhitaṁ. (…) |
of the beautiful connected with lust. (…) |
Asubhāya cittaṁ bhāvehi, |
Develop your mind on the foul, |
ekaggaṁ susamāhitaṁ; |
one-pointed and well-concentrated. |
Sati kāyagatā tyatthu, |
Let there be mindfulness directed to the body, |
nibbidābahulo bhava. |
be full of disenchantment. |
Animittañca bhāvehi, |
And develop the signless, |
mānānusayamujjaha; |
abandon the latent tendency to conceit. |
Tato mānābhisamayā, |
Then, from the full understanding of conceit, |
upasanto carissasi”. |
you will wander at peace.” |
“Tameva vācaṁ bhāseyya, |
“One should speak only that word |
yāyattānaṁ na tāpaye; |
by which one does not torment oneself, |
Pare ca na vihiṁseyya, |
and which does not harm others; |
sā ve vācā subhāsitā. |
that is indeed a well-spoken word. |
Piyavācameva bhāseyya, |
One should speak only a pleasant word, |
yā vācā paṭinanditā; |
a word that is welcomed. |
Yaṁ anādāya pāpāni, |
What, not taking up evil things, |
paresaṁ bhāsate piyaṁ. |
one speaks pleasant to others. |
Saccaṁ ve amatā vācā, |
Truth is indeed the immortal word, |
esa dhammo sanantano; |
this is the eternal Dhamma. |
Sacce atthe ca dhamme ca, |
The good say they are established |
āhu santo patiṭṭhitā. |
in truth, in the goal, and in the Dhamma. |
Yaṁ buddho bhāsati vācaṁ, |
The word that the Buddha speaks, |
khemaṁ nibbānapattiyā; |
safe for the attainment of Nibbāna, |
Dukkhassantakiriyāya, |
for the making of an end of suffering, |
sā ve vācānamuttamā”. |
that is indeed the best of words.” |
“Gambhīrapañño medhāvī, |
“Of profound wisdom, wise, |
maggāmaggassa kovido; |
skilled in the path and the non-path, |
Sāriputto mahāpañño, |
Sāriputta of great wisdom |
dhammaṁ deseti bhikkhunaṁ. |
teaches the Dhamma to the bhikkhus. |
Saṅkhittenapi deseti, |
He teaches in brief, |
vitthārenapi bhāsati; |
he speaks also in detail. |
Sālikāyiva nigghoso, |
His eloquence flows forth, |
paṭibhānaṁ udiyyati. |
like the sound of a sālikā bird. |
Tassa taṁ desayantassa, |
As he is teaching, |
suṇanti madhuraṁ giraṁ; |
they listen to his sweet voice, |
Sarena rajanīyena, |
with an alluring, pleasing, |
savanīyena vaggunā; |
lovely voice. |
Udaggacittā muditā, |
With elated minds, joyful, |
sotaṁ odhenti bhikkhavo”. |
the bhikkhus incline their ear.” |
“Ajja pannarase visuddhiyā, |
“Today on the fifteenth day of purity, |
Bhikkhū pañcasatā samāgatā; |
five hundred bhikkhus have gathered, |
Saṁyojanabandhanacchidā, |
cutters of the fetters of craving, |
Anīghā khīṇapunabbhavā isī. |
sages without trouble, whose rebirth is destroyed. |
Cakkavattī yathā rājā, |
Just as a wheel-turning king, |
amaccaparivārito; |
surrounded by his ministers, |
Samantā anupariyeti, |
goes all around |
sāgarantaṁ mahiṁ imaṁ. |
this earth up to the ocean’s edge, |
Evaṁ vijitasaṅgāmaṁ, |
so they attend on the conqueror of the battle, |
satthavāhaṁ anuttaraṁ; |
the unsurpassed caravan-leader, |
Sāvakā payirupāsanti, |
the disciples, possessors of the three true knowledges, |
tevijjā maccuhāyino. |
who have escaped death. |
Sabbe bhagavato puttā, |
All are the sons of the Blessed One, |
palāpettha na vijjati; |
there is no chaff here. |
Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, |
I salute the dispeller of the arrow of craving, |
vande ādiccabandhunaṁ. |
the kinsman of the sun. |
Parosahassaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, |
More than a thousand bhikkhus |
sugataṁ payirupāsati; |
attend on the Well-gone-One, |
Desentaṁ virajaṁ dhammaṁ, |
as he teaches the dustless Dhamma, |
nibbānaṁ akutobhayaṁ. |
Nibbāna, free from fear. |
Suṇanti dhammaṁ vimalaṁ, |
They listen to the pure Dhamma, |
sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; |
taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One. |
Sobhati vata sambuddho, |
The Sambuddha indeed shines, |
bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhato. |
at the head of the Sangha of bhikkhus. |
‘Nāganāmo’si bhagavā, |
‘Nāga-named’ are you, O Blessed One, |
isīnaṁ isisattamo; |
the seventh of the sages. |
Mahāmeghova hutvāna, |
Like a great cloud, having become so, |
sāvake abhivassasi. |
you rain upon your disciples. |
Divā vihārā nikkhamma, |
Having come out from my day-abode, |
satthudassanakamyatā; |
desiring to see the Teacher, |
Sāvako te mahāvīra, |
your disciple, O great hero, |
pāde vandati vaṅgiso”. |
Vaṅgīsa, worships your feet.” |
“Ummaggapathaṁ mārassa, |
“Having overcome the wrong path of Māra, |
Abhibhuyya carati pabhijja khīlāni; |
he wanders, having broken the posts. |
Taṁ passatha bandhapamuñcakaraṁ, |
See him, the maker of release from bonds, |
Asitaṁva bhāgaso pavibhajja. |
dividing the unattached into shares. |
Oghassa hi nitaraṇatthaṁ, |
For the sake of crossing the flood, |
Anekavihitaṁ maggaṁ akkhāsi; |
he has declared the path in many ways. |
Tasmiñca amate akkhāte, |
And when that deathless has been declared, |
Dhammadasā ṭhitā asaṁhīrā. |
the seers of the Dhamma stand unshaken. |
Pajjotakaro ativijjha, |
The lamp-maker, having pierced through, |
Sabbaṭhitīnaṁ atikkamamaddasa; |
saw the transcending of all states. |
Ñatvā ca sacchikatvā ca, |
Having known and realized, |
Aggaṁ so desayi dasaddhānaṁ. |
he, the supreme, taught it to the ten directions. |
Evaṁ sudesite dhamme, |
When the Dhamma is so well-taught, |
Ko pamādo vijānataṁ dhammaṁ; |
what negligence can there be for those who know the Dhamma? |
Tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane, |
Therefore, in the teaching of that Blessed One, |
Appamatto sadā namassamanusikkhe”. |
one should always practice heedfully, paying homage.” |
“Buddhānubuddho yo thero, |
“The elder who has awakened after the Buddha, |
koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo; |
Koṇḍañña of keen striving, |
Lābhī sukhavihārānaṁ, |
is a frequent recipient of pleasant abodes, |
vivekānaṁ abhiṇhaso. |
of seclusions. |
Yaṁ sāvakena pattabbaṁ, |
What is to be attained by a disciple, |
satthu sāsanakārinā; |
a doer of the Teacher’s teaching, |
Sabbassa taṁ anuppattaṁ, |
all that has been attained by him, |
appamattassa sikkhato. |
who trains with diligence. |
Mahānubhāvo tevijjo, |
Of great power, with the three true knowledges, |
cetopariyakovido; |
skilled in knowing the minds of others, |
Koṇḍañño buddhadāyādo, |
Koṇḍañña, the heir of the Buddha, |
pāde vandati satthuno”. |
worships the feet of the Teacher.” |
“Nagassa passe āsīnaṁ, |
“Seated on the side of a mountain, |
muniṁ dukkhassa pāraguṁ; |
the sage who has gone beyond suffering, |
Sāvakā payirupāsanti, |
the disciples attend on him, |
tevijjā maccuhāyino. |
the possessors of the three true knowledges, who have escaped death. |
Cetasā anupariyeti, |
Moggallāna of great psychic power |
moggallāno mahiddhiko; |
pervades them with his mind, |
Cittaṁ nesaṁ samanvesaṁ, |
investigating their minds, |
vippamuttaṁ nirūpadhiṁ. |
liberated, without attachments. |
Evaṁ sabbaṅgasampannaṁ, |
Thus, endowed with all qualities, |
muniṁ dukkhassa pāraguṁ; |
the sage who has gone beyond suffering, |
Anekākārasampannaṁ, |
they attend on Gotama, |
payirupāsanti gotamaṁ”. |
endowed with many qualities.” |
“Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe, |
“As the moon in a sky free from clouds, |
Virocati vītamalova bhāṇumā; |
shines, spotless, like the sun, |
Evampi aṅgīrasa tvaṁ mahāmuni, |
even so, O Aṅgīrasa, you, great sage, |
Atirocasi yasasā sabbalokaṁ”. |
outshine the whole world with your glory.” |
“Kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe, |
“We wandered before, intoxicated with poetry, |
Gāmā gāmaṁ purā puraṁ; |
from village to village, from city to city. |
Athaddasāma sambuddhaṁ, |
Then we saw the Sambuddha, |
Sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ. |
the one who has gone beyond all things. |
So me dhammamadesesi, |
He taught me the Dhamma, |
muni dukkhassa pāragū; |
the sage who has gone beyond suffering. |
Dhammaṁ sutvā pasīdimha, |
Having heard the Dhamma, we were confident, |
saddhā no udapajjatha. |
faith arose in us. |
Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, |
Having heard his word, |
khandhe āyatanāni ca; |
and having understood the aggregates and the sense-bases, |
Dhātuyo ca viditvāna, |
and the elements, |
pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. |
I went forth into homelessness. |
Bahūnaṁ vata atthāya, |
Indeed, for the benefit of many |
uppajjanti tathāgatā; |
do Tathāgatas arise, |
Itthīnaṁ purisānañca, |
for women and for men, |
ye te sāsanakārakā. |
who are doers of their teaching. |
Tesaṁ kho vata atthāya, |
Indeed, for their benefit, |
bodhimajjhagamā muni; |
the sage attained enlightenment, |
Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca, |
for the bhikkhus and bhikkhunīs, |
ye nirāmagataddasā. |
who see the state free from grasping. |
Sudesitā cakkhumatā, |
Well taught by the one with vision, |
buddhenādiccabandhunā; |
the Buddha, kinsman of the sun, |
Cattāri ariyasaccāni, |
are the four noble truths, |
anukampāya pāṇinaṁ. |
out of compassion for living beings. |
Dukkhaṁ dukkhasamuppādaṁ, |
Suffering, the origin of suffering, |
Dukkhassa ca atikkamaṁ; |
and the transcending of suffering, |
Ariyaṁ caṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, |
and the noble eightfold path, |
Dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ. |
leading to the calming of suffering. |
Evamete tathā vuttā, |
Thus these things were spoken, |
diṭṭhā me te yathā tathā; |
they have been seen by me as they really are. |
Sadattho me anuppatto, |
My true goal has been attained, |
kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. |
the Buddha’s teaching has been done. |
Svāgataṁ vata me āsi, |
Welcome indeed it was for me |
mama buddhassa santike; |
to be in the presence of my Buddha. |
Suvibhattesu dhammesu, |
Among the well-analyzed Dhammas, |
yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamiṁ. |
I have attained to that which is the best. |
Abhiññāpāramippatto, |
I have reached the perfection of the super-knowledges, |
sotadhātu visodhitā; |
the ear-element is purified. |
Tevijjo iddhipattomhi, |
I have the three true knowledges, I have attained psychic power, |
cetopariyakovido”. |
I am skilled in knowing the minds of others.” |
“Pucchāmi satthāramanomapaññaṁ, |
“I ask the Teacher of unequaled wisdom, |
Diṭṭheva dhamme yo vicikicchānaṁ chettā; |
who in this very life is the cutter of doubts. |
Aggāḷave kālamakāsi bhikkhu, |
A bhikkhu died at Aggāḷava, |
Ñāto yasassī abhinibbutatto. |
renowned and famous, fully extinguished. |
Nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṁ, |
‘Nigrodhakappa’ was his name, |
Tayā kataṁ bhagavā brāhmaṇassa; |
given by you, O Blessed One, to the brahmin. |
So taṁ namassaṁ acari mutyapekho, |
He, paying homage to you, wandered about seeking liberation, |
Āraddhavīriyo daḷhadhammadassī. |
with aroused energy, a seer of the firm Dhamma. |
Taṁ sāvakaṁ sakka mayampi sabbe, |
We all wish to know about that disciple, |
Aññātumicchāma samantacakkhu; |
O Sakka, O all-seeing one. |
Samavaṭṭhitā no savanāya sotā, |
Our ears are ready to hear; |
Tuvaṁ no satthā tvamanuttarosi. |
you are our Teacher, you are unsurpassed. |
Chinda no vicikicchaṁ brūhi metaṁ, |
Cut our doubt, tell me this, |
Parinibbutaṁ vedaya bhūripañña; |
make known the one who is fully extinguished, O you of vast wisdom. |
Majjheva no bhāsa samantacakkhu, |
Speak in our midst, O all-seeing one, |
Sakkova devāna sahassanetto. |
like Sakka, the thousand-eyed king of the gods. |
Ye keci ganthā idha mohamaggā, |
Whatever bonds there are here, paths of delusion, |
Aññāṇapakkhā vicikicchaṭhānā; |
bases of ignorance, occasions for doubt, |
Tathāgataṁ patvā na te bhavanti, |
on reaching the Tathāgata they do not exist, |
Cakkhuñhi etaṁ paramaṁ narānaṁ. |
for this is the supreme eye for men. |
No ce hi jātu puriso kilese, |
For if a man were never to dispel |
Vāto yathā abbhaghanaṁ vihāne; |
the defilements, as the wind a mass of clouds, |
Tamovassa nivuto sabbaloko, |
the whole world would be covered in darkness, |
Jotimantopi na pabhāseyyuṁ. |
even those with light would not shine. |
Dhīrā ca pajjotakarā bhavanti, |
But the wise are lamp-makers; |
Taṁ taṁ ahaṁ vīra tatheva maññe; |
I think you, O hero, are just so. |
Vipassinaṁ jānamupāgamimha, |
We have come to one who sees with insight, knowing. |
Parisāsu no āvikarohi kappaṁ. |
Reveal Kappa to us in this assembly. |
Khippaṁ giraṁ eraya vaggu vagguṁ, |
Quickly send forth your lovely voice, O lovely one, |
Haṁsova paggayha saṇikaṁ nikūja; |
like a swan, having stretched out its neck, singing gently. |
Bindussarena suvikappitena, |
With your well-formed, drop-like voice, |
Sabbeva te ujjugatā suṇoma. |
we will all listen to you, with our minds directed. |
Pahīnajātimaraṇaṁ asesaṁ, |
Having completely abandoned birth and death, |
Niggayha dhonaṁ vadessāmi dhammaṁ; |
I will speak the Dhamma, having rejected what is base. |
Na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānaṁ, |
For there is no doing what one likes for ordinary people, |
Saṅkheyyakāro ca tathāgatānaṁ. |
but for the Tathāgatas there is a doing by calculation. |
Sampannaveyyākaraṇaṁ tavedaṁ, |
This perfect explanation of yours, |
Samujjupaññassa samuggahītaṁ; |
of one of straight wisdom, has been well grasped. |
Ayamañjali pacchimo suppaṇāmito, |
This is the last gesture of reverence, with hands raised high; |
Mā mohayī jānamanomapañña. |
do not delude us, knowing one of unequaled wisdom. |
Paroparaṁ ariyadhammaṁ viditvā, |
Having known the supreme noble Dhamma, |
Mā mohayī jānamanomavīriya; |
do not delude us, knowing one of unequaled energy. |
Vāriṁ yathā ghammani ghammatatto, |
Like one afflicted by the heat in the hot season longs for water, |
Vācābhikaṅkhāmi sutaṁ pavassa. |
I long for your speech, rain down your teaching. |
Yadatthikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ acarī, |
The holy life that Kappāyana lived |
Kappāyano kaccissataṁ amoghaṁ; |
for a purpose, was it not in vain for him? |
Nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso, |
Was he extinguished, or with some remainder of attachment? |
Yathā vimutto ahu taṁ suṇoma”. |
How he was liberated, let us hear that.” |
“Acchecchi taṇhaṁ idha nāmarūpe, |
“He cut off craving here for name and form,” |
(iti bhagavā) |
(said the Blessed One) |
Kaṇhassa sotaṁ dīgharattānusayitaṁ; |
“the black stream that has been long latent. |
Atāri jātiṁ maraṇaṁ asesaṁ, |
He crossed over birth and death completely,” |
Iccabravi bhagavā pañcaseṭṭho”. |
so said the Blessed One, the fifth best. |
“Esa sutvā pasīdāmi, |
“Having heard this, I am confident, |
vaco te isisattama; |
your word, O seventh of the sages. |
Amoghaṁ kira me puṭṭhaṁ, |
Indeed, my question was not in vain, |
na maṁ vañcesi brāhmaṇo. |
the brahmin did not deceive me. |
Yathā vādī tathā kārī, |
As he spoke, so he acted, |
ahu buddhassa sāvako; |
he was a disciple of the Buddha. |
Acchecchi maccuno jālaṁ, |
He cut the net of death, |
tataṁ māyāvino daḷhaṁ. |
the strong net of the deceiver. |
Addasa bhagavā ādiṁ, |
The Blessed One saw the origin |
upādānassa kappiyo; |
of clinging, O Kappiya. |
Accagā vata kappāno, |
Kappāyana has indeed crossed over |
maccudheyyaṁ suduttaraṁ. |
the realm of death, so hard to cross. |
Taṁ devadevaṁ vandāmi, |
I pay homage to that god of gods, |
puttaṁ te dvipaduttama; |
your son, O supreme of two-footed beings, |
Anujātaṁ mahāvīraṁ, |
the great hero, the naga, born after |
nāgaṁ nāgassa orasan”ti. |
the naga, his true-born son.” |
Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. |
Thus the venerable Elder Vaṅgīsa spoke the verses. |
Mahānipāto niṭṭhito. |
The Great Book is finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Sattatimhi nipātamhi, |
In the Book of Seventy, |
vaṅgīso paṭibhāṇavā; |
Vaṅgīsa, the master of inspired speech, |
Ekova thero natthañño, |
is the only elder, there is no other; |
gāthāyo ekasattatīti. |
the verses are seventy-one. |
Niṭṭhitā theragāthāyo. |
The verses of the elders are finished. |
Tatruddānaṁ |
The summary there: |
Sahassaṁ honti tā gāthā, |
There are a thousand verses, |
tīṇi saṭṭhisatāni ca; |
and three hundred and sixty. |
Therā ca dve satā saṭṭhi, |
And the elders are two hundred and sixty, |
cattāro ca pakāsitā. |
and four have been revealed. |
Sīhanādaṁ naditvāna, |
Having roared a lion’s roar, |
buddhaputtā anāsavā; |
the sons of the Buddha, free from taints, |
Khemantaṁ pāpuṇitvāna, |
having reached the state of security, |
aggikhandhāva nibbutāti. |
are extinguished like masses of fire. |
Theragāthāpāḷi niṭṭhitā. |
The Pāḷi of the Theragāthā is finished. |